Rule Book - Knoxville Adult Hockey

2010–2011
R ule B ook
Southern Professional Hockey League
2010-2011 Official Rule Book
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section 1 – Playing Area ......................................................1
Section 2 – Teams ................................................................6
Section 3 – Equipment........................................................11
Section 4 – Types of Penalties ..........................................22
Section 5 – Officials............................................................51
Section 6 – Physical Fouls ................................................67
Section 7 – Restraining Fouls............................................83
Section 8 – Stick Fouls ......................................................89
Section 9 – Other Fouls......................................................92
Section 10 – Game Flow ..................................................116
Reference Tables ..............................................................146
Index ..................................................................................186
Rule changes are highlighted.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
Section 1 – Playing Area
Rule­1­–­Rink ..............................................................................................1
Rule­2­–­Goal­Posts­and­Nets.....................................................................4
Rule­3­–­Benches........................................................................................4
Rule­4­–­Signal­and­Timing­Devices ...........................................................5
Section 2 – Teams
Rule­5­–­Team.............................................................................................6
Rule­6­–­Captain­and­Alternate­Captains....................................................8
Rule­7­–­Starting­Line-up ............................................................................8
Rule­8­–­Injured­Players..............................................................................9
Section 3 – Equipment
Rule­9­–­Uniforms .....................................................................................11
Rule­10­–­Sticks........................................................................................14
Rule­11­–­Goalkeeper’s­Equipment ..........................................................17
Rule­12­–­Illegal­Equipment......................................................................21
Rule­13­–­Puck..........................................................................................21
Rule­14­–­Adjustment­to­Clothing­or­Equipment .......................................22
Section 4 – Types of Penalties
Rule­15­–­Calling­of­Penalties...................................................................22
Rule­16­–­Minor­Penalties.........................................................................24
Rule­17­–­Bench­Minor­Penalties..............................................................25
Rule­18­–­Double-minor­Penalties ............................................................25
Rule­19­–­Coincidental­Penalties..............................................................26
Rule­20­–­Major­Penalties.........................................................................28
Rule­21­–­Match­Penalties........................................................................30
Rule­22­–­Misconduct­Penalties................................................................31
Rule­23­–­Game­Misconduct­Penalties.....................................................32
Rule­24­–­Penalty­Shot .............................................................................34
Rule­25­–­Awarded­Goals .........................................................................34
Rule­26­–­Delayed­Penalties.....................................................................39
Rule­27­–­Goalkeeper’s­Penalties ............................................................39
Rule­28­–­Supplementary­Discipline.........................................................40
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
Rule­29­–­Signals......................................................................................42
Section 5 – Officials
Rule­30­–­Appointment­of­Officials............................................................49
Rule­31­–­Referees...................................................................................49
Rule­32­–­Linesmen..................................................................................52
Rule­33­–­Official­Scorer ...........................................................................54
Rule­34­–­Game­Timekeeper....................................................................56
Rule­35­–­Penalty­Timekeeper..................................................................57
Rule­36­–­Goal­Judge ...............................................................................59
Rule­37­–­Real­Time­Scorers....................................................................59
Rule­38­–­Video­Goal­Judge­(Not­in­Use).................................................60
Rule­39­–­Abuse­of­Officials......................................................................60
Rule­40­–­Physical­Abuse­of­Officials .......................................................63
Section 6 – Physical Fouls
Rule­41­–­Boarding ...................................................................................65
Rule­42­–­Charging...................................................................................67
Rule­43­–­Checking­from­Behind ..............................................................68
Rule­44­–­Clipping.....................................................................................68
Rule­45­–­Elbowing...................................................................................69
Rule­46­–­Fighting.....................................................................................70
Rule­47­–­Head-butting.............................................................................76
Rule­48­–­Illegal­Check­to­the­Head .........................................................76
Rule­49­–­Kicking......................................................................................77
Rule­50­–­Kneeing ....................................................................................78
Rule­51­–­Roughing ..................................................................................78
Rule­52­–­Slew-footing..............................................................................79
Rule­53­–­Throwing­Equipment.................................................................79
Section 7 – Restraining Fouls
Rule­54­–­Holding .....................................................................................81
Rule­55­–­Hooking ....................................................................................82
Rule­56­–­Interference ..............................................................................82
Rule­57­–­Tripping.....................................................................................86
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
Section 8 – Stick Fouls
Rule­58­–­Butt-ending ...............................................................................87
Rule­59­–­Cross-checking.........................................................................88
Rule­60­–­High-sticking.............................................................................88
Rule­61­–­Slashing....................................................................................89
Rule­62­–­Spearing ...................................................................................90
Section 9 – Other Fouls
Rule­63­–­Delaying­the­Game...................................................................90
Rule­64­–­Diving­/­Embellishment.............................................................94
Rule­65­–­Equipment ................................................................................95
Rule­66­–­Forfeit­of­Game.........................................................................95
Rule­67­–­Handling­Puck ..........................................................................96
Rule­68­–­Illegal­Substitution ....................................................................98
Rule­69­–­Interference­on­the­Goalkeeper................................................99
Rule­70­–­Leaving­the­Bench..................................................................102
Rule­71­–­Premature­Substitution...........................................................106
Rule­72­–­Refusing­to­Play­the­Puck ......................................................107
Rule­73­–­Refusing­to­Start­Play.............................................................108
Rule­74­–­Too­Many­Men­on­the­Ice .......................................................110
Rule­75­–­Unsportsmanlike­Conduct.......................................................111
Section 10 – Game Flow
Rule­76­–­Face-offs.................................................................................114
Rule­77­–­Game­and­Intermission­Timing...............................................120
Rule­78­–­Goals ......................................................................................121
Rule­79­–­Hand­Pass..............................................................................124
Rule­80­–­High-sticking­the­Puck............................................................124
Rule­81­–­Icing........................................................................................126
Rule­82­–­Line­Changes .........................................................................129
Rule­83­–­Off-side ...................................................................................131
Rule­84­–­Overtime.................................................................................134
Rule­85­–­Puck­Out­of­Bounds................................................................138
Rule­86­–­Start­of­Game­and­Periods.....................................................140
Rule­87­–­Time-outs................................................................................142
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
Reference Tables
Table 1
Summary­of­Penalties­to­Coaches­and­
Non-playing­Club­Personnel ...................................................................144
Table 2
Summary­of­Minor­Penalties...................................................................145
Table 3
Summary­of­Bench­Minor­Penalties........................................................146
Table 4
Summary­of­Double-minor­Penalties ......................................................146
Table 5
Summary­of­Major­Penalties...................................................................147
Table 6
Summary­of­Major­Penalties­That­Result
in­an­Automatic­Game­Misconduct .........................................................148
Table 7
Summary­of­Major­Penalties­That­Result­in­an
Automatic­Game­Misconduct­When­There­is­
Injury­to­the­Face­or­Head ......................................................................149
Table 8
Summary­of­Match­Penalties..................................................................149
Table 9
Summary­of­Misconduct­Penalties..........................................................150
Table 10
Summary­of­Game­Misconduct­Fouls­­
Included­in­the­“General­Category”.........................................................151
Table 11
Summary­of­Game­Misconduct­Fouls­­
Included­in­the­“Stick-Related­Category” ................................................152
Table 12
Summary­of­Game­Misconduct­Fouls
Included­in­the­“Checking-Related­Category” .........................................153
Table 13
Summary­of­Game­Misconduct­Fouls­
Included­in­the­“Fisticuff­Category” .........................................................153
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
Table 14
Summary­of­Penalty­Shots .....................................................................154
Table 15
Summary­of­Awarded­Goals­(When­Goalkeeper­Has­
Been­Removed­for­an­Extra­Attacker) ....................................................155
Table 16
Summary­of­Goalkeeper­Penalties .........................................................156
Table 17
Goals­Scored­Against­a­Short-handed­Team..........................................157
Table 18
Coincidental­Penalties ............................................................................169
Table 19
Interference­on­the­Goalkeeper­Situations .............................................173
Table 20
Penalties­in­Effect­Prior­to­the­Start­of­Overtime
–­Regular­Season ..................................................................................181
Table 21
Penalties­Assessed­in­Overtime­–­Regular­Season................................183
Index.......................................................................................................184
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
SECTION 1 – PLAYING AREA
Rule 1 – Rink
1.1
Rink -­SPHL­games­shall­be­played­on­an­ice­surface­known­as­the­“Rink”­and­must
adhere­to­the­dimensions­and­specifications­prescribed­by­the­League­and­these
rules.­No­ice­markings­shall­be­permitted­except­those­provided­for­under­these­rules
unless­express­written­permission­has­been­obtained­from­the­League.­On-ice­logos
must­not­interfere­with­any­official­ice­markings­provided­for­the­proper­playing­of­the
game.­
In­the­interval­between­periods,­the­ice­surface­shall­be­flooded­unless­mutually
agreed­to­the­contrary.
1.2
Dimensions -­The­official­size­of­the­rink­shall­be­two­hundred­feet­(200’)­long­and
eighty-five­feet­(85’)­wide.­The­corners­shall­be­rounded­in­the­arc­of­a­circle­with­a
radius­of­twenty-eight­feet­(28’).
1.3
Boards and Glass -­The­rink­shall­be­surrounded­by­a­wall­known­as­the­“boards”
which­shall­extend­not­less­than­forty­inches­(40’’)­and­not­more­than­forty-eight
inches­(48’’)­above­the­level­of­the­ice­surface.­The­ideal­height­of­the­boards­above
the­ice­surface­shall­be­forty-two­inches­(42’’).­Except­for­the­official­markings­provided­for­in­these­rules,­the­entire­playing­surface­and­the­boards­shall­be­white­in
color­except­the­kick­plate­at­the­bottom­of­the­boards,­which­shall­be­light­yellow­in
color.­
Any­variations­from­any­of­the­foregoing­dimensions­shall­require­official­authorization­by­the­League.
The­boards­shall­be­constructed­in­such­a­manner­that­the­surface­facing­the­ice­shall
be­smooth­and­free­of­any­obstruction­or­any­object­that­could­cause­injury­to­players.
Affixed­to­the­boards­and­extending­vertically­shall­be­approved­safety­glass.
The glass­and­gear­to­hold­them­in­position­shall­be­properly­padded­or­protected.
Protective­glass­shall­be­required­in­front­of­the­penalty­benches­to­provide­for­the
safety­of­the­players­on­and­off­the­ice.­All­equipment­used­to­hold­the­glass­or
screens­in­position­shall­be­mounted­on­the­boards­on­the­side­away­from­the­playing
surface.
1.4
Spectator Netting –­Spectator­netting­shall­be­hung­in­the­ends­of­the­arena,­of­a
height,­type,­and­in­a­manner­approved­by­the­League.
1.5
Lines -­Eleven­feet­(11’)­from­each­end­of­the­rink­and­in­the­center­of­a­red­line­two
inches­(2”)­wide­drawn­completely­across­the­width­of­the­ice­and­continued­vertically
up­the­side­of­the­boards,­regulation­goal­posts­and­nets­shall­be­set­in­such­a­manner­as­to­remain­stationary­during­the­progress­of­a­game.­
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
1
The­red­line,­two­inches­(2’’)­wide,­between­the­goal­posts­on­the­ice­and­extended­completely­across­the­rink,­shall­be­known­as­the­“GOAL­LINE.”
In­front­of­each­goal,­a­“GOAL­CREASE”­area­shall­be­marked­by­a­red­line­two
inches­(2’’)­in­width.
The­ice­area­between­the­two­goals­shall­be­divided­into­three­parts­by­lines,
twelve­inches­(12’’)­in­width,­and­blue­in­color,­drawn­sixty­feet­(60’)­out­from­the­goal
lines,­and­extended­completely­across­the­rink,­parallel­with­the­goal­lines,­and­continued­vertically­up­the­side­of­the­boards.­(Paint­code­PMS­286.)
There­shall­also­be­a­line,­twelve­inches­(12’’)­in­width­and­red­in­color,­drawn
completely­across­the­rink­in­center­ice,­parallel­with­the­goal­lines­and­continued­vertically­up­the­side­of­the­boards,­known­as­the­“CENTER­LINE.”­This­line­shall­contain
regular­interval­markings­of­a­uniform­distinctive­design,­which­will­readily­distinguish
it­from­the­two­blue­lines,­the­outer­edges­of­which­must­be­continuous.­(Paint­code
PMS­186.)
1.6
Division of Ice Surface -­That­portion­of­the­ice­surface­in­which­the­goal­is­situated
shall­be­called­the­“DEFENDING­ZONE”­of­the­Team­defending­that­goal;­the­central
portion­shall­be­known­as­the­“NEUTRAL­ZONE,”­and­the­portion­farthest­from­the
defended­goal­as­the­“ATTACKING­ZONE.”
1.7
Goal Crease / Referee Crease -­The­goal­crease­shall­be­laid­out­as­follows:­One
foot­(1’)­outside­of­each­goal­post­a­two-inch­(2’’)­line­shall­be­painted­extending­four
feet,­six­inches­(4’6”)­in­length.­These­lines­shall­be­at­right­angles­to­the­goal­line.­A
semi-circle­line­six­feet­(6’)­in­radius­and­two­inches­(2”)­in­width­shall­be­drawn­using
the­center­of­the­goal­line­as­the­center­point­and­connecting­both­ends­of­the­side­of
the­crease.­On­the­side­of­the­crease­lines,­four­feet­(4’)­from­the­goal­line,­extend­a
five-inch­(5”)­line­into­the­crease.­(see­diagram­on­pages­preceding­the­table­of­contents)
The­goal­crease­area­shall­include­all­the­space­outlined­by­the­crease­lines
and­extending­vertically­four­feet­(4’)­to­the­level­of­the­top­of­the­goal­frame.­The
area­outlined­by­the­crease­line­and­the­goal­line­shall­be­painted­a­light­blue­color.
(Paint­code­PMS­298.)­
The­area­inside­the­goal­frame­to­the­goal­line­shall­be­painted­a­gloss­white­color.
On­the­ice­immediately­in­front­of­the­Penalty­Timekeeper’s­seat­there­shall­be
marked­in­red­on­the­ice­a­semi-circle­of­ten­foot­(10’)­radius­and­two­inches­(2’’)­in
width­which­shall­be­known­as­the­“REFEREE’S­CREASE.”
2
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
1.8
Goalkeeper’s Restricted Area – NOT IN USE -­A­restricted­trapezoid-shaped­area
behind­the­goal­will­be­laid­out­as­follows:­Five­feet­(5’)­outside­of­each­goal­crease
(six­feet­(6’)­from­each­goal­post),­a­two-inch­(2”)­red­line­shall­be­painted­extending
from­the­goal­line­to­a­point­on­the­end­of­the­rink­ten­feet­(10’)­from­the­goal­crease
(eleven­feet­(11’)­from­the­goal­post)­and­continuing­vertically­up­the­kick­plate­(see
diagram­on­the­pages­preceding­the­table­of­contents).­(Paint­code­PMS­186).
1.9
Face-off Spots and Circles -­A­circular­blue­spot,­twelve­inches­(12’’)­in­diameter,
shall­be­marked­exactly­in­the­center­of­the­rink;­and­with­this­spot­as­a­center,­a­circle­of­fifteen­feet­(15’)­radius­shall­be­marked­with­a­blue­line­two­inches­(2’’)­in­width.
Two­red­spots­two­feet­(2’)­in­diameter­shall­be­marked­on­the­ice­in­the­neutral
zone­five­feet­(5’)­from­each­blue­line.­Within­the­face-off­spot,­draw­two­parallel­lines
three­inches­(3’’)­from­the­top­and­bottom­of­the­spot.­The­area­within­the­two­lines
shall­be­painted­red;­the­remainder­shall­be­painted­white.­The­spots­shall­be­fortyfour­feet­(44’)­apart­and­each­shall­be­a­uniform­distance­from­the­adjacent­boards.
In­both­end­zones­and­on­both­sides­of­each­goal,­red­face-off­spots­and­circles
shall­be­marked­on­the­ice.­The­face-off­spots­shall­be­two­feet­(2’)­in­diameter.
Within­the­face-off­spot,­draw­two­parallel­lines­three­inches­(3’’)­from­the­top­and­bottom­of­the­spot.­The­area­within­the­two­lines­shall­be­painted­red;­the­remainder­shall
be­painted­white.­
The­circles­shall­be­two­inches­(2’’)­wide­with­a­radius­of­fifteen­feet­(15’)­from
the­center­of­the­face-off­spots.­At­the­outer­edge­of­both­sides­of­each­face-off­circle
and­parallel­to­the­goal­line­shall­be­marked­two­red­lines,­two­inches­(2’’)­wide­and
two­feet­(2’)­in­length­and­three­feet­(3’)­apart.
One­foot­away­from­the­outer­edge­of­the­face-off­spot,­two­lines­shall­be­drawn
parallel­with­the­side­boards­that­shall­be­four­feet­(4’)­in­length­and­eighteen­inches
(18”)­apart.­Parallel­to­the­end­boards,­commencing­at­the­end­of­the­line­nearest­to
the­face-off­spot,­a­line­shall­extend­two­feet­ten­inches­(2’10”)­in­length.­All­lines­shall
be­two­inches­(2”)­in­width.­
The­location­of­the­face-off­spots­shall­be­fixed­in­the­following­manner:
Along­a­line­twenty­feet­(20’)­from­each­goal­line­and­parallel­to­it,­mark­two
points­twenty-two­feet­(22’)­on­both­sides­of­the­straight­line­joining­the­center­of­the
two­goals.­Each­such­point­shall­be­the­center­of­a­face-off­spot­and­circle.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
3
Rule 2 – Goal Posts and Nets
2.1
Goal Posts -­The­goal­posts­shall­be­kept­in­position­by­means­of­flexible­pegs­affixed­in­the­ice­or­floor.­The­flexible­pegs­shall­be­ten­inches­(10”)­in­length­and­light
green­or­yellow­in­color.­
The­goal­posts­shall­be­of­approved­design­and­material,­extending­vertically
four­feet­(4’)­above­the­surface­of­the­ice­and­set­six­feet­(6’)­apart­measured­from
the­inside­of­the­posts.­A­cross­bar­of­the­same­material­as­the­goal­posts­shall­extend­from­the­top­of­one­post­to­the­top­of­the­other.
The­goal­posts­and­cross­bar­shall­be­painted­in­red­and­all­other­exterior­surfaces­shall­be­painted­in­white.
2.2
Nets -­There­shall­be­attached­to­each­goal­frame­a­net­of­approved­design­made­of
white­nylon­cord­which­shall­be­draped­in­such­a­manner­as­to­prevent­the­puck­coming­to­rest­on­the­outside­of­it,­yet­strung­in­a­manner­that­will­keep­the­puck­in­the­net.
A­skirt­of­heavy­white­nylon­fabric­or­heavyweight­white­canvas­shall­be­laced
around­the­base­plate­of­the­goal­frame­in­such­a­way­as­to­protect­the­net­from
being­cut­or­broken.­This­protective­padding­must­be­attached­in­a­manner­that­will
not­restrict­the­puck­from­completely­crossing­the­goal­line.­This­padding­must­be­set
back­six­inches­(6’’)­from­the­inside­of­the­goal­post.­This­skirt­shall­not­project­more
than­one­inch­(1’’)­above­the­base­plate.
The­frame­of­the­goal­shall­be­draped­with­a­nylon­mesh­net­so­as­to­completely
enclose­the­back­of­the­frame.­The­net­shall­be­made­of­three-ply­twisted­twine
(0.197­inch­(5­mm)­diameter)­or­equivalent­braided­twine­of­multifilament­white­nylon
with­an­appropriate­tensile­strength­of­700­pounds.­The­size­of­the­mesh­shall­be­two
and­one-half­inches­(2½’’)­(inside­measurement)­from­each­knot­to­each­diagonal
knot­when­fully­stretched.­Knotting­shall­be­made­as­to­ensure­no­sliding­of­the­twine.
The­net­shall­be­laced­to­the­frame­with­medium­white­nylon­cord­no­smaller­in­size
than­No.­21.
Rule 3 – Benches
3.1
4
Players’ Benches -­Each­rink­shall­be­provided­with­seats­or­benches­for­the­use­of
players­of­both­teams.­The­accommodations­provided,­including­benches­and­doors,
MUST­be­uniform­for­both­teams.­Such­seats­or­benches­shall­have­accommodation
for­at­least­fourteen­(14)­persons­of­each­team.­The­benches­shall­be­placed­immediately­alongside­the­ice­as­near­to­the­center­of­the­rink­as­possible.­Two­doors­for
each­bench­must­be­uniform­in­location­and­size­and­as­convenient­to­the­dressing
rooms­as­possible.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
Each­players’­bench­should­be­twenty-four­feet­(24’)­in­length­and­when­situated­in­the­spectator­area,­shall­be­separated­from­the­spectators­by­a­protective
glass­of­sufficient­height­so­as­to­afford­the­necessary­protection­for­the­players.­The
players’­benches­shall­be­on­the­same­side­of­the­playing­surface­opposite­the
penalty­bench­and­should­be­separated­by­a­substantial­distance,­if­possible.
Each­players’­bench­shall­have­two­doors­which­must­be­uniform­in­location­and
size.­(“Mirrored­image­benches”)­All­doors­opening­to­the­playing­surface­shall­be
constructed­so­that­they­swing­inward.
3.2
Penalty Bench -­Each­rink­must­be­provided­with­benches­or­seats­to­be­known­as
the­“PENALTY­BENCH.”­These­benches­or­seats­must­be­capable­of­accommodating
a­total­of­ten­persons­including­the­Penalty­Timekeepers.­Separate­penalty­benches
shall­be­provided­for­each­Team­and­they­shall­be­situated­on­opposite­sides­of­the
Timekeeper’s­area,­directly­across­the­ice­from­the­players’­benches.­The­penalty
bench(es)­must­be­situated­in­the­neutral­zone.
Each­Penalty­Bench­shall­be­protected­from­the­spectator­area­by­means­of­a
glass­partition­which­shall­not­be­less­than­five­feet­(5’)­above­the­height­of­the
boards.
Rule 4 – Signal and Timing Devices
4.1
Signal Devices -­Each­rink­must­be­provided­with­a­siren,­or­other­suitable­sound­device that­will­sound­automatically­at­the­conclusion­of­each­period­of­play.­Should­the
sound­device­fail­to­sound­automatically­when­time­expires,­the­determining­factor­as
to­whether­or­not­the­period­has­ended­shall­be­the­timing­device.­
Behind­each­goal,­electrical­lights­shall­be­set­up­for­the­use­of­the­Goal
Judges.­A­red­light­will­signify­the­scoring­of­a­goal­and­a­green­light­will­signify­the
end­of­a­period­or­a­game.
A­goal­cannot­be­scored­when­a­green­light­is­showing.
A­light,­normally­red­in­color,­will­be­situated­at­or­near­the­Timekeeper’s­Bench
and­will­be­illuminated­when­a­commercial­time-out­is­in­progress.­This­light­will­be
extinguished­when­the­commercial­time-out­is­complete­to­indicate­to­the­teams­and
the­officials­that­play­may­resume.­This­light­is­controlled­by­an­authorized­SPHL
Commercial­Coordinator.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
5
4.2
Timing Devices -­Each­rink­shall­be­provided­with­some­form­of­electronic clock­for
the­purpose­of­keeping­the­spectators,­players­and­game­officials­accurately­informed
as­to­all­time­elements­at­all­stages­of­the­game­including­the­time­remaining­to­be
played­in­any­period­and­the­time­remaining­to­be­served­by­at­least­five­penalized
players­on­each­Team.
Time­recording­for­both­game­time­and­penalty­time­shall­show­time­remaining
to­be­played­or­served.
The­game­time­clock­shall­measure­the­time­remaining­in­tenths­of­a­second
during­the­last­minute­of­each­period.
SECTION 2 – TEAMS
Rule 5 – Team
5.1
Eligible Players -­A­team­shall­be­composed­of­18­players­(16­skaters­and­two­goalkeepers­who­shall­be­under­contract­to­the­club­they­represent.
At­the­beginning­of­each­game,­the­Manager­or­Coach­of­each­team­shall­list
the­players­and­goalkeepers­who­shall­be­eligible­to­play­in­the­game.­Not­more­than
fifteen­(15)­players­and­two­(2)­goalkeepers­shall­be­permitted.­One­non-uniformed
player­shall­be­permitted­on­the­players’­bench­in­a­coaching­capacity.­He­must­be­indicated­on­the­Roster­Sheet­submitted­by­the­Coach­to­the­Referee­or­Official­Scorer
prior­to­the­start­of­the­game.
A­list­of­names­and­numbers­of­all­eligible­players­and­goalkeepers­must­be
handed­to­the­Official­Scorer­before­the­game,­and­no­change­shall­be­permitted­in
the­list­or­addition­thereto­shall­be­permitted­after­the­commencement­of­the­game.
Prior­to­the­game,­if­an­official­(on-ice­or­off-ice)­notices­that­a­player­or­goalkeeper­is­in­uniform­but­has­not­been­included­on­the­Official­Game­Report,­the­Referee­shall­bring­this­to­the­attention­of­the­offending­team­so­that­the­necessary
correction­can­be­made­to­the­Official­Game­Report­(and­no­penalty­is­assessed).­
5.2
6
Ineligible Player - Only­players­and­goalkeepers­on­the­list­submitted­to­the­Official
Scorer­before­the­game­may­participate­in­the­game.­The­determining­factor­when
considering­whether­or­not­a­player­or­goalkeeper­is­eligible­is­that­the­player­or­goalkeeper’s­name,­and­not­necessarily­the­player­or­goalkeeper’s­number,­must­be­correctly­listed­by­the­Manager­or­Coach­of­that­team.­
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
If­a­goal­is­scored­when­an­ineligible­player­or­goalkeeper­is­on­the­ice­(whether
he­was­involved­in­the­scoring­or­not),­the­goal­will­be­disallowed.­This­only­applies­to
the­goal­scored­at­the­stoppage­of­play­whereby­the­player­or­goalkeeper­was
deemed­to­be­ineligible.­All­other­goals­scored­previously­by­the­ineligible­player­or
goalkeeper’s­team­(with­him­on­the­ice­or­not)­shall­be­allowed.­The­ineligible­player
will­be­removed­from­the­game­and­the­Club­shall­not­be­able­to­substitute­another
player­from­its­roster.­No­additional­penalties­are­to­be­assessed­but­a­report­of­the
incident­must­be­submitted­to­the­Commissioner.­For­an­ineligible­goalkeeper,­see
5.3.
5.3
Goalkeeper -­Each­team­shall­be­allowed­one­goalkeeper­on­the­ice­at­one­time.­The
goalkeeper­may­be­removed­and­another­player­substituted.­Such­substitute­shall­not
be­permitted­the­privileges­of­the­goalkeeper.
Each­team­shall­have­on­its­bench,­or­on­a­chair­immediately­beside­the­bench,
a­substitute­goalkeeper­who­shall,­at­all­times,­be­fully­dressed­and­equipped­ready
to­play.
Except­when­both­goalkeepers­are­incapacitated,­no­player­in­the­playing­roster
in­that­game­shall­be­permitted­to­wear­the­equipment­of­the­goalkeeper.
In­regular­League­and­Playoff­games,­if­both­listed­goalkeepers­are­incapacitated,­that­team­shall­be­entitled­to­dress­and­play­any­available­goalkeeper­who­is
eligible.­This­goalkeeper­is­eligible­to­sit­on­the­player’s­bench,­in­uniform.­In­the
event­that­the­two­regular­goalkeepers­are­injured­or­incapacitated­in­quick­succession,­the­third­goalkeeper­shall­be­provided­with­a­reasonable­amount­of­time­to­get
dressed,­in­addition­to­a­two-minute­warm-up­(except­when­he­enters­the­game­to­defend­against­a­penalty­shot).­­If,­however,­the­third­goalkeeper­is­dressed­and­on­the
bench­when­the­second­goalkeeper­becomes­incapacitated,­the­third­goalkeeper
shall­enter­the­game­immediately­and­no­warm-up­is­permitted.
5.4
Coaches and Team Personnel -­No­one­but­players­and­goalkeepers­in­uniform,
non-playing­team­personnel­duly­registered­on­the­Line-Up­Card­as­the­Manager,
Coach(es),­Trainer,­Equipment­Manager,­etc.­shall­be­permitted­to­occupy­the
benches­so­provided.
One­non-uniformed­player­shall­be­permitted­on­the­players’­bench­in­a­coaching­capacity.­He­must­be­indicated­on­the­Line-Up­Card­submitted­by­the­Coach­to
the­Official­Scorer­prior­to­the­start­of­the­game.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
7
Rule 6 – Captain and Alternate Captains
6.1
Captain -­One­Captain­shall­be­appointed­by­each­team,­and­he­alone­shall­have­the
privilege­of­discussing­with­the­Referee­any­questions­relating­to­interpretation­of
rules­which­may­arise­during­the­progress­of­a­game.­He­shall­wear­the­letter­“C,”­approximately­three­inches­(3’’)­in­height­and­in­contrasting­color,­in­a­conspicuous­position­on­the­front­of­his­sweater.­No­co-Captains­are­permitted.­Either­one­Captain­and
no­more­than­two­Alternate­Captains,­or­no­Captain­and­no­more­than­three­Alternate
Captains­are­permitted­(see­6.2).­
Only­the­Captain,­when­invited­to­do­so­by­the­Referee,­shall­have­the­privilege
of­discussing­any­point­relating­to­the­interpretation­of­rules.­Any­Captain,­Alternate
Captain­or­any­player­or­goalkeeper­who­comes­off­the­bench­and­makes­any­protest
or­intervention­with­the­officials­for­any­purpose­shall­be­assessed­a­minor­penalty­for
unsportsmanlike­conduct­under­Rule 40 –­Abuse­of­Officials.­Should­this­protest­continue,­he­may­be­assessed­a­misconduct­penalty,­and­if­it­further­continues,­a­game
misconduct­penalty­shall­be­warranted.
A­complaint­about­a­penalty­is­NOT­a­matter­“relating­to­the­interpretation­of­the
rules”­and­a­minor­penalty­shall­be­imposed­against­any­Captain,­Alternate­Captain­or
any­other­player­or­goalkeeper­making­such­a­complaint.
The­Referee­and­Official­Scorer­shall­be­advised,­prior­to­the­start­of­each
game,­the­name­of­the­Captain­and­the­Alternate­Captains­of­both­teams.
No­playing­coach,­playing­manager­or­goalkeeper­shall­be­permitted­to­act­as
Captain­or­Alternate­Captain.
6.2
Alternate Captains –­If­the­permanent­Captain­is­not­on­the­ice,­Alternate­Captains
(not­more­than­two)­shall­be­accorded­the­privileges­of­the­Captain.­Alternate­Captains­shall­wear­the­letter­“A”­approximately­three­inches­(3’’)­in­height­and­in­contrasting­color,­in­a­conspicuous­position­on­the­front­of­their­sweaters.
Only­when­the­Captain­is­not­in­uniform,­the­Coach­shall­have­the­right­to­designate
three­Alternate­Captains.­This­must­be­done­prior­to­the­start­of­the­game.
Rule 7 – Starting Line-up
7.1
Starting Line-up -­Prior­to­the­start­of­the­game,­at­the­request­of­the­Referee,­the
Manager­or­Coach­of­the­visiting­team­is­required­to­name­the­starting­line-up­to­the
Referee­or­Official­Scorer.
Prior­to­the­start­of­the­game,­the­Manager­or­Coach­of­the­home­team,­having
been­advised­by­the­Official­Scorer­the­names­of­the­starting­line-up­of­the­visiting
team,­shall­name­the­starting­line-up­of­the­home­team.­This­information­shall­be­conveyed­by­the­Official­Scorer­to­the­Coach­of­the­visiting­team.
8
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
No­change­in­the­starting­line-up­of­either­team­as­given­to­the­Official­Scorer,­or
in­the­playing­line-up­on­the­ice,­shall­be­made­until­the­game­is­actually­in­progress.
7.2
Violation -­For­an­infraction­of­this­rule,­a­bench­minor­penalty­shall­be­imposed­upon
the­offending­team,­provided­such­infraction­is­called­to­the­attention­of­the­Referee
before­the­second­face-off­in­the­first­period­takes­place.­This­is­an­appeal­play­and
must­be­brought­to­the­Referee’s­attention­prior­to­the­second­face-off­in­the­game.
There­is­no­penalty­to­the­requesting­team­if­their­appeal­is­unsustained.­The­determining­factor­when­considering­whether­or­not­a­player­or­goalkeeper­is­listed­in­the
starting­line-up­is­that­the­player­or­goalkeeper’s­name,­and­not­necessarily­the
player­or­goalkeeper’s­number,­must­be­correctly­listed­by­the­Manager­or­Coach­of
that­team.­
In­the­event­a­team­scores­on­the­first­shift­of­the­game,­and­it­is­brought­to­the
attention­of­the­Referee­by­the­opposing­team­that­the­team­that­scored­did­not­have
the­correct­starting­line-up­on­the­ice,­the­goal­shall­be­allowed­and­a­bench­minor
penalty­assessed­to­the­offending­team­for­having­an­improper­starting­line-up.­If­the
team­that­scores­the­goal­on­the­first­shift­of­the­game­challenges­the­starting­line-up
of­the­opposing­team­and­the­opposing­team­did­not­have­the­correct­starting­line-up,
the­scoring­of­the­goal­would­nullify­the­bench­minor­penalty­and­no­further­penalties
would­be­assessed.­
Rule 8 – Injured Players
8.1
Injured Player -­When­a­player­is­injured­or­compelled­to­leave­the­ice­during­a
game,­he­may­retire­from­the­game­and­be­replaced­by­a­substitute,­but­play­must
continue­without­the­teams­leaving­the­ice.
During­the­play,­if­an­injured­player­wishes­to­retire­from­the­ice­and­be­replaced
by­a­substitute,­he­must­do­so­at­the­players’­bench­and­not­through­any­other­exit
leading­from­the­rink.­This­is­not­a­legal­player­change­and­therefore­when­a­violation
occurs,­a­bench­minor­penalty­shall­be­imposed.
If­a­penalized­player­has­been­injured,­he­may­proceed­to­the­dressing­room
without­the­necessity­of­taking­a­seat­on­the­penalty­bench.­If­the­injured­player­receives­a­minor­penalty,­the­penalized­team­shall­immediately­put­a­substitute­player
on­the­penalty­bench,­who­shall­serve­the­penalty­until­such­time­as­the­injured­player
is­able­to­return­to­the­game.­He­would­replace­his­teammate­on­the­penalty­bench­at
the­next­stoppage­of­play.­If­the­injured­player­receives­a­major­penalty,­the­penalized
team­shall­place­a­substitute­player­on­the­penalty­bench­before­the­penalty­expires
and­no­other­replacement­for­the­penalized­player­shall­be­permitted­to­enter­the
game­except­from­the­penalty­bench.­For­violation­of­this­rule,­a­bench­minor­penalty
shall­be­imposed.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
9
Should­the­injured­penalized­player­who­has­been­replaced­on­the­penalty
bench­return­to­his­players’­bench­prior­to­the­expiration­of­his­penalty,­he­shall­not­be
eligible­to­play­until­his­penalty­has­expired.­This­includes­coincidental­penalties­when
his­substitute­is­still­in­the­penalty­box­awaiting­a­stoppage­in­play.­The­injured­player
must­wait­until­his­substitute­has­been­released­from­the­penalty­box­before­he­is­eligible­to­play.­­If,­however,­there­is­a­stoppage­of­play­prior­to­the­expiration­of­his
penalty,­he­must­then­replace­his­teammate­on­the­penalty­bench­and­return­to­play
once­his­penalty­has­expired.
When­a­player­is­injured­so­that­he­cannot­continue­play­or­go­to­his­bench,­the
play­shall­not­be­stopped­until­the­injured­player’s­team­has­secured­possession­of
the­puck.­If­the­player’s­team­is­in­possession­of­the­puck­at­the­time­of­injury,­play
shall­be­stopped­immediately­unless­his­team­is­in­a­scoring­position.
In­the­case­where­it­is­obvious­that­a­player­has­sustained­a­serious­injury,­the
Referee­and/or­Linesman­may­stop­the­play­immediately.
When­play­has­been­stopped­by­the­Referee­or­Linesman­due­to­an­injured
player,­or­whenever­an­injured­player­is­attended­to­on­the­ice­by­the­Trainer­or­medical­personnel,­such­player­must­be­substituted­for­immediately.­This­injured­player
cannot­return­to­the­ice­until­play­has­resumed.
When­play­is­stopped­for­an­injured­player,­the­ensuing­face-off­shall­be­conducted­at­the­face-off­spot­in­the­zone­nearest­the­location­of­the­puck­when­the­play
was­stopped.­­When­the­injured­player’s­team­has­possession­of­the­puck­in­the­attacking­zone,­the­face-off­shall­be­conducted­at­one­of­the­face-off­spots­outside­the
blue­line­in­the­neutral­zone.­­When­the­injured­player­is­in­his­defending­zone­and
the­attacking­team­is­in­possession­of­the­puck­in­the­attacking­zone,­the­face-off
shall­be­conducted­at­one­of­the­defending­team’s­end-zone­face-off­spots.
8.2
Injured Goalkeeper -­If­a­goalkeeper­sustains­an­injury­or­becomes­ill,­he­must­be
ready­to­resume­play­immediately­or­be­replaced­by­a­substitute­goalkeeper­and­no
additional­time­shall­be­allowed­by­the­Referee­for­the­purpose­of­enabling­the­injured
or­ill­goalkeeper­to­resume­his­position.­The­substitute­goalkeeper­shall­be­allowed­a
two­(2)­minute­warm-up­during­all­pre-season­games.­No­warm-up­shall­be­permitted
for­a­substitute­goalkeeper­in­all­regular­League­or­Playoff­games.
The­Referee­shall­report­to­the­Commissioner­for­disciplinary­action­any­delay
in­making­a­goalkeeper­substitution.
The­substitute­goalkeeper­shall­be­subject­to­the­regular­rules­governing­goalkeepers­and­shall­be­entitled­to­the­same­privileges.
When­a­substitution­for­the­regular­goalkeeper­has­been­made,­such­regular
goalkeeper­shall­not­resume­his­position­until­the­next­stoppage­of­play.­
10
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
When­play­has­been­stopped­by­the­Referee­or­Linesman­due­to­an­injured
goalkeeper,­such­goalkeeper­must­be­substituted­for­only­if­he­has­to­proceed­to­the
players’­bench­to­receive­medical­attention.­If­the­Trainer­has­come­onto­the­ice­to­attend­to­the­goalkeeper­and­there­is­no­undue­delay,­the­goalkeeper­may­remain­in­the
game­without­substitute.­However,­no­additional­time­shall­be­permitted­by­the­Referee­for­the­purpose­of­enabling­the­injured­goalkeeper­to­resume­his­position­(i.e.­no
warm-up).
8.3
Blood –­At­the­discretion­of­the­Referee,­a­player­or­goalkeeper­who­is­bleeding­shall
be­ruled­off­the­ice­at­the­next­stoppage­of­play.­Such­player­or­goalkeeper­shall­not
be­permitted­to­return­to­play­until­the­bleeding­has­been­stopped­and­the­cut­or­abrasion­covered­(if­necessary).­It­is­required­that­any­affected­equipment­and/or­uniform
be­properly­decontaminated­or­exchanged.
SECTION 3 – EQUIPMENT
Rule 9 – Uniforms
9.1
Team Uniform –­All­players­of­each­team­shall­be­dressed­uniformly­with­approved
design­and­color­of­their­helmets,­sweaters,­short­pants,­stockings­and­skates.
Altered­uniforms­of­any­kind,­i.e.­Velcro­inserts,­over-sized­jerseys,­altered­collars,­etc.,­will­not­be­permitted.­Any­player­or­goalkeeper­not­complying­with­this­rule
shall­not­be­permitted­to­participate­in­the­game.­For­violations,­refer­to­9.5.­
Each­member­Club­shall­design­and­wear­distinctive­and­contrasting­uniforms
for­their­home­and­road­games,­no­parts­of­which­shall­be­interchangeable­except­the
pants.­Any­concerns­regarding­a­player’s­uniform­(including­the­goalkeeper)­shall­be
reported­by­the­Referee­to­the­SPHL­Hockey­Operations­Department.
9.2
Numbers -­Each­player­and­each­goalkeeper­listed­in­the­line-up­of­each­team­shall
wear­an­individual­identifying­number­at­least­ten­inches­(10’’)­high­on­the­back­of­his
sweater.­Sweater­numbers­such­as­00,­½­(fractions),­.05­(decimals),­101­(three­digit)
are­not­permitted.­In­addition,­each­player­and­goalkeeper­shall­wear­his­surname­in
full,­in­block­letters­three­inches­(3’’)­high,­across­the­back­of­his­sweater­at­shoulder
height.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
11
9.3
Player’s Jersey –­The­maximum­jersey­size­is­(see­diagram).
No­inserts­or­additions­are­to­be­added­to­the­standard­players’­jersey­as­produced­by­the­manufacturer.­(Modifications­at­the­manufacturer­are­not­allowed­unless
approved­in­advance­by­the­League)­­
No­alteration­of­the­neck­opening­is­permitted.
Sleeves­must­extend­into­the­cuff­of­the­glove.
Jerseys­must­be­“tied­down”­properly­at­all­times.
9.4
Goalkeeper’s Jersey -­No­inserts­or­additions­are­to­be­added­to­the­standard­goalkeeper-cut­jersey­as­produced­by­the­manufacturer.­Modifications­at­the­manufacturer
are­not­allowed­unless­approved­in­advance­by­the­League.
No­“tying­down”­of­the­sweater­is­allowed­at­the­wrists­if­it­creates­a­tension
across­the­jersey­such­that­a­“webbing­effect”­is­created­in­the­armpit­area.
No­other­tie­downs­are­allowed­that­create­a­“webbing­effect.”
The­length­of­a­jersey­is­illegal­if­it­covers­any­area­between­the­goalkeeper’s legs.­
9.5
12
Protective Equipment -­All­protective­equipment,­except­gloves,­headgear­and­goalkeepers’­leg­guards­must­be­worn­under­the­uniform.­Should­it­be­brought­to­the­attention­of­the­Referee­that­a­player­or­goalkeeper­is­wearing,­for­example,­an­elbow
pad­that­is­not­covered­by­his­jersey,­he­shall­instruct­the­player­or­goalkeeper­to
cover­up­the­pad­and­a­second­violation­by­the­same­player­or­goalkeeper­would­result­in­a­minor­penalty­being­assessed.­
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
All­players­of­both­teams­shall­wear­a­helmet, visor,­and­mouth­guard­of­design,
material­and­construction­approved­by­the­League­at­all­times­while­participating­in­a
game,­either­on­the­playing­surface­or­the­player­or­penalty­benches.­
A­fine­of­one-hundred­dollars­($100)­shall­be­assessed­to­each­player­who­fails
to­wear­his­helmet­and­visor­as­required­under­this­rule.­Any­player­deemed­not­to­be
wearing­a­mouth­guard­shall­be­ruled­off­the­ice.­Should­the­same­player­come­back
on­the­ice­not­wearing­a­mouth­guard­he­shall­again­be­ruled­off­the­ice­and­the­referee­will­file­a­report­to­the­League­Office­who­will­subsequently­fine­the­offending
player­twenty-five­dollars­($25).­For­each­subsequent­violation­the­fine­will­increase
by­twenty-five­dollars­($25).­­Any­player­who­during­the­course­of­the­game­fails­to
wear­his­visor­in­the­proper­position­shall­be­assessed­a­misconduct­penalty.­­If,­after
losing­his­helmet,­he­goes­to­his­players’­bench­to­be­substituted­for,­he­may­not­return­to­the­ice­during­play­without­a­helmet­(nor­may­a­player­exit­the­penalty­bench
during­play­without­a­helmet).­Should­he­do­so,­the­play­shall­be­stopped­once­his
team­has­gained­possession­of­the­puck.­If­the­play­is­stopped­for­such­an­infraction
in­the­attacking­zone,­the­ensuing­face-off­will­take­place­at­the­nearest­face-off­spot
in­the­neutral­zone­of­the­non-offending­team.­If­the­play­is­stopped­for­such­an­infraction­in­the­defending­or­neutral­zone,­the­ensuing­face-off­will­take­place­at­the nearest­face-off­spot­to­the­location­of­the­puck­in­that­zone­when­the­play­was­stopped.
When­a­goalkeeper­has­lost­his­helmet­and/or­face­mask­and­his­team­has­possession­of­the­puck,­the­play­shall­be­stopped­immediately­to­allow­the­goalkeeper
the­opportunity­to­regain­his­helmet­and/or­face­mask.­When­the­opposing­team­has
possession­of­the­puck,­play­shall­only­be­stopped­if­there­is­no­immediate­and­impending­scoring­opportunity.­This­stoppage­of­play­must­be­made­by­the­Referee.
When­play­is­stopped­because­the­goalkeeper­has­lost­his­helmet­and/or­face­mask,
the­ensuing­face-off­shall­take­place­at­one­of­the­defending­team’s­end­zone­face-off
spots.
When­a­goalkeeper­deliberately­removes­his­helmet­and/or­face­mask­in­order
to­secure­a­stoppage­of­play,­the­Referee­shall­stop­play­as­outlined­above­and­in­this
case­assess­the­goalkeeper­a­minor­penalty­for­delaying­the­game.­­If­the­goalkeeper
deliberately­removes­his­helmet­and/or­face­mask­when­the­opposing­team­is­on­a
breakaway,­the­Referee­shall­award­a­penalty­shot­to­the­non-offending­team,­which
shot­shall­be­taken­by­the­player­last­in­possession­of­the­puck.­­If­the­goalkeeper­deliberately­removes­his­helmet­and/or­face­mask­during­the­course­of­a­penalty­shot­or
shootout­attempt,­the­Referee­shall­award­a­goal­to­the­non-offending­team.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
13
Whenever­it­is­deemed­by­the­Referee­that­a­player­or­goalkeeper­is­wearing
protective­equipment­(including­an­altered­or­torn­jersey)­that­does­not­meet­with
League­regulations,­he­shall­instruct­the­player­or­goalkeeper­to­change­or­remove
the­piece­of­equipment.­If­he­refuses­to­make­the­necessary­change­he­shall­be­assessed­a­minor­penalty­for­delay­of­game­and­should­he­return­to­the­ice­without
making­the­necessary­change­he­shall­be­assessed­a­misconduct­penalty.­Should
this­happen­a­third­time,­he­shall­be­assessed­a­game­misconduct­penalty.
9.6
Dangerous Equipment -­The­use­of­pads­or­protectors­made­of­metal,­or­of­any
other­material­likely­to­cause­injury­to­a­player­or­goalkeeper,­is­prohibited.­Referee
have­the­authority­to­prohibit­any­equipment­they­feel­may­cause­injury­to­any­participants­in­the­game.­Failure­to­comply­to­the­Referee’­instructions­shall­result­in­the­assessment­of­a­minor­penalty­for­delay­of­game.­
A­mask­or­protector­of­a­design­approved­by­the­League­may­be­worn­by­a
player­who­has­sustained­a­facial­injury.
In­the­first­instance,­the­injured­player­shall­be­entitled­to­wear­any­protective
device­prescribed­by­the­Club­doctor.­If­any­opposing­Club­objects­to­the­device,­it
may­record­its­objection­with­the­Commissioner.
In­cases­where­a­stick­may­have­been­modified­and­it­is­evident­that­the­edges
have­not­been­beveled,­the­Referee­shall­deem­the­stick­to­be­dangerous­equipment
and­removed­from­the­game­until­the­edges­can­be­beveled­sufficiently.­No­penalty­is
to­assessed­initially­unless­the­player­returns­to­the­ice­with­the­unmodified­stick,­for
which­he­will­be­assessed­a­minor­penalty­for­delay­of­game.
Rule 10 – Sticks
The SPHl has No stick measurements during the game.
All protests will be done through the SPHl league office.
10.1
Player’s Stick -­The­sticks­shall­be­made­of­wood­or­other­material­approved­by­the
League,­and­must­not­have­any­projections.­Adhesive­tape­of­any­color­may­be
wrapped­around­the­stick­at­any­place­for­the­purpose­of­reinforcement­or­to­improve
control­of­the­puck.
No­stick­shall­exceed­sixty-three­inches­(63”)­in­length­from­the­heel­to­the­end
of­the­shaft­nor­more­than­twelve­and­one-half­inches­(121/2“)­from­the­heel­to­the
end­of­the­blade.­
14
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
Requests­for­an­exception­to­the­length­of­the­shaft­(only)­may­be­submitted­in
writing­to­and­must­be­approved­by­the­League’s­Hockey­Operations­Department
prior­to­any­such­stick­being­approved­for­use.­Maximum­length­of­a­stick­granted­an
exception­under­this­rule­is­sixty-five­inches­(65”).
The­blade­of­the­stick­shall­not­be­more­than­three­inches­(3”)­in­width­at­any
point­between­the­heel­and­½”­in­from­the­mid-point­of­the­tip­of­the­blade,­nor­less
than­two­inches­(2”).­All­edges­of­the­blade­shall­be­beveled­(see­9.6).­
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
15
10.2
Goalkeeper’s Stick -­In­the­case­of­a­goalkeeper’s­stick,­there­shall­be­a­knob­of
white­tape­or­some­other­protective­material­approved­by­the­League.­This­knob­must
not­be­less­than­one-half­inch­(1/2‘’)­thick­at­the­top­of­the­shaft.
Failure­to­comply­with­this­provision­of­the­rule­will­result­in­the­goalkeeper’s
stick­being­deemed­unfit­for­play.­The­goalkeeper’s­stick­must­be­changed­without­the
application­of­a­minor­penalty.
The­blade­of­the­goalkeeper’s­stick­shall­not­exceed­three­and­one-half­inches
(3 /2‘’)­in­width­at­any­point­except­at­the­heel,­where­it­must­not­exceed­four­and
one-half­inches­(41/2‘’)­in­width;­nor­shall­the­goalkeeper’s­stick­exceed­fifteen­and
one-half­inches­(151/2‘’)­in­length­from­the­heel­to­the­end­of­the­blade.­
1
There­is­to­be­no­measurement­of­the­curvature­of­the­blade­on­the­goalkeeper’s­stick.­All­other­elements­of­the­stick­are­subject­to­a­measurement­and­the
appropriate­applicable­penalty.
The­widened­portion­of­the­goalkeeper’s­stick­extending­up­the­shaft­from­the
blade­shall­not­extend­more­than­twenty-six­inches­(26’’)­from­the­heel­and­shall­not
exceed­three­and­one-half­inches­(31/2‘’)­in­width.
10.3
Broken Stick – Player -­A­broken­stick­is­one­which,­in­the­opinion­of­the­Referee,­is
unfit­for­normal­play.
A­player­without­a­stick­may­participate­in­the­game.­A­player­whose­stick­is­broken­may­participate­in­the­game­provided­he­drops­the­broken­stick.­A­minor­penalty
shall­be­imposed­for­an­infraction­of­this­rule.
A­player­who­has­lost­or­broken­his­stick­may­only­receive­a­stick­at­his­own
players’­bench­or­be­handed­one­from­a­teammate­on­the­ice.­A­player­may­not­participate­in­the­play­using­a­goalkeeper’s­stick.­­A­minor­penalty­shall­be­imposed­for
an­infraction­of­this­rule.
16
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
A­player­tendered­a­stick­thrown­on­the­ice­from­the­players’­or­penalty­bench
will­not­receive­a­penalty.­However,­the­person­responsible­for­throwing­the­stick­will
receive­a­bench­minor penalty.
10.4
Broken Stick – Goalkeeper -­A­goalkeeper­may­continue­to­play­with­a­broken­stick
until­a­stoppage­of­play­or­until­he­has­one­legally­handed­to­him­by­a­teammate.­The
teammate­must­hand­the­stick­to­him.­He­cannot­throw­it­or­slide­it­to­the­goalkeeper
(this­includes­situations­where­the­goalkeeper­has­lost­his­stick­and­a­teammate­is
trying­to­return­it­to­him).­For­a­violation­of­this­rule,­a­minor­penalty­for­throwing­the
stick­shall­be­assessed­to­the­offending­player­(no­penalty­to­the­goalkeeper­for­receiving­the­stick).­
A­goalkeeper­whose­stick­is­broken­or­illegal­may­not­go­to­the­players’­bench
for­a­replacement­but­must­receive­his­stick­from­a­teammate.­A­goalkeeper­may­participate­in­the­play­using­a­player’s­stick­until­such­time­as­he­is­legally­provided­with
a­replacement­goalkeeper’s­stick.
For­an­infraction­of­this­rule,­a­minor­penalty­shall­be­imposed­on­the­goalkeeper.
Rule 11 – Goalkeeper’s Equipment
11.1
Goalkeeper’s Equipment -­With­the­exception­of­skates­and­stick,­all­the­equipment
worn­by­the­goalkeeper­must­be­constructed­solely­for­the­purpose­of­protecting­the
head­or­body,­and­he­must­not­wear­any­garment­or­use­any­contrivance­which­would
give­him­undue­assistance­in­keeping­goal.
The­League’s­Hockey­Operations­Department­is­specifically­authorized­to­make
a­check­of­each­teams’­equipment­to­ensure­the­compliance­with­the­rule.­It­shall­report­its­findings­to­the­Commissioner­for­his­disciplinary­action.­Only­the­dimensions
of­the­goalkeeper’s­stick­(exclusive­of­the­curvature­of­the­blade)­may­be­measured
during­the­course­of­the­game.
11.2
Leg Guards –­The­leg­guards­worn­by­goalkeepers­shall­not­exceed­eleven­inches
(11’’)­in­extreme­width­when­on­the­leg­of­the­goalkeeper.­The­maximum­length­from
bottom­mid-point­to­top­mid-point­of­the­pad­is­not­to­exceed­thirty-eight­inches­(38’’).
The­minimum­length­of­the­boot­of­the­pad­is­to­be­no­less­than­seven­inches­(7’’).
The­boot­channel­of­the­goal­pad­must­be­flat­or­concave­in­appearance.­No­attachments­such­as­plastic­puck­foils­are­permitted.­
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
17
Calf­protectors­must­follow­the­contour­of­the­calf­and­ankle­and­can­have­a
thickness­of­no­greater­than­one­and­a­half­inches­(11/2‘’).­No­raised­ridges­will­be
permitted­on­the­calf­protector­that­would­be­deemed­to­act­as­deflectors­of­pucks.­
The­knee­strap­pad­is­not­to­exceed­six­inches­(6’’)­in­length­by­five­and­onehalf­inches­(51/2‘’)­in­width­by­one­and­one-half­(11/2“)­in­thickness.­The­knee­strap
pad­must­be­fastened­to­the­inner­risers.­The­total­width­measurement­of­the­entire
inner­knee­padding­(pad­risers)­including­the­outer­knee­strap­pad­must­not­exceed
two­and­a­half­inches­(21/2‘’)­in­thickness.­The­inner­kneepads­are­not­to­exceed
seven­inches­(7”)­in­length,­five­and­a­half­inches­(51/2‘’)­in­width.­The­length­of­seven
inches­(7”)­is­measured­from­where­the­inner­padding­attaches­to­the­leg­pad­and
back­to­the­end­of­the­inner­padding.­Medial­rolls­(raised­seam­ridges)­will­not­be­permitted.­All­knee­protection­must­be­worn­under­the­thigh­guard­of­the­pant.
11.3
Chest and Arm Pads –­No­raised­ridges­are­allowed­on­the­front­edges­or­sides­of
the­chest­pad,­the­inside­or­outside­of­the­arms,­or­across­the­shoulders.
Layering­at­the­elbow­is­permitted­to­add­protection­but­not­to­add­stopping
area.­This­layering,­both­across­the­front­and­down­the­sides,­to­protect­the­point­of
the­elbow­shall­not­exceed­seven­inches­(7’’).
Shoulder­cap­protectors­must­follow­the­contour­of­the­shoulder­cap­without­becoming­a­projection/extension­beyond­or­above­the­shoulder­or­shoulder­cap.­This
contoured­padding­must­not­be­more­than­one­inch­(1”)­in­thickness­beyond­the­top
ridge­of­the­shoulder­and­shoulder­cap.
On­each­side­the­shoulder­clavicle­protectors­are­not­to­exceed­seven­inches
(7”)­in­width.­Their­maximum­thickness­is­to­be­one­inch­(1’’).­This­protection­is­not­to
extend­or­project­above­or­beyond­the­shoulder­or­shoulder­cap­nor­extend­beyond
the­armpit.­No­insert­is­allowed­between­the­shoulder­clavicle­protector­and­the­chest
pad­that­would­elevate­the­shoulder­clavicle­protector.
If,­when­the­goalkeeper assumes­his­normal­crouch­position,­the­shoulder
and/or­shoulder­cap­protection­is­pushed­above­the­contour­of­the­shoulder,­the­chest
pad­will­be­considered­illegal.­
11.4
Pants –­No­internal­or­external­or­cheater­padding­is­permitted­on­the­pant­leg­or
waist­beyond­that­which­is­required­to­provide­protection­(no­outside­or­inside­ridges).
The­maximum­width­(straight­line)­of­the­thigh­pad­across­the­front­of­the­leg­is
ten­inches­(10”).­If­the­groin­and/or­hip­pads­extend­beyond­the­edge­of­the­front
thigh­pad­they­are­to­be­included­in­this­ten-inch­(10’’)­measurement.­This­measure-
18
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
ment­is­to­be­taken­while­the­goalkeeper­is­in­an­upright­standing­position.­This
measurement­is­to­be­made­five­inches­(5”)­up­from­the­bottom­of­the­pant.
All­thigh­pads­must­follow­the­contour­of­the­leg.­Square­thigh­pads­are­considered­illegal.
All­knee­protection­must­be­strapped­and­fit­under­the­thigh­pad­of­the­pant­leg
and­not­exceed­the­ten­inches­(10’’)­allowed­for­the­width­of­the­thigh­pad.
11.5
Catching Glove –­A­maximum­perimeter­of­forty-five­inches­(45”)­is­permitted.­The
perimeter­of­the­glove­is­the­distance­around­the­glove­(see­measurement­procedures­below).
The­wrist­cuff­must­be­four­inches­(4”)­in­width.­The­cuff­of­the­glove­is­considered­to­be­the­portion­of­the­glove­protecting­the­wrist­from­the­point­where­the­thumb
joint­meets­the­wrist.­Any­protection­joining/enhancing­the­cuff­to­the­glove­will­be
considered­part­of­the­glove­rather­than­the­cuff.
The­wrist­cuff­is­to­be­a­maximum­of­eight­inches­(8’’)­in­length­(this­includes­the
bindings).­All­measurements­follow­the­contour­of­the­cuff.
The­distance­from­the­heel­of­the­glove
along­the­pocket­and­following­the­contour­of
the­inside­of­the­trap­of­the­glove­to­the­top­of
the­“T”­trap­must­not­exceed­eighteen­inches­
(18’’).­The­heel­is­considered­to­be­the­point­
at­which­the­straight­vertical­line­from­the­cuff­
meets­the­glove­(see­diagram­at­right).
Measuring Procedures for Goalkeepers’ Catching Glove
Suggested­Equipment­-­binder­clip,­pins
and­a­5/8“­fiberglass­cloth­measuring­tape­that
measures­eighth­of­an­inch.
Procedure:
1) At­the­“starting­point”­of­the­measurement,
anchor­the­tape­with­a­pin­or­binder­clip.
2)­­Ensure­that­the­midpoint­line­of­the­measuring­tape­follows­the­outside­top­ridge­of
the­edge/binding.­
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
19
3)­­If­at­the­junction­of­the­cuff­and­catch­portions
of­the­glove­there­is­a­“jagged­point,”­the
measurement­tape­will­follow­the­imaginary
perpendicular­line­to­the­glove­ridge­above.
(A­“jagged­joint”­anywhere­else­on­the­glove
will­not­be­allowed­this­“straight­line”­privilege,­i.e.­where­the­trap­joins­the­main
glove).
11.6
Blocking Glove –­Protective­padding­attached
to­the­back­or­forming­part­of­the­goalkeeper’s
blocking­glove­shall­not­exceed­eight­inches­(8”)­in­width­nor­more­than­fifteen­inches
(15”)­in­length­at­any­point­(this­includes­the­bindings).­All­measurements­follow­the
contour­of­the­back­of­the­glove.
The­blocking­glove­must­be­rectangular­in­shape.
The­flap­protecting­the­thumb­and­wrist­must­be­fastened­to­the­blocker­and
must­follow­the­contour­of­the­thumb­and­wrist.­This­thumb­protection­must­not­exceed­seven­inches­(7’’)­in­extreme­length­when­measured­from­the­top­of­the­blocking
surface.
Raised­ridges­are­not­to­be­added­to­any­portion­of­the­blocking­glove.
All­goalkeepers­must­use­one­of­each­a­blocking­glove­and­catching­glove,
meeting­League-approved­sizing­specifications.
11.7
Masks –­Protective­masks­of­a­design­approved­by­the­League­must­be­worn­by
goalkeepers.­Protective­masks­deemed­to­be­worn­only­to­increase­stopping­area­will
be­considered­illegal.
11.8
League Inspections -­These­inspections­can­take­place­any­time,­before,­or­after­the
game.­A­member­of­the­League’s­Hockey­Operations­or­Officiating­departments­may
obtain­the­equipment­from­any­or­all­four­participating­goalkeepers.­This­equipment
may­be­removed­to­a­secure­location­for­measuring.
Any­violation­of­this­rule­will­result­in­an­automatic­team­fine­of­one­thousand­dollars­($1000)­and­be­reported­to­the­Commissioner­for­further­action.­Additional­sanctions­may­include­fines­to­the­equipment manager­and­subsequent­suspension­of­the
goaltender(s)­under­Rule­28 –­Supplementary­Discipline.­
20
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
Refusal­to­submit­the­equipment­for­League­measurement­will­result­in­the
same­sanctions­as­those­imposed­on­a­goalkeeper­with­illegal­equipment.
Any­violation­of­this­rule­shall­be­reported­to­the­Club­involved­and­to­the­Commissioner­of­the­League.
Rule 12 – Illegal Equipment
12.1
Illegal Equipment -­All­protective­equipment,­except­gloves,­headgear­and­goalkeepers’­leg­guards­must­be­worn­under­the­uniform.­For­violation­of­this­rule,­after­warning­by­the­Referee,­a­minor­penalty­shall­be­imposed.
Players­including­the­goalkeeper­violating­this­rule­shall­not­be­permitted­to­participate­in­the­game­until­such­equipment­has­been­corrected­or­removed.
12.2
Gloves -­A­glove­from­which­all­or­part­of­the­palm­has­been­removed­or­cut­to­permit
the­use­of­the­bare­hand­shall­be­considered­illegal­equipment­and­if­any­player
wears­such­a­glove­in­play,­a­minor­penalty­shall­be­imposed­on­him.
When­a­complaint­is­made­under­this­rule,­and­such­complaint­is­not­sustained,
a­bench­minor­penalty­shall­be­imposed­against­the­complaining­Club­for­delaying­the
game.
12.3
Elbow Pads -­All­elbow­pads­which­do­not­have­a­soft­protective­outer­covering­of
sponge­rubber­or­similar­material­at­least­one-half­inch­(1/2‘’)­thick­shall­be­considered
dangerous­equipment.
12.4
Fair Play -­These­equipment­regulations­(Section­3)­are­written­in­the­spirit­of­“fair
play.”­­If­at­any­time­the­League­feels­that­this­spirit­is­being­abused,­the­offending
equipment­will­be­deemed­ineligible­for­play­until­a­hearing­has­ruled­on­its­eligibility.
12.5
League Inspections -­The­League’s­Hockey­Operations­or­Officiating­departments
are­specifically­authorized­to­make­a­check­of­each­team’s­equipment­to­ensure­the
compliance­with­this­rule.­They­shall­report­their­findings­to­the­Commissioner­for­his
disciplinary­action.
Rule 13 - Puck
13.1
Dimensions -­The­puck­shall­be­made­of­vulcanized­rubber,­or­other­approved­material,­one­inch­(1’’)­thick­and­three­inches­(3’’)­in­diameter­and­shall­weigh­between­five
and­one-half­ounces­(51/2‘’­oz.)­and­six­ounces­(6­oz.).­All­pucks­used­in­competition
must­be­black­in­color­and­approved­by­the­League.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
21
13.2
Supply -­The­home­team­shall­be­responsible­for­providing­an­adequate­supply­of­official­pucks­which­shall­be­kept­in­a­frozen­condition.­This­supply­of­pucks­shall­be
kept­at­the­penalty­bench­under­the­control­of­one­of­the­regular­off-ice­Officials­or­a
special­attendant.
13.3
Illegal Puck -­If­at­any­time­while­play­is­in­progress,­a­puck­other­than­the­one
legally­in­play­shall­appear­on­the­playing­surface,­the­play­shall­not­be­stopped­but
shall­continue­with­the­legal­puck­until­the­play­then­in­progress­is­completed­by
change­of­possession.
Rule 14 – Adjustment to Clothing or Equipment
14.1
Adjustment to Clothing or Equipment -­Play­shall­not­be­stopped­nor­the­game­de
layed­by­reasons­of­adjustments­to­clothing,­equipment,­skates­or­sticks.
The­onus­of­maintaining­clothing­and­equipment­in­proper­condition­shall­be
upon­the­player.­If­adjustments­are­required,­the­player­shall­leave­the­ice­and­play
shall­continue­with­a­substitute.
No­delay­shall­be­permitted­for­the­repair­or­adjustment­of­goalkeeper’s­equipment.­If­adjustments­are­required,­the­goalkeeper­shall­leave­the­ice­and­his­place
shall­be­taken­by­the­substitute­goalkeeper­immediately.
SECTION 4 – TYPES OF PENALTIES
Rule 15 – Calling of Penalties
15.1
Calling a Penalty -­Should­an­infraction­of­the­rules­which­would­call­for­a­minor,
major,­misconduct,­game­misconduct­or­match­penalty­be­committed­by­a­player­or
goalkeeper­of­the­side­in­possession­of­the­puck,­the­Referee­shall­immediately­blow
his­whistle­and­penalize­the­offending­player­or­goalkeeper.
Should­an­infraction­of­the­rules­which­would­call­for­a­minor,­major,­misconduct,­game­misconduct­or­match­penalty­be­committed­by­a­player­or­goalkeeper­of
the­team­not­in­possession­of­the­puck,­the­Referee­shall­raise­his­arm­to­signal­the
delayed­calling­of­a­penalty.­When­the­team­to­be­penalized­gains­control­of­the­puck,
the­Referee­will­blow­his­whistle­to­stop­play­and­impose­the­penalty­on­the­offending
player­or­goalkeeper.
22
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
Refer­to­Reference­Tables­–­Table­1­–­Summary­of­Penalties­to­Coaches­and
Non-playing­Club­Personnel­(page­129)­for­a­list­of­infractions­specific­to­those­individuals.
15.2
Calling a Minor Penalty – Goal Scored -­If­the­penalty­to­be­imposed­is­a­minor
penalty­and­a­goal­is­scored­on­the­play­by­the­non-offending­side,­the­minor­penalty
shall­not­be­imposed­but­major­and­match­penalties­shall­be­imposed­in­the­normal
manner­regardless­of­whether­or­not­a­goal­is­scored.
15.3
Calling a Double-minor Penalty – Goal Scored -­When­the­penalty­to­be­imposed
is­applicable­under­Rule 47 for­Head-butting­or­Rule 58 Butt-ending,­Rule 60 Highsticking­or­Rule 62 Spearing,­and­a­goal­is­scored,­two­minutes­of­the­appropriate
penalty­will­be­assessed­to­the­offending­player­or­goalkeeper.­(This­will­be­announced­as­a­double-minor­for­the­appropriate­foul­and­the­player­will­serve­two­(2)
minutes­only.)
15.4
Calling a Penalty – Short-handed Team – Goal Scored -­If­when­a­team­is­“shorthanded”­by­reason­of­one­or­more­minor­or­bench­minor­penalties,­the­Referee­signals­a­further­minor­penalty­or­penalties­against­the­“short-handed”­team­and­a­goal
is­scored­by­the­non-offending­side­before­the­whistle­is­blown,­then­the­goal­shall­be
allowed.­The­penalty­or­penalties­signaled­shall­be­assessed­and­the­first­of­the­minor
penalties­already­being­served­shall­automatically­terminate­under­Rule 16 –­Minor
Penalties.­Major­and­match­penalties­shall­be­imposed­in­the­normal­manner­regardless­of­whether­or­not­a­goal­is­scored.
Should­a­minor­or­bench­minor­penalty­be­signaled­against­a­team­already
short-handed­by­reason­of­a­major­(or­match)­penalty,­but­before­the­play­can­be
stopped­to­assess­the­minor­or­bench­minor­penalty,­a­goal­is­scored­by­the­non-offending­side,­the­signaled­minor­or­bench­minor­penalty­shall­not­be­imposed­due­to
the­scoring­of­the­goal.
Should­a­penalty­be­signaled­against­a­team­already­short-handed­by­reason­of
one­or­more­minor­or­bench­minor­penalties,­and­the­signaled­penalty­would­result­in
the­awarding­of­a­penalty­shot,­but­before­the­Referee­can­stop­play­to­award­the
penalty­shot,­the­non-offending­team­scores­a­goal,­then­the­signaled­penalty­(that
would­have­resulted­in­a­penalty­shot)­shall­be­assessed­as­a­minor­(double-minor,
major­or­match)­penalty­and­the­first­of­the­minor­penalties­already­being­served­shall
automatically­terminate­under­Rule­16 –­Minor­Penalties.­
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
23
15.5
Face-off Locations -­The­resulting­face-off­shall­be­located­at­a­face-off­spot­in­the
zone­nearest­to­where­the­play­was­stopped­when­the­offending­team­gained­control
of­the­puck,­except­when­they­do­so­in­their­attacking­zone,­to­which­the­ensuing
face-off­will­be­conducted­in­the­neutral­zone­near­the­defending­team’s­blue­line.
If­the­stoppage­of­play­is­caused­by­the­defending­team­(puck­frozen­along­the
boards,­frozen­by­the­goalkeeper,­shot­out­of­play)­and­the­attacking­team­is­to­be­penalized,­the­resulting­face-off­shall­be­made­at­the­nearest­face-off­spot­in­the­defending­zone.­The­only­exception­to­this­face-off­location­is­if,­prior­to­the­stoppage­of­play
for­the­assessment­of­the­penalty,­the­non-offending­team­ices­the­puck.­Then,­the
face-off­following­the­stoppage­shall­take­place­at­one­of­the­two­face-off­spots­in­the
neutral­zone­near­the­defending­blue­line­of­the­team­shooting­the­puck.
Rule 16 – Minor Penalties
16.1
Minor Penalty -­For­a­minor­penalty,­any­player,­other­than­a­goalkeeper,­shall­be
ruled­off­the­ice­for­two­(2)­minutes­during­which­time­no­substitute­shall­be­permitted.­
16.2
Short-handed -­“Short-handed”­means­that­the­team­must­be­below­the­numerical
strength­of­its­opponent­on­the­ice­at­the­time­the­goal­is­scored.­The­minor­or­bench
minor­penalty­which­terminates­automatically­is­the­one­with­the­least­amount­of­time
on­the­clock.­Thus­coincident­minor­penalties­to­both­Teams­do­not­cause­either­side
to­be­“short-handed”­(see Rule 19).
If­while­a­team­is­“short-handed”­by­one­or­more­minor­or­bench­minor­penalties,­the­opposing­team­scores­a­goal,­the­first­of­such­penalties­shall­automatically
terminate.
This­rule­shall­also­apply­when­a­goal­is­awarded.
This­rule­does­not­apply­when­a­goal­is­scored­on­a­penalty­shot­(i.e.­offending­team’s
penalized­player(s)­do­not­get­released­on­the­scoring­of­a­goal­on­a­penalty­shot).
Minor penalty expiration criteria:
Is­the­team­scored­against­short-handed?
Is­the­team­scored­against­serving­a­minor­penalty­on­the­clock?
If­both­criteria­are­satisfied,­the­minor­penalty­with­the­least­amount­of­time­on
the­clock­shall­terminate­except­when­coincidental­penalties­are­being­served.­­Refer
to­Reference­Tables­–­Table­17 –­Goals­Scored­Against­a­Short-handed­Team­
(page­142).­
24
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
No­penalty­shall­expire­when­a­goal­is­scored­against­a­team­on­a­penalty­shot.
When­the­minor­penalties­of­two­players­of­the­same­team­terminate­at­the
same­time,­the­Captain­of­that­team­shall­designate­to­the­Referee­which­of­such
players­will­return­to­the­ice­first­and­the­Referee­will­instruct­the­Penalty­Timekeeper
accordingly.
16.3
Infractions –­Refer­to­Reference­Tables­–­Table­2­–­Summary­of­Minor­Penalties
(page­130),­for­a­list­of­infractions­that­can­result­in­a­minor­penalty­being­assessed
(see­specific­rule­numbers­for­complete­descriptions).
Rule 17 – Bench Minor Penalties
17.1
Bench Minor Penalty -­A­bench­minor­penalty­involves­the­removal­from­the­ice­of
one­player­of­the­team­against­which­the­penalty­is­assessed­for­a­period­of­two­(2)
minutes.­Any­player­except­a­goalkeeper­of­the­team­may­be­designated­to­serve­the
penalty­by­the­Manager­or­Coach­through­the­playing­Captain­and­such­player­shall
take­his­place­on­the­penalty­bench­promptly­and­serve­the­penalty­as­if­it­was­a
minor­penalty­imposed­upon­him.
17.2
Short-handed –­see­16.2.
17.3
Infractions –­Refer­to­Reference­Tables­–­Table­3­–­Summary­of­Bench­Minor­Penalties­(page­131)­for­a­list­of­infractions­that­can­result­in­a­bench­minor­penalty­being
assessed­(see­specific­rule­numbers­for­complete­descriptions).
Rule 18 – Double-minor Penalties
18.1­
Double-minor Penalty -­For­a­double-minor­penalty,­any­player,­other­than­a­goalkeeper,­shall­be­ruled­off­the­ice­for­four­(4)­minutes­during­which­time­no­substitute
shall­be­permitted.­
18.2
Short-handed –­see­16.2. -­When­a­double-minor­penalty­has­been­signaled­by­the
Referee­and­the­non-offending­team­scores­during­the­delay,­one­of­the­minor­penalties­shall­be­washed­out­and­the­penalized­player­will­serve­the­remaining­two­minutes­of­the­double-minor­penalty.­The­penalty­will­be­announced­as­a­double-minor
penalty­but­only­two­minutes­would­be­shown­on­the­penalty­time­clock.
18.3
Infractions –­Refer­to­Reference­Tables­–­Table­4­–­Summary­of­Double-minor
Penalties­(page­131)­for­a­list­of­infractions­that­can­result­in­a­double-minor­penalty
being­assessed­(see­specific­rule­numbers­for­complete­descriptions).
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
25
Rule 19 – Coincidental Penalties
19.1
Coincidental Minor Penalties -­When­coincident­minor­penalties­or­coincident­minor
penalties­of­equal­duration­are­imposed­against­players­of­both­teams,­the­penalized
players­shall­all­take­their­places­on­the­penalty­benches­and­such­penalized­players
shall­not­leave­the­penalty­bench­until­the­first­stoppage­of­play­following­the­expiry­of
their­respective­penalties.­Where­goalkeepers­are­involved,­refer­to­27.1.­Immediate
substitution­shall­be­made­for­an­equal­number­of­minor­penalties­or­coincident­minor
penalties­of­equal­duration­to­each­team­so­penalized­and­the­penalties­of­the­players
for­which­substitutions­have­been­made­shall­not­be­taken­into­account­for­the­purpose­of­the­delayed­penalty­rule­(Rule­26).­This­rule­only­applies­when­at­least­one
team­is­already­serving­a­time­penalty­in­the­penalty­box­that­causes­them­to­be
short-handed.
When­one­minor­penalty­is­assessed­to­one­player­or­goalkeeper­of­each­team
at­the­same­stoppage­in­play,­these­penalties­will­be­served­without­substitution­provided­there­are­no­other­penalties­in­effect­and­visible­on­the­penalty­clocks.­Both
teams­will­therefore­play­four­skaters­against­four­skaters­for­the­duration­of­the­minor
penalties.
Should­one­or­both­of­these­players­(or­any­other­players)­also­incur­a­misconduct­penalty­in­addition­to­their­one­minor­penalty,­this­rule­shall­apply­and­the­teams
would­still­play­four­skaters­against­four­skaters­(the­player­incurring­the­misconduct
penalty­would­have­to­serve­the­entire­12­minutes­–­minor­plus­misconduct­–­and­his
team­would­have­to­place­an­additional­player­on­the­penalty­bench­to­serve­the
minor­penalty­and­be­able­to­return­to­the­ice­when­the­minor­penalty­expires).
When­multiple­penalties­are­assessed­to­both­teams,­equal­numbers­of­minor
and­major­penalties­shall­be­eliminated­using­the­coincident­penalty­rule­and­any­differential­in­time­penalties­shall­be­served­in­the­normal­manner­and­displayed­on­the
penalty­time­clock­accordingly­(see­19.5).­If­there­is­no­differential­in­time­penalties,
all­players­will­serve­their­allotted­penalty­time,­but­will­not­be­released­until­the­first
stoppage­of­play­following­the­expiration­of­their­respective­penalties.
For­coincidental­penalties­that­carry­over­into,­or­are­assessed­during­regularseason­overtime,­refer­84.3,­to­Reference­Tables­-­­Table­20­–­Penalties­in­Effect
Prior­to­the­Start­of­Overtime­–­Regular-season­on­page­165,­and­to­Reference­Tables­–­Table­21­–­Penalties­Assessed­in­Overtime­–­Regular-season­on­page­167.
26
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
19.2
Coincidental Major Penalties -­When­coincident­major­penalties­or­coincident
penalties­of­equal­duration,­including­a­major­and/or­a­match penalty,­are­imposed
against­players­of­both­teams,­the­penalized­players­shall­all­take­their­places­on­the
penalty­benches­and­such­penalized­players­shall­not­leave­the­penalty­benches­until
the­first­stoppage­of­play­following­the­expiry­of­their­respective­penalties.­Immediate
substitutions­shall­be­made­for­an­equal­number­of­major­penalties,­or­coincident
penalties­of­equal­duration­including­a­major­penalty­to­each­team­so­penalized,­and
the­penalties­of­the­players­for­which­substitutions­have­been­made­shall­not­be
taken­into­account­for­the­purpose­of­the­delayed­penalty­rule,­(Rule­26).­In­such­situations,­if­one­or­both­players­have­received­a­game­misconduct­in­addition­to­their
major­penalties,­no­substitutes­are­required­to­take­their­places­on­the­penalty
benches.­
19.3
Coincidental Match Penalties -­When­coincident­match­penalties­or­coincident
penalties­of­equal­duration,­including­a­major­and/or­a­match­penalty,­are­imposed
against­players­of­both­teams,­the­players­with­the­match­penalties­shall­be­immediately­removed­from­the­game­and­their­substitutes­shall­take­their­places­on­the
penalty­benches.­These­penalized­players­shall­not­leave­the­penalty­benches­until
the­first­stoppage­of­play­following­the­expiry­of­their­respective­penalties.­Immediate
substitutions­shall­be­made­for­an­equal­number­of­major­and/or­match­penalties,­or
coincident­penalties­of­equal­duration­including­a­major­or­match­penalty­to­each
team­so­penalized,­and­the­penalties­of­the­players­for­which­substitutions­have­been
made­shall­not­be­taken­into­account­for­the­purpose­of­the­delayed­penalty­rule,
(Rule 26).­
19.4
Last Five Minutes and Overtime -­During­the­last­five­(5)­minutes­of­regulation­time,
or­at­any­time­during­regular­season­overtime,­when­a­minor­penalty­(or­double-minor
penalty)­is­assessed­to­one­player­or­goalkeeper­of­Team­A,­and­a­major­(or­match)
penalty­is­assessed­to­one­player­or­goalkeeper­of­Team­B­at­the­same­stoppage­of
play,­the­three-minute­(or­one-minute)­differential­shall­be­served­immediately­as­a
major­penalty.­This­is­also­applicable­when­coincidental­penalties­are­negated,­leaving­the­aforementioned­examples.­In­such­instances,­the­team­of­the­player­or­goalkeeper­receiving­the­major­penalty­must­place­the­replacement­player­in­the­penalty
bench­prior­to­expiration­of­the­penalty.­In­the­case­of­a­match­penalty,­the­team­must
place­the­replacement­player­in­the­penalty­bench­immediately.­The­differential­will­be
recorded­on­the­penalty­clock­as­a­three­(3)­minute­or­a­one­(1)­minute­penalty­(as
applicable),­and­served­in­the­same­manner­as­a­major­penalty.­­This­rule­shall­be
applied­regardless­as­to­the­on-ice­strength­of­the­two­teams­at­the­time­the­above
outlined­penalties­are­assessed.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
27
19.5
Applying the Coincidental Penalty Rule – When­multiple­penalties­are­assessed­to
both­teams­at­the­same­stoppage­of­play,­the­following­rules­are­to­be­utilized­by­the
Referee­to­determine­the­on-ice­strength­for­both­teams:
(i) Cancel as many major and/or match penalties as possible
(ii)Cancel as many minor, bench minor and or double-minor penalties as possible
Refer­to­Reference­Tables­-­Table­18­–­Coincidental­Penalties­on­page­154.
Rule 20 – Major Penalties
20.1
Major Penalty -­For­the­first­major­penalty­in­any­one­game,­the­offender,­except­the
goalkeeper,­shall­be­ruled­off­the­ice­for­five­(5)­minutes­during­which­time­no­substitute­shall­be­permitted.
When­one­player­or­goalkeeper­receives­a­major­penalty­and­a­minor­penalty­at
the­same­time,­the­major­penalty­shall­be­served­first­by­the­penalized­player­(or­substitute­for­the­goalkeeper),­except­under­Rule 19.2 where­coincidental­major­penalties
are­in­effect,­in­which­case­the­minor­penalty­will­be­recorded­and­served­first.­
20.2
Short-handed –­Although­a­major­penalty­does­cause­a­team­to­be­short-handed,
the­penalized­player­serving­the­major­penalty­does­not­leave­the­penalty­bench
when­the­opposing­team­scores.­The­player­must­wait­for­the­entire­major­penalty­to
expire­before­he­is­permitted­to­exit­the­penalty­bench.
20.3
Substitution –­When­a­player­has­been­assessed­a­major­penalty­and­has­been­removed­from­the­game­or­is­injured,­the­offending­team­does­not­have­to­place­a­substitute­player­on­the­penalty­bench­immediately,­but­must­do­so­at­a­stoppage­of­play
prior­to­the­expiration­of­the­major­penalty.­He­may­then­legally­exit­the­penalty­bench
when­the­major­penalty­has­expired.­­If­the­player­has­been­assessed­minor­penalties
in­addition­to­the­major­penalty­that­must­also­be­served­on­the­penalty­time­clock,
the­offending­team­must­place­a­substitute­on­the­penalty­bench­immediately.
Failure­to­place­a­player­on­the­penalty­bench­prior­to­the­expiration­of­the­major
penalty­will­result­in­that­team­having­to­continue­playing­one­player­short­(but­not­officially­considered­short-handed)­until­the­next­stoppage­of­play.­Any­replacement­player
who­enters­the­game­other­than­from­the­penalty­bench­shall­constitute­an­illegal­substitution­under­Rule 68 –­Illegal­Substitution calling­for­a­bench­minor­penalty.
28
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
Furthermore,­if­the­team­fails­to­place­a­player­on­the­penalty­bench­to­return­to
the­ice­at­the­end­of­the­major­penalty,­they­continued­to­play­short-handed­but­are
not­permitted­to­ice­the­puck­as­they­are­no­longer­short-handed­by­reason­of­a
penalty.
20.4
Automatic Game Misconduct –­An­automatic­game­misconduct­shall­be­applied­to
any­player­or­goalkeeper­who­has­been­assessed­a­third­major­penalty­in­the­same
game.
An­automatic­game­misconduct­shall­also­be­applicable­whenever­a­player­or
goalkeeper­is­assessed­a­major­penalty­for­any­of­the­infractions­listed­in­the­Reference­Tables­–­Table­6­–­Summary­of­Major­Penalties­that­Result­in­an­Automatic
Game­Misconduct­(page­133).­See­specific­rule­numbers­for­complete­descriptions.
When­a­player­or­goalkeeper­has­been­assessed­a­major­penalty­for­any­of­the
infractions­listed­in­the­Reference­Tables­–­Table­7­–­Summary­of­Major­Penalties­that
Result­in­an­Automatic­Game­Misconduct­When­There­is­an­Injury­to­the­Face­or
Head­(page­133)­and­his­opponent­has­suffered­an­injury­to­the­face­or­head,­a­game
misconduct­must­also­be­assessed.­See­specific­rule­numbers­for­complete­descriptions.
When­a­major­and­automatic­game­misconduct­are­assessed,­the­player shall
be­ruled­off­the­ice­for­the­balance­of­the­game,­but­a­substitute­shall­be­permitted­to
replace­the­player­so­suspended­after­five­(5)­minutes­have­elapsed.
20.5
Fines -­An­automatic­fine­of­twenty-five­dollars­($25)­shall­also­be­added­when­a
major­penalty­is­imposed­for­any­foul­causing­injury­to­the­face­or­head­of­an­opponent­by­means­of­a­stick.
When­a­player­or­goalkeeper­is­assessed­a­major­penalty­plus­a­game­misconduct­as­outlined­in­20.4­above,­he­also­receives­an­automatic­fine­of­twenty-five­dollars
($25).
20.6
Infractions –­Refer­to­the­Reference­Tables­–­Table­5­–­Summary­of­Major­Penalties
(page­132)­for­a­list­of­the­infractions­that­can­result­in­a­major­penalty­being­assessed­(see­specific­rule­numbers­for­complete­descriptions).­
Rule 21 – Match Penalties
21.1
Match Penalty -­A­match­penalty­involves­the­suspension­of­a­player­or­goalkeeper
for­the­balance­of­the­game­and­the­offender­shall­be­ordered­to­the­dressing­room
immediately.­
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
29
A­match­penalty­shall­be­imposed­on­any­player­or­goalkeeper­who­deliberately
attempts­to­injure­an­opponent­in­any­manner.
A­match­penalty­shall­be­imposed­on­a­player­or­goalkeeper­who­deliberately­injures­an­opponent­in­any­manner.
If a Player is assessed a match penalty he will automatically receive a one (1)
game suspension and a one hundred dollar ($100) fine.
21.2
Short-handed -­A­substitute­player­is­permitted­to­replace­the­penalized­player­after
five­(5)­minutes­playing­time­has­elapsed.­
The­match­penalty,­plus­any­additional­penalties,­shall­be­served­by­a­player
(excluding­a­goalkeeper)­to­be­designated­by­the­Manager­or­Coach­of­the­offending
team­through­the­playing­Captain,­such­player­to­take­his­place­in­the­penalty­box­immediately.
For­all­match­penalties,­regardless­of­when­imposed,­or­prescribed­additional
penalties,­a­total­of­ten­minutes­shall­be­charged­in­the­records­against­the­offending
player­or­goalkeeper.
In­addition­to­the­match­penalty,­the­player­or­goalkeeper­shall­be­automatically
suspended­from­further­competition­until­the­Commissioner­has­ruled­on­the­issue.
See­also Rule 28 –­Supplementary­Discipline.
21.3
Reports -­The­Referee­and­Linesmen­are­required­to­report­all­match­penalties­and
the­surrounding­circumstances­to­the­Commissioner­of­the­League­immediately­following­the­game­in­which­they­occur.
21.4
Infractions –­Refer­to­the­Reference­Tables­–­Table­8­–­Summary­of­Match­Penalties
(page­129)­for­a­list­of­the­infractions­that­can­result­in­a­match­penalty­being­assessed­(see­specific­rule­numbers­for­complete­descriptions).­
Rule 22 – Misconduct Penalties
22.1
30
Misconduct Penalty -­In­the­event­of­misconduct­penalties­to­any­players­except­the
goalkeeper,­the­players­shall­be­ruled­off­the­ice­for­a­period­of­ten­(10)­minutes­each.
A­substitute­player­is­permitted­to­immediately­replace­a­player­serving­a­misconduct
penalty.­A­player­whose­misconduct­penalty­has­expired­shall­remain­in­the­penalty
box­until­the­next­stoppage­of­play.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
22.2
Misconduct Penalty – Goalkeeper -­Should­a­goalkeeper­on­the­ice­incur­a­misconduct­penalty,­this­penalty­shall­be­served­by­another­member­of­his­team­who­was­on
the­ice­when­the­offense­was­committed.­This­player­is­to­be­designated­by­the­Manager­or­Coach­of­the­offending­team­through­the­Captain.
22.3
Short-handed –­A­player­receiving­a­misconduct­penalty­does­not­cause­his­team­to
play­short-handed­unless­he­also­receives­a­minor,­major­or­match­penalty­in­addition
to­the­misconduct­penalty.
When­a­player­receives­a­minor­penalty­and­a­misconduct­penalty­at­the­same
time,­the­penalized­team­shall­immediately­put­a­substitute­player­on­the­penalty
bench­and­he­shall­serve­the­minor­penalty­without­change.­Should­the­opposing
team­score­during­the­time­the­minor­penalty­is­being­served,­the­minor­penalty­shall
terminate­(unless­15.4 is­applicable)­and­the­misconduct­to­the­originally­penalized
player­shall­commence­immediately.
When­a­player­receives­a­major­penalty­and­a­misconduct­penalty­at­the­same
time,­the­penalized­team­shall­place­a­substitute­player­on­the­penalty­bench­before
the­major­penalty­expires­and­no­replacement­for­the­penalized­player­shall­be­permitted­to­enter­the­game­except­from­the­penalty­bench.­
22.4
Fines -­A­misconduct­penalty­imposed­on­any­player­or­goalkeeper­at­any­time­shall
be­accompanied­with­an­automatic­fine­of­fifteen­dollars­($15).
22.5
Infractions –­Refer­to­the­Reference­Tables­–­Table­9­–­Summary­of­Misconduct
Penalties­(page­135)­for­a­list­of­the­infractions­that­can­result­in­a­misconduct
penalty­being­assessed­(see­specific­rule­numbers­for­complete­descriptions).
Rule 23 – Game Misconduct Penalties
23.1
Game Misconduct Penalty -­A­game­misconduct­penalty­involves­the­suspension­of
a­player­or­goalkeeper­for­the­balance­of­the­game­but­a­substitute­is­permitted­to­replace­immediately­the­player­or­goalkeeper­so­removed.
23.2
Fines and Suspensions -­A­player­or­goalkeeper­incurring­a­game­misconduct
penalty­shall­incur­an­automatic­fine­of­twenty-five­dollars­($25)­and­the­case­shall­be
reported­to­the­Commissioner­who­shall­have­full­power­to­impose­such­further­penalties­by­way­of­suspension­or­fine­on­the­penalized­player,­goalkeeper­or­any­other
player­involved­in­the­altercation.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
31
Any­game­misconduct­penalty­for­which­a­player­or­goalkeeper­has­been­assessed­an­automatic­suspension­or­supplementary­discipline­in­the­form­of­game
suspension(s)­by­the­Commissioner­shall­not­be­taken­into­account­when­calculating
the­total­number­of­offenses­under­this­subsection.
The­automatic­suspensions­incurred­under­this­subsection­in­respect­to­League
games­shall­have­no­effect­with­respect­to­violations­during­Playoff­games.
Any­request­by­a­Club­to­have­a­game­misconduct­reviewed­and­rescinded­by
the­League­must­submit­their­request­in­writing­to­the­League’s­Hockey­Operations
Department­within­48­hours­of­the­conclusion­of­the­game­in­which­the­game­misconduct­was­assessed.­Failure­to­submit­the­written­request­within­this­time­frame­will
automatically­result­in­the­game­misconduct­being­upheld­and­no­further­review­of­the
incident­will­be­considered­or­entertained.­This­does­not­apply­to­infractions­addressed­under­Rule 28 –­Supplementary­Discipline.
1. Any­review­of­an­incident­request­pertaining­to­a­particular­contest­must­be­submitted­in­writing­and­faxed­or­e-mailed­to­the­League­office­no­later­that­5:00PM­the
day­following­the­incident.
2. Supporting­video­must­accompany­any­Request­for­Review­of­Incident­and­be­received­by­the­SPHL­Commissioner­no­later­than­5:00PM­the­day­following­the­incident.­The­Video­clip­must­be­e-mailed­to­the­Commissioner­with­30­seconds­prior­to
the­incident­and­30­seconds­after­incident­occurred­included­in­the­clip.
23.3
Fines and Suspensions – Not in Abuse of Officials Category - In­regular­League
or­Playoff­games,­any­player­or­goalkeeper­who­incurs­a­total­of­three­(3)­game­misconduct­penalties­for­abuse­of­officials­related­infractions­penalized­under­Rule­40­–
Abuse­of­Officials,­shall­be­suspended­automatically­for­the­next­League­or­Playoff
game­of­his­team.­For­each­subsequent­game­misconduct­penalty,­the­automatic­suspension­shall­be­increased­by­one­game.
23.4
Fines and Suspensions
A.­All­player­game­misconducts,­with­the­exception­of­Abuse­of­Official­game­misconducts,­compiled­during­the­regular­season­will­not­carry­over­into­playoffs.­Players
with­Abuse­of­Official­game­misconducts­will­have­those­carry­over­into­the­playoffs.­­­
32
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
B.­Once­a­player­accumulates­four­(4)­game­misconducts­during­the­regular­season,
the­player­will­be­immediately­suspended­for­one­(1)­game.­Each­game­misconduct
thereafter­in­a­respective­category­will­result­in­an­additional­one­game­suspension.
(i.e.­fifth­game­misconduct­player­is­suspended­for­two­(2)­games,­sixth­game­misconduct­player­is­suspended­for­three­(3)­games­and­so­on.)­All­game­misconducts
will­be­reviewed­by­the­Commissioner/­Director­of­Hockey­Operations­and­are­subject
to­supplementary­discipline.­
C.­Once­a­player­accumulates­two­(2)­game­misconducts­during­the­playoffs,­player
will­be­immediately­suspended­for­one­(1)­game.­Each­game­misconduct­thereafter­in
a­respective­category­will­result­in­an­additional­game­suspension.­(i.e.­third­game
misconduct­player­sits­out­three­(2)­games­and­so­on.)
D.­­A­cap­of­five­(5)­major­penalties­per­team­for­fighting­in­a­game.­­Any­major
penalty­(per­team)­for­fighting­after­the­fifth­will­be­an­automatic­game­misconduct
with­the­exception­of­a­situation­where­one­combatant­is­deemed­the­instigator.­­In
this­case,­the­aggressor­will­be­given­a­game­misconduct­penalty.
E.­Any­League­suspensions­imposed­during­the­regular­season­would­carry­over­into
the­playoffs­if­the­number­of­regular­season­games­remaining­did­not­satisfy­the­imposed­suspension­time.­(i.e.­player­is­suspended­for­three­(3)­games­but­there­is­only
two­(2)­games­remaining­in­the­team’s­regular­season­schedule.­Player­would­be­required­to­sit­out­final­two­regular­season­games­in­addition­to­the­first­playoff­game­to
satisfy­the­imposed­suspension.)
F. In­addition,­any­League­imposed­suspensions­that­cannot­be­satisfied­during­the
course­of­the­playoffs,­may­be­applied­to­the­player­and/or­team,­at­the­beginning­of
the­next­season.­(i.e.­player­is­suspended­for­three­(3)­games­but­the­team­plays­only
two­(2)­more­playoff­games,­the­suspension­would­then­be­carried­over­to­the­following­season.)
23.5
Automatic Game Misconduct –­See­20.4.­
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
33
23.6
Other Infractions That Could Result in a Game Misconduct –­The­following­list­of
infractions­can­also­result­in­a­game­misconduct­penalty­being­assessed:
(i) interfering with or striking a spectator.
(ii) post-game verbal abuse from players, goalkeepers or non-playing club personnel (on or off the ice)
(iii) racial taunts or slurs
(iv) spitting on or at an opponent or spectator
Any­player,­goalkeeper­or­non-playing­Club­personnel­who­physically­interferes
with­the­spectators,­becomes­involved­in­an­altercation­with­a­spectator,­or­throws
any­object­at­a­spectator,­shall­automatically­incur­a­game­misconduct­penalty­and
the­Referee­shall­report­all­such­infractions­to­the­Commissioner­who­shall­have­full
power­to­impose­such­further­penalty­as­he­shall­deem­appropriate.
Rule 24 – Penalty Shot
24.1
Penalty Shot –­A­penalty­shot­is­designed­to­restore­a­scoring­opportunity­which­was
lost­as­a­result­of­a­foul­being­committed­by­the­offending­team,­based­on­the­parameters­set­out­in­these­rules.
24.2
Procedure -­The­Referee­shall­ask­to­have­announced­over­the­public­address­system­the­name­of­the­player­designated­by­him­or­selected­by­the­team­entitled­to­take
the­shot­(as­appropriate).­He­shall­then­place­the­puck­on­the­center­face-off­spot­and
the­player­taking­the­shot­will,­on­the­instruction­of­the­Referee­(by­blowing­his­whistle),­play­the­puck­from­there­and­shall­attempt­to­score­on­the­goalkeeper.­The­puck
must­be­kept­in­motion­towards­the­opponent’s­goal­line­and­once­it­is­shot,­the­play
shall­be­considered­complete.­No­goal­can­be­scored­on­a­rebound­of­any­kind­(an
exception­being­the­puck­off­the­goal­post­or­crossbar,­then­the­goalkeeper­and­then
directly­into­the­goal),­and­any­time­the­puck­crosses­the­goal­line­or­comes­to­a­complete­stop,­the­shot­shall­be­considered­complete.
The­lacrosse-like­move­whereby­the­puck­is­picked­up­on­the­blade­of­the­stick
and­“whipped”­into­the­net­shall­be­permitted­provided­the­puck­is­not­raised­above
the­height­of­the­shoulders­at­any­time­and­when­released,­is­not­carried­higher­than
the­crossbar.­­See­also­80.1.
The­spin-o-rama­type­move­where­the­player­completes­a­360° turn­as­he­approaches­the­goal,­shall­be­permitted­as­this­involves­continuous­motion.
34
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
Only­a­player­designated­as­a­goalkeeper­or­alternate­goalkeeper­may­defend
against­the­penalty­shot.
The­goalkeeper­must­remain­in­his­crease­until­the­player­taking­the­penalty
shot­has­touched­the­puck.­
If­at­the­time­a­penalty­shot­is­awarded,­the­goalkeeper­of­the­penalized­team
has­been­removed­from­the­ice­to­substitute­another­player,­the­goalkeeper­shall­be
permitted­to­return­to­the­ice­before­the­penalty­shot­is­taken.
The­team­against­whom­the­penalty­shot­has­been­assessed­may­replace­their
goalkeeper­to­defend­against­the­penalty­shot,­however,­the­substitute­goalkeeper­is
required­to­remain­in­the­game­until­the­next­stoppage­of­play.­
While­the­penalty­shot­is­being­taken,­players­of­both­sides­shall­withdraw­to­the
sides­of­the­rink­and­in­front­of­their­own­player’s­bench.
24.3
Designated Player –­In­cases­where­a­penalty­shot­has­been­awarded­to­a­player
specifically­fouled,­that­player­shall­be­designated­by­the­Referee­to­take­the­penalty
shot.
In­all­other­cases­where­a­penalty­shot­has­been­awarded,­the­penalty­shot
shall­be­taken­by­a­player­selected­by­the­Captain­of­the­non-offending­team­from­the
players­on­the­ice­at­the­time­when­the­foul­was­committed.­Such­selection­shall­be
reported­to­the­Referee­and­cannot­be­changed.
If­by­reason­of­injury,­the­player­designated­by­the­Referee­to­take­the­penalty
shot­is­unable­to­do­so­within­a­reasonable­time,­the­shot­may­be­taken­by­a­player
selected­by­the­Captain­of­the­non-offending­team­from­the­players­on­the­ice­when
the­foul­was­committed.­Such­selection­shall­be­reported­to­the­Referee­and­cannot
be­changed.
Should­the­player­in­respect­to­whom­a­penalty­shot­has­been­awarded­himself
commit­a­foul­in­connection­with­the­same­play­or­circumstances,­either­before­or
after­the­penalty­shot­has­been­awarded,­be­designated­to­take­the­shot,­he­shall­first
be­permitted­to­do­so­before­being­sent­to­the­penalty­bench­to­serve­the­penalty­except­when­such­penalty­is­for­a­game­misconduct­or­match­penalty­in­which­case­the
penalty­shot­shall­be­taken­by­a­player­selected­by­the­Captain­of­the­non-offending
team­from­the­players­on­the­ice­at­the­time­when­the­foul­was­committed.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
35
24.4
Violations During the Shot –­Should­the­goalkeeper­leave­his­crease­prior­to­the
player­taking­the­penalty­shot­has­touched­the­puck,­and­in­the­event­of­violation­of
this­rule­or­any­foul­committed­by­a­goalkeeper,­the­Referee­shall­allow­the­shot­to­be
taken­and­if­the­shot­fails,­he­shall­permit­the­penalty­shot­to­be­taken­over­again.
When­an­infraction­worthy­of­a­minor­penalty­is­committed­by­the­goalkeeper­during
the­penalty­shot­that­causes­the­shot­to­fail,­no­penalty­is­to­be­assessed­but­the­Referee­shall­permit­the­shot­to­be­taken­over­again.
When­a­major­or­match­penalty­is­committed­by­the­goalkeeper­that­causes­the
shot­to­fail,­the­Referee­shall­permit­the­shot­to­be­taken­over­again­and­the­appropriate­penalties­shall­be­assessed­to­the­goalkeeper.­
The­goalkeeper­may­attempt­to­stop­the­shot­in­any­manner­except­by­throwing
his­stick­or­any­object,­or­by­deliberately­dislodging­the­goal, in­which­case­a­goal
shall­be­awarded.
If,­while­the­penalty­shot­or­shootout­is­being­taken,­any­player,­goalkeeper,
Coach­or­non-playing­Club­personnel­of­the­opposing­team­shall­have­by­some­action­interfered­with­or­distracted­the­player­taking­the­shot­and,­because­of­such­action,­the­shot­should­have­failed,­a­second­attempt­shall­be­permitted­and­the
Referee­shall­impose­a­bench­minor­penalty­to­the­offending­team,­and­if­a­player­or
goalkeeper­on­the­bench­is­responsible,­a­misconduct­penalty­on­the­player­or­goalkeeper­so­interfering­or­distracting­shall­be­assessed.­
If,­while­the­penalty­shot­is­being­taken,­any­player,­goalkeeper,­Coach­or­nonplaying­Club­personnel­of­the­team­taking­the­shot­shall­have­by­some­action­interfered­with­or­distracted­the­goalkeeper­defending­the­shot­and,­because­of­such
action,­the­shot­was­successful,­the­Referee­shall­rule­no­goal­and­shall­impose­a
bench­minor­penalty­to­the­offending­team,­and­if­a­player­or­goalkeeper­on­the
bench­is­responsible,­a­misconduct­penalty­on­the­player­or­goalkeeper­so­interfering
or­distracting­shall­be­assessed.
If,­while­the­penalty­shot­is­being­taken,­a­spectator­throws­any­object­onto­the
ice­or,­in­the­judgment­of­the­Referee,­interferes­with­the­player­taking­the­shot­or­the
goalkeeper­defending­the­shot,­he­shall­permit­the­shot­be­taken­again.­­
If,­after­a­player’s­stick­has­been­ruled­illegal,­he­attempts­to­take­a­penalty­shot
with­a­second­stick­that­is­also­ruled­illegal­prior­to­taking­the­penalty­shot,­the­opportunity­to­take­the­penalty­shot­shall­be­disallowed.­The­player­shall­be­assessed­oneminor­penalty­for­the­first­illegal­stick.
36
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
24.5
Face-Off Location -­If­a­goal­is­scored­from­a­penalty­shot,­the­puck­shall­be­facedoff­at­center­ice.­If­a­goal­is­not­scored,­the­puck­shall­be­faced-off­at­either­of­the­end
face-off­spots­in­the­zone­in­which­the­penalty­shot­was­tried,­except­when­another
rule­dictates­the­face-off­location­should­be­in­an­alternate­location,­such­as­when­the
point­men­enter­the­zone­beyond­the­outer­edge­of­the­end­zone­face-off­circle­or
when­the­attacking­team­has­been­penalized­on­the­same­play­(see­Rule­76.2).
24.6
Results -­Should­a­goal­be­scored­from­a­penalty­shot,­a­further­penalty­to­the­offending­player­or­goalkeeper­shall­not­be­applied­unless­the­offense­for­which­the
penalty­shot­was­awarded­was­such­as­to­incur­a­major,­match­or­misconduct
penalty,­in­which­case­the­penalty­prescribed­for­the­particular­offense­shall­be­imposed.
If­the­offense­for­which­the­penalty­shot­was­awarded­was­such­as­to­normally
incur­a­minor­penalty,­then­regardless­of­whether­the­penalty­shot­results­in­a­goal­or
not,­no­further­minor­penalty­shall­be­served.
If­the­offense­for­which­the­penalty­shot­was­awarded­was­such­as­to­incur­a
double-minor­penalty,­or­where­the­offending­team­is­assessed­an­additional­minor
penalty­on­the­same­play­in­which­a­penalty­shot­was­awarded,­the­first­minor­penalty
is­not­assessed­since­the­penalty­shot­was­awarded­to­restore­the­lost­scoring­opportunity.­The­second­minor­penalty­would­be­assessed­and­served­regardless­of
whether­the­penalty­shot­results­in­a­goal.­This­will­be­announced­as­a­double-minor
penalty­for­the­appropriate­foul­and­the­player­will­serve­two­(2)­minutes­only.
Should­two­penalty­shots­be­awarded­to­the­same­team­at­the­same­stoppage
of­play­(two­separate­fouls),­only­one­goal­can­be­scored­or­awarded­at­a­single­stoppage­of­play.­Should­the­first­penalty­shot­result­in­a­goal,­the­second­shot­would­not
be­taken­but­the­appropriate­penalty­would­be­assessed­and­served­for­the­infraction
committed.­
24.7
Timing -­If­the­foul­upon­which­the­penalty­shot­is­based­occurs­during­actual­playing
time,­the­penalty­shot­shall­be­awarded­and­taken­immediately­in­the­usual­manner
notwithstanding­any­delay­occasioned­by­a­slow­whistle­by­the­Referee­to­allow­play
to­continue­until­the­attacking­side­has­lost­possession­of­the­puck­to­the­defending
side,­which­delay­results­in­the­expiry­of­the­regular­playing­time­in­any­period.
The­time­required­for­the­taking­of­a­penalty­shot­shall­not­be­included­in­the
regular­playing­time­or­overtime.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
37
24.8
Infractions –­Refer­to­the­Reference­Tables­–­Table­14­–­Summary­of­Penalty­Shots
(page­139)­for­a­list­of­the­infractions­that­shall­result­in­a­penalty shot­being­awarded
(see­specific­rule­numbers­for­complete­descriptions).­
There­are­four­(4)­specific­conditions­that­must­be­met­in­order­for­the­Referee
to­award­a­penalty­shot­for­a­player­being­fouled­from­behind.­They­are:
(i). The infraction must have taken place in the neutral zone or attacking zone,
(i.e. over the puck carrier’s own blue line);
(ii) The infraction must have been committed from behind;
(iii) The player in possession and control (or, in the judgment of the Referee,
clearly would have obtained possession and control of the puck) must have
been denied a reasonable chance to score (the fact that he got a shot off
does not automatically eliminate this play from the penalty shot consideration criteria. If the foul was from behind and he was denied a “more” reasonable scoring opportunity due to the foul, then the penalty shot should be
awarded);
(iv) The player in possession and control (or, in the judgment of the Referee,
clearly would have obtained possession and control of the puck) must have
had no opposing player between himself and the goalkeeper.
Rule 25 – Awarded Goals
25.1
Awarded Goal – A­goal­will­be­awarded­to­the­attacking­team­when­the­opposing
team­has­taken­their­goalkeeper­off­the­ice­and­an­attacking­player­has­possession
and­control­of­the­puck­in­the­neutral­or­attacking­zone,­without­a­defending­player
between­himself­and­the­opposing­goal,­and­he­is­prevented­from­scoring­as­a­result
of­an­infraction­committed­by­the­defending­team­(see­25.3 Infractions­–­When­Goalkeeper­is­Off­the­Ice,­below)
25.2
Infractions – When Goalkeeper is On the Ice –­A­goal­will­be­awarded­when­an­attacking­player,­in­the­act­of­shooting­the­puck­into­the­goal­(between­the­normal­position­of­the­posts­and­completely­across­the­goal­line),­is­prevented­from­scoring­as­a
result­of­a­defending­player­or­goalkeeper­displacing­the­goal­post,­either­deliberately
or­accidentally.
38
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
25.3
Infractions – When Goalkeeper is Off the Ice –­Refer­to­the­Reference­Tables­–
Table­15 –­Summary­of­Awarded­Goals­(When­Goalkeeper­has­been­Removed­for­an
Extra­Attacker)­(page­140,­57.3)­for­a­list­of­the­infractions­that­shall­result­in­an
awarded­goal being­awarded­when­the­goalkeeper­has­been­removed­for­an­extra­attacker­(see­specific­rule­numbers­for­complete­descriptions).­
25.4
Infractions – During the Course of a Penalty Shot -­A­goal­will­be­awarded­when­a
goalkeeper­attempts­to­stop­a­penalty­shot­by­throwing­his­stick­or­any­other­object­at
the­player­taking­the­shot­or­by­deliberately­dislodging­the­goal.
Rule 26 – Delayed Penalties
26.1
Delayed Penalty -­If­a­third­player­of­any­team­shall­be­penalized­while­two­players
of­the­same­team­are­serving­penalties,­the­penalty­time­of­the­third­player­shall­not
commence­until­the­penalty­time­of­one­of­the­two­players­already­penalized­has
elapsed.­Nevertheless,­the­third­penalized­player­must­at­once­proceed­to­the­penalty
bench.­­He­may­be­substituted­for­on­the­ice­so­as­to­keep­the­on-ice­strength­at­no
less­than­three­skaters­for­his­team.
26.2
Penalty Expiration -­When­any­team­shall­have­three­players­serving­penalties­at
the­same­time­and­because­of­the­delayed­penalty­rule,­a­substitute­for­the­third­offender­is­on­the­ice,­none­of­the­three­penalized­players­on­the­penalty­bench­may­return­to­the­ice­until­play­has­stopped.­When­play­has­been­stopped,­the­player­whose
full­penalty­has­expired­may­return­to­the­ice.­
During­the­play, the­Penalty­Timekeeper­shall­permit­the­return­to­the­ice­of­the
penalized­players,­in­the­order­of­expiry­of­their­penalties,­but­only­when­the­penalized­team­is­entitled­to­have­more­than­four­players­on­the­ice.­Otherwise,­these­players­must­wait­until­the­first­stoppage­of­play­after­the­expiration­of­their­penalties­in
order­to­be­released­from­the­penalty­bench.
When­the­penalties­of­two­players­of­the­same­team­will­expire­at­the­same
time,­the­Captain­of­that­team­will­designate­to­the­Referee­which­of­such­players­will
return­to­the­ice­first­and­the­Referee­will­instruct­the­Penalty­Timekeeper­accordingly
(this­is­done­to­expedite­the­release­of­a­player­from­the­penalty­bench­when­the­opposing­team­scores­on­the­power-play).­
26.3
Major and Minor Penalty -­When­a­major­and­a­minor­penalty­are­imposed­at­the
same­time­on­different­players­of­the­same­team,­the­Penalty­Timekeeper­shall­record
the­minor­as­being­the­first­of­such­penalties.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
39
Rule 27 – Goalkeeper’s Penalties
27.1
Minor Penalty to Goalkeeper –­A­goalkeeper­shall­not­be­sent­to­the­penalty­bench
for­an­offense­which­incurs­a­minor­penalty,­but­instead,­the­minor­penalty­shall­be
served­by­another­member­of­his­team­who­was­on­the­ice­when­the­offense­was
committed.­This­player­is­to­be­designated­by­the­Manager­or­Coach­of­the­offending
team­through­the­playing­Captain­and­such­substitute­shall­not­be­changed.­
If­the­goalkeeper­is­involved­in­coincidental­penalties­being­assessed­and­as­a
result,­his­team­is­required­to­play­shorthannded­due­to­additional­penalties­assessed
to­the­goalkeeper,­the­player­designated­to­serve­the­additional­team­penalties­assessed­to­the­goalkeeper­may­be­any­player­as­designated­by­the­Manager­or­Coach
of­the­offending­team­through­the­playing­Captain.
A­penalized­player­may­not­serve­a­goalkeeper’s­penalty.
27.2
Major Penalty to Goalkeeper –­A­goalkeeper­shall­not­be­sent­to­the­penalty­bench
for­an­offense­which­incurs­a­major­penalty,­but­instead,­the­major­penalty­shall­be
served­by­another­member­of­his­team­who­was­on­the­ice­when­the­offense­was
committed.­This­player­is­to­be­designated­by­the­Manager­or­Coach­of­the­offending
team­through­the­playing­Captain­and­such­substitute­shall­not­be­changed.
Should­a­goalkeeper­incur­three­major­penalties­in­one­game,­he­shall­be­ruled
off­the­ice­for­the­balance­of­the­playing­time­and­his­place­shall­be­taken­by­a­member­of­his­own­Club,­or­by­a­regular­substitute­goalkeeper­who­is­available.­Such
player­will­be­allowed­the­goalkeeper’s­equipment.­(Major­penalty­plus­game­misconduct­penalty­and­automatic­fine­of­twenty-five­dollars­($25))
27.3
Misconduct Penalty to Goalkeeper –­Should­a­goalkeeper­on­the­ice­incur­a­misconduct­penalty,­this­penalty­shall­be­served­by­another­member­of­his­team­who­was
on­the­ice­when­the­offense­was­committed.­This­player­is­to­be­designated­by­the
Manager­or­Coach­of­the­offending­team­through­the­Captain­and,­in­addition,­the
goalkeeper­shall­be­fined­twenty-five­dollars­($25).
27.4
Game Misconduct Penalty to Goalkeeper –­Should­a­goalkeeper­incur­a­game­misconduct­penalty,­his­place­will­then­be­taken­by­a­member­of­his­own­Club,­or­by­a
regular­substitute­goalkeeper­who­is­available,­and­such­player­will­be­allowed­the
goalkeeper’s­full­equipment.­In­addition,­the­goalkeeper­shall­be­fined­twenty-five­dollars­($25).
40
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
27.5
Match Penalty to Goalkeeper –­Should­a­goalkeeper­incur­a­match­penalty,­his
place­will­then­be­taken­by­a­member­of­his­own­Club,­or­by­a­substitute­goalkeeper
who­is­available,­and­such­player­will­be­allowed­the­goalkeeper’s­full­equipment.­
The­match­penalty,­and­any­additional­penalties­assessed­to­the­goalkeeper,
shall­be­served­immediately­by­a­member­of­the­team­on­the­ice­when­the­offenses
were­committed.­This­player­shall­be­designated­by­the­Manager­or­Coach­of­the­offending­team­through­the­Captain.­However,­when­the­match­penalty­is­coincidental
with­a­match­or­major­penalty­to­the­opposing­team,­no­player­is­required­to­proceed
to­the­penalty­bench­to­serve­the­goalkeeper’s­match­penalty.­
27.6
Leaving Goal Crease –­A­minor­penalty­shall­be­imposed­on­a­goalkeeper­who
leaves­the­immediate­vicinity­of­his­crease­during­an­altercation.­In­addition,­he­shall
be­subject­to­a­fine­of­twenty-five­dollars­($25)­and­this­incident­shall­be­reported­to
the­Commissioner­for­such­further­disciplinary­action­as­may­be­required.­However,
should­the­altercation­occur­in­or­near­the­goalkeeper’s­crease,­the­Referee­should
direct­the­goalkeeper­to­a­neutral­location­and­not­assess­a­penalty­for­leaving­the
immediate­vicinity­of­the­goal­crease.­Equally,­if­the­goalkeeper­is­legitimately­outside
the­immediate­vicinity­of­the­goal­crease­for­the­purpose­of­proceeding­to­the­players’
bench­to­be­substituted­for­an­extra­attacker,­and­he­subsequently­becomes­involved
in­an­altercation,­the­minor­penalty­for­leaving­the­crease­would­not­be­assessed.­
In­addition,­during­stoppages­of­play­in­the­game,­he­must­not­proceed­to­his
players’­bench­for­the­purpose­of­receiving­a­replacement­stick­or­equipment­or­repairs­thereto,­or­due­to­an­injury,­or­to­receive­instructions,­without­first­obtaining­permission­to­do­so­from­the­Referee.­Otherwise,­he­must­be­replaced­by­the­substitute
goalkeeper­immediately­(without­any­delay)­or­be­assessed­a­bench­minor­penalty­for
delay­of­game.
27.7
Participating in the Play Over the Center Red Line -­If­a­goalkeeper­participates­in
the­play­in­any­manner­(intentionally­plays­the­puck­or­checks­an­opponent) when­he
is­beyond­the­center­red­line,­a­minor­penalty­shall­be­imposed­upon­him.­The­position­of­the­puck­is­the­determining­factor­for­the­application­of­this­rule.­
27.8
Infractions – Unique to Goalkeepers –­Refer­to­the­Reference­Tables­–­Table­16 –
Summary­of­Goalkeeper­Penalties­(page­141)­for­a­list­of­the­infractions­that­shall­result­in­a­penalty­to­the­goalkeeper­(see­specific­rule­numbers­for­complete­descriptions).­
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
41
Rule 28 – Supplementary Discipline
28.1
Supplementary Discipline -­In­addition­to­the­automatic­fines­and­suspensions­imposed­under­these­rules,­the­Commissioner­may,­at­his­discretion,­investigate­any­incident­that­occurs­in­connection­with­any­Pre-season,­Exhibition,­League­or­Playoff
game­and­may­assess­additional­fines­and/or­suspensions­for­any­offense­committed
during­the­course­of­a­game­or­any­aftermath­thereof­by­a­player,­goalkeeper,­Trainer,
Manager,­Coach­or­non-playing­Club­personnel­or­Club­executive,­whether­or­not
such­offense­has­been­penalized­by­the­Referee.
If­an­investigation­is­requested­by­a­Club­or­by­the­League­on­its­own­initiative,
it­must­be­initiated­by­5:00­pm­on­the­day­following­the­completion­of­the­game­in
which­the­incident­occurred.
28.2
42
Pre-Season and Exhibition Games -­Whenever­suspensions­are­imposed­as­a­result­of­infractions­occurring­during­pre-season­and­exhibition­games,­the­Commissioner­shall­exercise­his­discretion­in­scheduling­the­suspensions­to­ensure­that­no
team­shall­be­short­more­players­in­any­regular­League­game­than­it­would­have
been­had­the­infractions­occurred­in­regular­League­games.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
Rule 29 - Signals
29.1
Boarding
Striking­the­clenched­fist­of­one­
hand­into­the­open­palm­of­the­
opposite­hand­in­front­of­the­chest.
29.2
Butt-ending
Moving­the­forearm,­fist­closed,­
under­the­forearm­of­the­other
hand­held­palm­down.
29.3
Charging
29.4
Checking­from
behind
29.5
Clipping
Rotating­clenched­fists­around­
one­another­in­front­of­the­chest.
A­forward­motion­of­both­arms,­
with­the­palms­of­the­hands­open­
and­facing­away­from­the­body,­
fully­extended­from­the­chest­at­
shoulder­level.
Striking­leg­with­either­hand­
behind­the­knee,­keeping­both­
skates­on­the­ice.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
43
29.6
Cross-checking
29.7 Delayed­off-side
29.8 Delayed­penalty
29.9
29.10
44
Delaying­the
game
Elbowing
A­forward­and­backward­
motion­of­the­arms­with­both­
fists­clenched,­extending­from­
the­chest­for­a­distance­of­
about­one­foot.
Non-whistle­arm­fully­
extended­above­the­head.­­
To­nullify­a­delayed­off-side,­
the­Linesman­shall­drop­the­
arm­to­his­side.
Extending­the­non-whistle­arm­
fully­above­the­head.
The­non-whistle­hand,­palm­open,­is
placed­across­the­chest­and­then­fully
extended­directly­in­front­of­the­body.
Tapping­either­elbow­with­
the­opposite­hand.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
29.11
Goal­scored
A­single­point­directed­at­the­goal
in­which­the­puck­legally­entered.
29.12
Hand­pass
With­the­palm­open­and­facing
forward,­a­pushing­motion­towards
the­front­of­the­body­once­or­twice
to­indicate­the­puck­was­moved
ahead­with­the­hand.
29.13
Head-butting
No­signal­in­the­SPHL.
High-sticking
Holding­both­fists­clenched,­one
slightly­above­the­other­(as­if­holding
a­stick)­at­the­height­of­the­forehead.
29.14
29.15
Holding
Clasping­either­wrist­with­the­
other­hand­in­front­of­the­chest.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
45
29.16 Holding­the­stick
Two­stage­signal­involving­the­
holding­signal­(29.15)­followed­
by­a­signal­indicating­you­are­
holding­onto­a­stick­with­two­
hands­in­a­normal­manner.
29.17
Hooking
A­tugging­motion­with­both­arms
as­if­pulling­something­from­in
front­toward­the­stomach.
Icing­(a)
The­back­Linesman­signals­a­possible
icing­by­fully­extending­either­arm­over
his­head.­­The­arm­should­remain­
raised­until­the­front­Linesman­either
blows­the­whistle­to­indicate­an­icing
or­until­the­icing­is­washed­out.
Icing­(b)
Once­the­icing­has­been­completed,
the­back­Linesman­will­then­point­to­
the­appropriate­face-off­spot­and­skate­
to­it,­turning­backwards­somewhere­
near­the­blue­line­and­crossing­his­
arms­over­his­chest­to­indicate­icing.
Illegal­check­
to­the­head
Patting­flat­(open­palm)­of­the­nonwhistle­hand­on­this­side­of­the­head.
29.18
29.19
46
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
29.20
Interference
Crossing­arms­stationary­in­front­
of­the­chest­in­an­‘X’­formation.
29.21
Kicking
No­signal­in­the­SPHL.
29.22
Kneeing
Slapping­either­knee­with­the­palm
of­the­hand,­while­keeping­both­
skates­on­the­ice
29.23
Match­penalty
No­signal­in­the­SPHL.
29.24
Misconduct
Both­hands­on­hips.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
47
29.25
Penalty­shot
Non-whistle­arm­fully­extended­
pointing­to­the­center­face-off­spot.
29.26
Roughing
Fist­clenched­and­arm­extended
out­to­the­side­of­the­body.
Slashing
Slapping­either­knee­with­the­palm
of­the­hand,­while­keeping­both­
skates­on­the­ice.
29.28
Spearing
Jabbing­motion­with­both­hands­thrust­
out­immediately­in­front­of­the­body­
and­then­hands­dropped­to­the­side­of­
the­body­(essentially­the­opposite­to
the­hooking­signal­-­away­from­the­
body­rather­than­towards­the­body).
29.29
Throwing
equipment
29.27
48
No­signal­in­the­SPHL.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
29.30
Using­both­hands­to­form­a
‘T’­in­front­of­the­chest.
Time-out
Too­many­men
on­the­ice
29.31
29.32
Striking­leg­with­either­hand­
below­the­knee,­keeping­both­
skates­on­the­ice.
Tripping
Unsportsmanlike
29.33
conduct
29.34
Wash­out
No­signal­in­the­SPHL.
Using­both­hands­to­form­a
‘T’­in­front­of­the­chest.
A­sweeping­sideways­motion­of­both­
arms­across­the­front­of­the­body­at
shoulder­level­with­palms­down.­­This­
signal­is­used­by­Referees­to­signal­
no­goal;­by­the­Linesmen­to­signal­
no­icing­and­no­off-side;­and­by­all­
Officials­to­wash­out­a­hand­pass­or­a
high-sticking­the­puck­violation.
SPHLOfficial Rules 2008-2009
49
SECTION 5 - OFFICIALS
Rule 30 – Appointment of Officials
30.1
Appointment of Officials by Commissioner -­The­Commissioner­shall­appoint­the
Referee­and­the­Linesmen­for­the­game.
The­Commissioner­shall­forward­to­all­Clubs­a­list­of­Referee,­Linesmen,­and
Off-ice­Officials,­all­of­whom­must­be­treated­with­proper­respect­at­all­times­during
the­season­by­all­players­and­officials­of­Clubs.
Rule 31 – Referee
31.1
Attire and Equipment -­All­Referee­shall­be­dressed­in­black­trousers,­official
sweaters,­a­League-approved­black­helmet­and­visor.
They­shall­be­equipped­with­approved­whistles,­tape­measure­and.
31.2
Disputes -­The­Referee­shall­have­general­supervision­of­the­game­and­shall­have
full­control­of­all­game­officials­and­players­during­the­game,­including­stoppages;­and
in­case­of­any­dispute,­their­decision­shall­be­final.
As­there­is­a­human­factor­involved­in­blowing­the­whistle­to­stop­play,­the­Referee­may­deem­the­play­to­be­stopped­slightly­prior­to­the­whistle­actually­being
blown.­The­fact­that­the­puck­may­come­loose­or­cross­the­goal­line­prior­to­the­sound
of­the­whistle­has­no­bearing­if­the­Referee­has­ruled­that­the­play­had­been­stopped
prior­to­this­happening.
In­the­event­of­any­dispute­regarding­time­or­the­expiration­of­penalties,­the
matter­shall­be­referred­to­the­Referee­for­adjustment­and­his­decision­shall­be­final.
31.3
Face-offs –­The­Referee­shall­face-off­the­puck­to­start­the­game.­Linesmen­are­responsible­for­all­other­face-offs.
31.4
General Duties -­It­shall­be­the­duty­of­the­Referee­to­impose­such­penalties­as­are
prescribed­by­the­rules­for­infractions­thereof­and­they­shall­give­the­final­decision­in
matters­of­disputed­goals.­The­Referee­may­consult­with­the­Linesmen­or­Goal­Judge
before­making­his­decision.
50
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
The­Referee­shall­not­halt­the­game­for­any­infractions­of­the­rules­concerning
Rule­83 -­Off-side,­or­any­violation­of­Rule­81 -­Icing.­Determining­infractions­of­these
rules­is­the­duty­of­the­Linesmen­unless,­by­virtue­of­some­accident,­the­Linesman­is
prevented­from­doing­so­in­which­case­the­duties­of­the­Linesman­shall­be­assumed
by­a­Referee­until­play­is­stopped.
31.5
Goals -­The­Referee­shall­have­announced­over­the­public­address­system­information­regarding­the­legality­of­an­apparent­goal.­The­Official­Scorer­will­confirm­the
goal­scorer­and­any­players­deserving­of­an­assist.­See­also­Rule­78 –­Goals.
The­Referee­shall­have­announced­over­the­public­address­system­the­reason
for­not­allowing­a­goal­every­time­the­goal­signal­light­is­turned­on­in­the­course­of
play.­This­shall­be­done­at­the­first­stoppage­of­play­regardless­of­any­standard­signal
given­by­the­Referee­when­the­goal­signal­light­was­put­on­in­error.
The­Referee­shall­report­to­the­Official­Scorer­the­name­or­number­of­the­goal
scorer­but­he­shall­not­give­any­information­or­advice­with­respect­to­the­awarding­of
assists.
The­name­of­the­scorer­and­any­player­or­goalkeeper­entitled­to­an­assist­will
be­announced­over­the­public­address­system.­In­the­event­that­the­Referee­disallows­a­goal­for­any­violation­of­the­rules,­he­shall­report­the­reason­for­the­disallowance­to­the­Official­Scorer­who­shall­have­announced­the­Referee’s­decision
correctly­over­the­public­address­system.
31.6
Off-ice Officials -­The­Referee­shall,­before­starting­the­game,­see­that­the­appointed­off-ice­officials,­including­the­Game­Timekeeper­and­the­Goal­Judges­are­in
their­respective­places­and­ensure­that­the­timing­and­signaling­equipment­are­in
order.
31.7
Penalties -­The­infraction­of­the­rules­for­which­each­penalty­has­been­imposed­will
be­announced­correctly,­as­reported­by­the­Referee,­over­the­public­address­system.
Where­players­of­both­teams­are­penalized­on­the­same­play,­the­penalty­to­the­visiting­player­will­be­announced­first.
When­a­penalty­is­imposed­by­the­Referee­which­calls­for­a­mandatory­or­automatic­fine,­only­the­time­portion­of­the­penalty­will­be­reported­by­the­Referee­to­the
Official­Scorer­and­announced­over­the­public­address­system,­and­the­fine­will­be
collected­through­the­League­office.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
51
31.8
Players’ Uniforms -­It­shall­be­the­duty­of­the­Referee­to­see­to­it­that­all­players­are
properly­dressed,­and­that­the­approved­regulation­equipment­(including­the­approved­on-ice­branded­exposure­program)­is­in­use­at­all­times­during­the­game.
31.9
Reports -­The­Referee­shall­report­to­the­Commissioner­promptly­and­in­detail­the
circumstances­surrounding­the­following:
(i) The assessment of misconduct penalties for abuse of officials;
(ii) The assessment of game misconduct penalties;
(iii) The assessment of match penalties;
(iv) The assessment of an instigator or aggressor penalty;
(v) Any time a goalkeeper leaves his crease during an altercation;
(vi) Any time a stick or other object is thrown outside the playing area;
(vii) Any time a player, goalkeeper or non-playing Club personnel are involved in an
altercation with a spectator;
(viii)Any unusual occurrence that takes place on or off the ice, before, during or after the
game. The shooting of water at fans.
(ix) The assessment of a diving penalty
(x) The Coach abusing a Security Guard
31.10
Start and End of Game and Periods -­The­Referee­shall­order­the­teams­on­the­ice
at­the­appointed­time­for­the­beginning­of­a­game­and­at­the­commencement­of­each
period.­If­for­any­reason,­there­is­more­than­a­fifteen­(15)­minute­delay­in­the­commencement­of­the­game­or­any­undue­delay­in­resuming­play­after­the­League­approved­intermission­length­between­periods,­the­Referee­shall­state­in­their­report­to
the­Commissioner­the­cause­of­the­delay­and­the­Club­or­Clubs­which­were­at­fault.
The­Referee­shall­remain­on­the­ice­at­the­conclusion­of­each­period­until­all
players­have­proceeded­to­their­dressing­rooms.
The­Referee­shall­check­club­rosters­and­all­players­in­uniform­before­signing
the­Official­Report­of­Match­form.
31.11
52
Unable to Continue -­Should­a­Referee­accidentally­leave­the­ice­or­receive­an­injury­which­incapacitates­him­from­discharging­his­duties­while­play­is­in­progress,­the
game­shall­be­automatically­stopped.­If­the­Referee­is­unable­to­continue,­one­of­the
Linesmen­shall­perform­the­duties­of­the­Referee­during­the­balance­of­the­game.­In
the­event­a­member­of­the­Hockey­Operations­department­is­in­attendance­at­the
game,­he­shall­have­the­authority­to­select­the­Linesman.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
If,­through­misadventure­or­sickness,­the­Referee­and­Linesmen­appointed­are
prevented­from­appearing,­the­League­will­make­every­attempt­to­find­suitable­replacement­officials,­otherwise, the­Managers­or­Coaches­of­the­two­Clubs­shall­agree
on­Referee(s)­and­Linesman(men).­If­they­are­unable­to­agree,­they­shall­appoint­a
player­from­each­side­who­shall­act­as­Referee­and­Linesman;­the­player­of­the­home
Club­acting­as­Referee­and­the­player­of­the­visiting­Club­as­Linesman.
If­the­regularly­appointed­officials­appear­during­the­progress­of­the­game,­they
shall­at­once­replace­the­temporary­officials.
Rule 32 – Linesmen
32.1
Attire and Equipment –­All­Linesmen­shall­be­dressed­in­black­trousers,­official
sweaters,­a­League-approved­black­helmet­and­visor.
They­shall­be­equipped­with­approved­whistles,­tape­measure­and­an­official
stick-measuring­gauge.
32.2
Face-offs -­The­Linesman­shall­face-off­the­puck­at­all­times­except­at­the­start­of­the
game.
32.3
General Duties – The­Linesmen­are­generally­responsible­for­calling­violations­of­offside­(Rule­83)­and­icing­(Rule­81).­They­may­stop­play­for­a­variety­of­other­situations
as­noted­in­sections­32.4 and­32.5 below.
32.4
Reporting to Referee -­The­Linesman­shall­give­to­the­Referee­his­interpretation­of
any­incident­that­may­have­taken­place­during­the­game.
The­Linesman­may­stop­play­and­report­what­he­witnessed­to­the­Referee­when:
(i) There are too many men on the ice
(ii) Articles are thrown on the ice from the players’ bench or
penalty bench
(iii) When team personnel interfere with a game official
(iv) When a player or goalkeeper who has lost or broken his stick
receives one illegally
(v) Double-minor penalty when it is apparent that an injury has
resulted from a high-stick that has gone undetected by the Referee
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
Rule 74
Rule 75
Rule 39
Rule 10
Rule 60
53
The­Linesman­must­report­upon­completion­of­play,­any­circumstances­pertaining­to:
(i) Major penalties
Rule 20
(ii) Match penalties
(iii) Misconduct penalties
(iv) Game Misconduct penalties
(v) Abuse of Officials
(vi) Physical Abuse of Officials
(vii) Unsportsmanlike Conduct
Rule 21
Rule 22
Rule 23
Rule 39
Rule 40
Rule 75
Should­a­Linesman­witness­a­foul­(above)­committed­by­an­attacking­player­or­goalkeeper­(undetected­by­the­Referee)­prior­to­the­attacking­team­scoring­a­goal,­the
Linesman­shall­report­what­he­witnessed­to­the­Referee,­the­goal­shall­be­disallowed
and­the­appropriate­penalty­assessed.­
32.5
Stopping Play -­The­Linesman­shall­stop­play:
(i) When premature substitution of the goalkeeper has occurred
(ii) When he deems that a player or goalkeeper has sustained a
serious injury and this has gone undetected by the Referee
(iii) For encroachment into the face-off area
(iv) When the puck has been directed with a hand to a teammate
in any zone other than the defending zone and this has gone
undetected by the Referee
(v) When the puck is struck by a stick above the normal height of
the shoulders and this has gone undetected by the Referee
(vi) When either team ices the puck
(vii) When there has been interference by/with spectators
(viii) For any infraction of the rules concerning an off-side play at
the blue line
(ix) When the puck is out of bounds or unplayable
(x) When a goal has been scored that has not been
observed by the Referee.
Rule 5
(xi) When the puck is interfered with by an ineligible
player/person
Rule 74
(xii) The calling of a penalty shot under
54
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
Rule 74
Rule 8
Rule 76
Rule 79
Rule 80
Rule 81
Rule 24
Rule 83
Rule 85
Rule 78
Rule 84
Rule 53
32.6
Unable to Continue -­Should­a­Linesman­appointed­be­unable­to­act­at­the­last
minute­or­through­sickness­or­accident­be­unable­to­finish­the­game,­the­Referee
shall­have­the­power­to­appoint­another­in­his­stead,­if­they­deem­it­necessary,­or­if­required­to­do­so­by­the­Manager­or­Coach­of­either­of­the­competing­teams.­If­no­replacement­Linesman­is­available,­the­Referee­will­assist­the­remaining­Linesman­with
his­duties­while­still­retaining­his­ability­to­assess­penalties­when­deemed­appropriate.
Rule 33 – Official Scorer
33.1
General Duties -­Before­the­start­of­the­game,­the­Official­Scorer­shall­obtain­from
the­Manager­or­Coach­of­both­teams­a­list­of­all­eligible­players­and­the­starting­lineup­of­each­team,­which­information­shall­be­made­known­to­the­opposing­Manager­or
Coach­before­the­start­of­play.
The­Official­Scorer­shall­secure­the­names­of­the­Captain­and­Alternate­Captains­from­the­Manager­or­Coach­at­the­time­the­line-ups­are­collected­and­will­indicate­those­nominated­by­placing­the­letter­“C”­or­“A”­opposite­their­names­on­the
Official­Report­of­Match­form.­
The­Official­Scorer­shall­keep­a­record­of­the­goals­scored,­the­scorers,­and
players­to­whom­assists­have­been­credited­and­shall­indicate­those­players­on­the
lists­who­have­actually­taken­part­in­the­game.­
At­the­conclusion­of­the­game,­the­Official­Scorer­shall­complete­and­sign­the
Score­Sheet­form­and­forward­same­to­the­League­office.
The­Official­Scorer­shall­prepare­the­Official­Report­of­Match­form­for­signature
by­the­Referee­and­forward­it­to­the­League­office­together­with­the­Score­Sheet­and
the­Penalty­Record­forms.
Under­the­Report­of­Match­section,­the­Official­Scorer­must­explain­if­the­start­of
the­game­is­delayed­for­any­reason,­any­goalkeeper­substitutions,­time-outs,­empty
net­goals,­any­delays­in­the­playing­of­the­game­due­to­injury­or­television,­etc.
33.2
Goals and Assists -­The­Official­Scorer­shall­award­the­points­for­goals­and­assists
and­his­decision­shall­be­final.­The­awards­of­points­for­goals­and­assists­shall­be­announced­twice­over­the­public­address­system­and­all­changes­in­such­awards­shall
also­be­announced­in­the­same­manner.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
55
No­requests­for­changes­in­any­award­of­points­shall­be­considered­unless­they
are­made­at­or­before­the­conclusion­of­actual­play­in­the­game­by­the­Team­Captain,
or­following­the­game­by­a­Team­representative.
A­goal­is­awarded­to­the­last­player­on­the­scoring­team­to­touch­the­puck­prior
to­the­puck­entering­the­net.­(A­puck­entering­the­net­is­considered­to­be­between­the
posts,­from­in­front­of,­and­below­the­crossbar,­and­entirely­across­the­goal­line.)
An­assist­is­awarded­to­the­player­or­players­(maximum­two)­who­touches­the
puck­prior­to­the­goal­scorer,­provided­no­defender­plays­or­possesses­the­puck­in
between.
33.3
Line-ups -­It­is­the­policy­of­the­SPHL­that­the­Coach­of­the­visiting­club­provide­to
the­Official­Scorer,­a­list­of­eligible­players,­his­starting­line-up­and­designated­Captain­and­Alternates,­within­five­(5)­minutes­of­the­completion­of­the­warm-up­(twenty
(20)­minutes­prior­to­face-off).
This­twenty­(20)­minutes­gives­the­Official­Scorer­time­to­obtain­the­completed
home­team­line-up,­return­it­to­the­visiting­Coach­and­provide­a­copy­of­both­line-ups
to­the­Referee.­
The­Official­Scorer­should­have­an­off-ice­crew­member­assist­him­in­order­to
save­time­and­complete­these­duties.
The­Official­Scorer­must­file­a­report­to­the­Commissioner­or­his­designate­if­either­Coach­fails­to­cooperate­within­these­recommended­guidelines.­This­report
should­be­forwarded­to­the­SPHL.
33.4
Location -­The­Official­Scorer­should­view­the­game­from­an­elevated­position,­well
away­from­the­players’­benches,­with­house­telephone­communication­to­the­public
address­announcer.­He­should­also­have­access­to­a­television­monitor­to­aid­in­the
awarding­of­points.
33.5
Penalties -­The­Official­Scorer­must­help­the­Penalty­Timekeeper­with­the­numbers
of­the­players­on­the­ice,­in­the­event­a­goalkeeper­is­assessed­a­penalty­or­a­player
is­ejected­from­a­game.­He­must­also­keep­an­eye­on­the­players’­benches­during­an
altercation­and­record­the­numbers­of­any­players­who­leave­their­respective­players’
or­penalty­benches­and­in­the­order­that­they­so­leave.
56
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
Rule 34 – Game Timekeeper
34.1
General Duties –­The­Game­Timekeeper­shall­record­the­time­of­starting­and­finishing­of­each­period­in­the­game.­During­the­game­the­Game­Timekeeper­will­start­the
clock­with­the­drop­of­the­puck­and­stop­the­clock­upon­hearing­the­officials’­whistle­or
the­scoring­of­a­goal.
The­Game­Timekeeper­shall­cause­to­be­announced­over­the­public­address
system­at­the­nineteenth­minute­in­each­period­that­there­is­one­minute­remaining­to
be­played­in­the­period.
34.2
Intermissions -­For­the­purpose­of­keeping­the­spectators­informed­as­to­the­time­remaining­during­intermissions,­the­Game­Timekeeper­will­use­the­electronic­clock­to
record­the­length­of­intermissions.­The­clock­will­start­for­the­intermission­immediately
at­the­conclusion­of­the­period.­
Intermissions­are­18­minutes­(18:00)­in­length,­unless­otherwise­notified.­If
there­are­unusual­delays­for­any­reason,­(e.g.­building,­ice,­or­ice­resurfacing­problems)­it­is­important­to­use­discretion­in­starting­the­clock.
34.3
Overtime -­In­the­event­of­overtime­in­the­regular­season,­the­Game­Timekeeper
shall­record­a­one­(1)­minute­rest­period­on­the­clock.­This­time­shall­commence­immediately­following­the­end­of­the­period.­The­rest­period­will­be­followed­with­a­five
(5)­minute,­sudden­victory­overtime­period.
During­overtime­in­the­play-offs,­each­intermission­will­be­15­minutes­(15:00)­in
length.
34.4
Signal Devices -­If­the­arena­is­not­equipped­with­an­automatic­signaling­device­or,­if
such­device­fails­to­function,­the­Game­Timekeeper­shall­signal­the­end­of­each­period­by­blowing­a­whistle.
34.5
Start of Periods -­The­Game­Timekeeper­shall­signal­the­Referee­and­the­competing
teams­for­the­start­of­the­game­and­each­succeeding­period­and­the­Referee­shall
start­the­play­promptly­in­accordance­with­Rule­77 –­Game­and­Intermission­Timing.
To­assist­in­ensuring­the­prompt­return­to­the­ice­of­the­teams­and­the­officials,
the­Game­Timekeeper­shall­give­preliminary­warnings­of­five­(5)­minutes­and­two­(2)
minutes­prior­to­the­resumption­of­play­in­each­period.
34.6
Television -­The­Game­Timekeeper­is­required­to­synchronize­his­timing­device­with
the­television­producer­of­the­originating­broadcast.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
57
34.7
Verification of Time -­Any­loss­of­time­on­the­game­or­penalty­clocks­due­to­a­false
face-off­must­be­replaced­as­appropriate.
In­the­event­of­any­dispute­regarding­time,­the­matter­shall­be­referred­to­the
Referee­for­adjudication­and­their­decision­shall­be­final.­The­Game­Timekeeper­shall
assist­to­verify­game­time­using­an­additional­timing­device­(League-approved­stopwatch).­
In­the­event­that­clock­fails­to­operate­when­play­resumes,­the­on-ice­officials
may­elect­to­stop­play­provided­there­is­no­imminent­scoring­opportunity­or­wait­until
the­next­legitimate­stoppage­of­play.­In­cooperation­with­the­Game­Timekeeper,­the
clock­is­to­be­re-set­to­the­appropriate­time.
Rule 35 – Penalty Timekeeper
35.1
General Duties –­The­Penalty­Timekeeper­shall­keep,­on­the­Penalty­Record­form,­a
correct­record­of­all­penalties­imposed­by­the­Referee­including­the­names­of­the
players­penalized,­the­penalties­assessed,­the­duration­of­each­penalty­and­the­time
at­which­each­penalty­was­imposed.
The­Penalty­Timekeeper­shall­inform­penalized­players­and­the­Penalty­Box­Attendants­as­to­the­correct­expiration­time­of­all­penalties.­In­the­event­of­a­dispute­regarding­the­time­a­player­is­permitted­to­return­to­the­ice,­the­game­clock­is­the
determining­time­clock.­For­example,­a­player­is­assessed­a­minor­penalty­at­the
12:00­mark.­A­stoppage­of­play­occurs­at­the­10:00­mark,­however,­the­penalty­time
clock­shows­one­second­remaining­in­the­penalty.­Since­the­game­clock­is­the­determining­time­clock,­the­penalized­player­shall­be­permitted­to­return­to­the­ice.­
The­infraction­of­the­rules­for­which­each­penalty­has­been­imposed­will­be­announced­twice­over­the­public­address­system­as­reported­by­the­Referee.­Where
players­of­both­teams­are­penalized­at­the­same­time,­the­penalty­to­the­visiting
player­will­be­announced­first.­In­situations­where­multiple­game­misconducts­have
been­assessed­to­any­one­player­at­the­same­stoppage­of­play,­only­one­game­misconduct­should­be­announced.­
Misconduct­penalties­and­coincident­major­penalties­should­not­be­recorded­on
the­timing­device­(penalty­time­clock)­but­such­penalized­players­should­be­alerted
and­released­at­the­first­stoppage­of­play­following­the­expiration­of­their­penalties.
If­a­player­leaves­the­penalty­bench­before­the­time­has­expired,­the­Penalty
Timekeeper­must­note­the­time­and­notify­the­Referee­at­his­first­opportunity.
58
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
It­is­the­responsibility­of­the­Penalty­Timekeeper­to­ensure­that­penalized­players­return­to­the­penalty­box­before­the­puck­is­dropped­for­the­start­of­a­new­period.
In­the­event­that­a­player­should­not­be­in­the­box,­the­Penalty­Timekeeper­should
notify­the­Referee­and­prevent­the­game­from­resuming­until­the­player­is­there.
35.2
Equipment -­The­Penalty­Timekeeper­shall­have­a­stopwatch­to­use­during­the
game.
35.3
Goalkeeper’s Penalties -­In­the­event­that­a­goalkeeper­is­penalized,­the­penalty
shall­be­served­by­another­member­of­his­team­who­was­on­the­ice­when­the­offense
was­committed.­Communication­with­the­Official­Scorer­is­important­at­this­time­as
they­can­inform­the­Penalty­Timekeeper­who­was­actually­on­the­ice­to­ensure­only
the­proper­players­can­serve­the­time.
35.4
Penalty Shot -­He­shall­report­on­the­Penalty­Record­form­each­penalty­shot
awarded,­the­name­of­the­player­taking­the­shot­and­the­result­of­the­shot.
35.5
Penalty Time Clock -­He­shall­be­responsible­for­the­correct­posting­of­penalties­on
the­scoreboard­at­all­times­and­shall­promptly­call­to­the­attention­of­the­Referee­any
discrepancy­between­the­time­recorded­on­the­clock­and­the­official­correct­time­and
he­shall­be­responsible­for­making­any­adjustments­ordered­by­the­Referee.
In­the­event­that­two­players­from­one­team­and­one­player­from­the­opposing
team­are­penalized­at­the­same­time,­the­Penalty­Timekeeper­shall­request­through
the­Referee­or­the­offending­team’s­Captain,­which­penalty­they­prefer­to­have­on­the
timing­device.
35.6
Reports –­Upon­the­completion­of­each­game,­the­Penalty­Timekeeper­shall­complete­and­sign­the­Penalty­Record­form­and­forward­same­to­the­League­office.­
The­Officiating­Department­shall­be­entitled­to­inspect,­collect­and­forward­to­the
League­office­the­actual­worksheets­used­by­the­Penalty­Timekeeper­in­any­game.
When­a­player­or­goalkeeper­is­ejected­from­a­game,­the­Penalty­Timekeeper
must­complete­a­report­of­the­incident­(Off-Ice­Officials­Report­of­Game/Match­Penalties).­When­there­are­more­than­one­of­these­incidents,­it­is­imperative­to­provide­the
Referee­with­accurate­information­for­each­incident­so­that­his­report(s)­to­the­League
office­is­correct.­
35.7
Stick Measurements –NOT­IN­USE­-­He­shall­also­record­on­the­Penalty­Record
form­the­details­and­the­result­of­any­stick­measurement­performed­by­the­Referee
during­the­game.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
59
35.8
Verification of Time -­In­the­event­that­a­goal­is­awarded­even­though­play­continued,­the­Penalty­Timekeeper­must­adjust­any­existing­penalties,­according­to­the­situation.­The­clock­must­revert­back­to­the­original­time­the­goal­was­scored.­If­a­penalty
was­in­the­process­of­being­called,­it­will­revert­back­to­that­time­also.
Rule 36 – Goal Judge
36.1
General Duties -­He­shall­signal,­normally­by­means­of­red­light,­his­decision­as­to
whether­the­puck­passed­between­the­goal­posts­and­entirely­over­the­goal­line.­His
only­decision­is­whether­the­puck­actually­entered­the­net,­not­how­or­when­it­went­in.
The­light­must­be­illuminated­for­a­period­of­five­(5)­seconds­each­time­the­puck­enters­the­net­regardless­of­circumstances.­It­is­up­to­the­Referee­to­decide­if­it­is­a
goal.
36.2
Communication -­The­Goal­Judge­must­be­connected­to­the­penalty­bench­by­a
form­of­communication­(usually­phone)­in­the­event­that­the­Referee­finds­it­necessary­to­consult­with­him.
36.3
Location -­There­shall­be­one­Goal­Judge­situated­behind­each­goal.­Goal­Judges
shall­be­stationed­behind­the­goals­during­the­progress­of­play,­in­properly­protected
areas,­if­possible,­so­that­there­can­be­no­interference­with­their­activities.­They­shall
not­change­goals­during­the­game.
Rule 37 – Real Time Scorers
37.1
General Duties –­The­duty­of­the­Real­Time­Scorers­is­to­electronically­record­all­official­statistics­for­the­game­played.
This­data­shall­be­compiled­and­recorded­in­strict­conformity­with­the­instructions­provided­by­the­League.
37.2
60
Real Time Scorers –­There­shall­be­appointed­for­duty­at­every­game­played­in­the
League­the­following­Real­Time­Scorers:
(i) Stats Entry Scorer
(ii) Stats Entry Scorer
(iii) Time on ice – Home
(iv) Time on ice – Visitor
(iv) Spotter
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
37.3
Reports –­Reports­shall­be­generated­at­the­end­of­each­period­and­given­to­the
each­team’s­Public­Relations­representative­by­the­Real­Time­Scorers­Trainer­for­distribution­to­the­media­and­the­Coaches.­These­reports­are­known­as­the­Event­Summary­and­the­Game­Summary.
Rule 38 – Video Goal Judge – N/A
Rule 39 – Abuse of Officials
39.1
General Description – A­player,­goalkeeper,­Coach­or­non-playing­person­shall­not
challenge­or­dispute­the­rulings­of­an­official­before,­during­or­after­a­game.­A­player,
goalkeeper,­Coach­or­non-playing­person­shall­not­display­unsportsmanlike­conduct
including,­but­not­limited­to,­obscene,­profane­or­abusive­language­or­gestures,­comments­of­a­personal­nature­intended­to­degrade­an­official,­or­persist­in­disputing­a
ruling­after­being­told­to­stop­or­after­being­penalized­for­such­behavior.
NOTE:­When­such­conduct­is­directed­at­anyone­other­than­an­official,­Rule­75 –Unsportsmanlike­Conduct­shall­be­applied.
39.2
Minor Penalty –­A­minor­penalty­for­unsportsmanlike­conduct­shall­be­assessed
under­this­rule­for­the­following­infractions:
(i) Any player or goalkeeper who challenges or disputes the ruling of an official.
(ii) Any identifiable player of goalkeeper who uses obscene, profane or abusive
language or gestures directed at any on or off-ice official.
(iii) Any player or players (including goalkeepers) who bang the boards with their
sticks or other objects at any time, or who, in any manner show disrespect for
an official’s decision. If this is done in order to get the attention of the on-ice
officials for a legitimate reason (i.e. serious injury, illness, etc.), then discretion
must be exercised by the Referee.
(iv) When a Captain, Alternate Captain or any other player or goalkeeper comes
off the players’ bench to question or protest a ruling by an official on the ice.
(v) If a player or goalkeeper bangs the glass in protest of the Goal Judge’s ruling.
If he persists, a misconduct penalty would then be assessed.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
61
(vi) If a penalized player is assessed an additional unsportsmanlike conduct
penalty either before or after he begins serving his original penalty(ies), the
additional minor penalty is added to his unexpired time and served consecutively.
39.3
Bench Minor Penalty -­A­bench­minor­penalty­for­unsportsmanlike­conduct­shall­be
assessed­under­this­rule­for­the­following­infractions:
(i) Any Coach or non-playing person who bangs the boards with a stick or other
object at any time, showing disrespect for an official’s decision. If this is done
in order to get the attention of the on-ice officials for a legitimate reason (i.e.
serious injury, illness, etc.), then discretion must be exercised by the Referee.
(ii) Any unidentifiable player or goalkeeper, or any Coach or non-playing person
who uses obscene, profane or abusive language or gesture directed at an on
or off-ice official to any person or uses the name of any official coupled with
any vociferous remarks. (see also 39.5 (ii))
(iii) Any player, goalkeeper, Coach, or non-playing person interferes in any manner with any game official including the Referee, Linesmen, Game or Penalty
Timekeepers or Goal Judges in the performance of their duties.
39.4
Misconduct Penalty –­Misconduct­penalties­shall­be­assessed­under­this­rule­for­the
following­infractions:
(i) Once a penalized player has entered the penalty bench and play has resumed, if he challenges or disputes the ruling of an official, he is to be assessed a misconduct penalty.
(ii) Any player or goalkeeper who persists in the use of obscene, profane or abusive language towards any On or Off-Ice Official for which he has already
been assessed a minor or bench minor penalty for unsportsmanlike conduct.
(iii) Any player or goalkeeper who intentionally knocks or shoots the puck out of
the reach of an official who is retrieving it.
(iv) Any player or goalkeeper who, after being assessed an unsportsmanlike conduct minor penalty, persists in challenging or disputing the ruling of an official.
(v) Any player or players (including goalkeepers) who bang the boards with their sticks or
other objects at any time, showing disrespect for an official’s decision, for which they
have already been assessed or bench minor penalty for unsportsmanlike conduct.
62
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
(vi) Any player or players who, except for the purpose of taking their positions on
the penalty bench, enter or remain in the Referee’s crease while he is reporting to or consulting with any game official including the other Referee, the
Linesmen, Game Timekeeper, Penalty Timekeeper, Official Scorer or Public
Address Announcer.
(vii) A misconduct penalty (or game misconduct penalty at the discretion of the
Referee) shall be imposed on any player or goalkeeper who deliberately
throws any equipment out of the playing area. When this is done in protest of
an official’s ruling, a minor penalty plus a game misconduct shall be assessed (see 39.5)
(viii) If a player or goalkeeper who, after previously being assessed a minor
penalty for unsportsmanlike conduct for banging the glass in protest of the
Goal Judge’s ruling, shall be assessed a misconduct penalty.
39.5
Game Misconduct Penalty –­Game­misconduct­penalties­shall­be­assessed­under
this­rule­for­the­following­infractions:
(i) Any player or goalkeeper who, after being assessed a misconduct penalty,
persists in challenging or disputing the ruling of an official.
(ii) When a player, goalkeeper, Coach or non-playing person uses obscene, profane or abusive language or gesture directed at any On or Off-Ice Official or
uses the name of any official coupled with any vociferous remarks, after already being assessed a bench minor penalty (39.3 (ii)), this Coach or nonplaying person is to be assessed a game misconduct and the situation
reported to the Commissioner for further action. When this type of conduct occurs after the expiration of the game, on or off the ice, the game misconduct
shall be applied without the necessity of having been assessed a bench minor
penalty previously.
(iii) Any player or goalkeeper who deliberately applies physical force in any manner against an official, in any manner attempts to injure an official, physically
demeans, or deliberately applies physical force to an official solely for the purpose of getting free of such an official during or immediately following an altercation shall receive a game misconduct penalty and the guidelines set out in
Rule 40 – Physical Abuse of Officials are to be applied.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
63
(iv) Any player who, having entered the penalty bench, leaves the penalty bench
prior to the expiration of his penalty for the purpose of challenging an official’s
ruling, shall be assessed a game misconduct penalty. He shall also be automatically suspended for the next three (3) regular League and/or Play-off
games of his Club. This rule does not replace any other more severe penalty
that may be imposed for leaving the penalty bench for the purpose of starting
or participating in an altercation. See Rule 70 – Leaving the Bench.
(v) A minor penalty for unsportsmanlike conduct plus a game misconduct shall be
imposed on a player or goalkeeper who throws his stick or any part thereof, or
any other piece of equipment or object outside the playing area in protest of
an official’s decision.
(vi) Any player, goalkeeper, Coach or non-playing person who throws or shoots
any equipment or other object in the general direction of an official but does
not come close to making any contact. This action may occur on or off the ice.
(vii) Any­player,­goalkeeper,­Coach­or­non-playing­Club­personnel­penalized
under­this­section­may­be­subject­to­supplemental­discipline­under­Rule­28.
39.6
Reports -­It­is­the­responsibility­of­all­game­officials­and­all­club­officials­to­send­a
confidential­report­to­the­Commissioner­setting­out­the­full­details­concerning­the­use
of­obscene­gestures­or­language­by­any­player,­goalkeeper,­Coach­or­non-playing
Club­personnel.­The­Commissioner­shall­take­such­further­disciplinary­action­as­he
shall­deem­appropriate.
Rule 40 – Physical Abuse of Officials
40.1
Game Misconduct -­Any­player­or­goalkeeper­who­deliberately­applies­physical­force
in­any­manner­against­an­official,­in­any­manner­attempts­to­injure­an­official,­physically­demeans,­or­deliberately­applies­physical­force­to­an­official­solely­for­the­purpose­of­getting­free­of­such­an­official­during­or­immediately­following­an­altercation
shall­receive­a­game­misconduct­penalty.­
In­addition,­the­following­(40.2,­40.3,­40.4)­disciplinary­penalties­shall­apply.
64
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
40.2
Automatic Suspension – Category I -­Any­player­or­goalkeeper­who­deliberately
strikes­an­official­and­causes­injury­or­who­deliberately­applies­physical­force­in­any
manner­against­an­official­with­intent­to­injure,­or­who­in­any­manner­attempts­to­injure­an­official­shall­be­automatically­suspended­for­not­less­than­twenty­(20)­games.
(For­the­purpose­of­the­rule,­“intent­to­injure”­shall­mean­any­physical­force­which­a
player­or­goalkeeper­knew­or­should­have­known­could­reasonably­be­expected­to
cause­injury.)
40.3
Automatic Suspension – Category II -­Any­player­or­goalkeeper­who­deliberately
applies­physical­force­to­an­official­in­any­manner­(excluding­actions­as­set­out­in­Category­I),­which­physical­force­is­applied­without­intent­to­injure,­or­who­spits­on­an­official, shall­be­automatically­suspended­for­not­less­than­seven­(7)­games.­
40.4
Automatic Suspension – Category III -­Any­player­or­goalkeeper­who,­by­his­actions,­physically­demeans­an­official­or­physically­threatens­an­official­by­(but­not­limited­to)­throwing­a­stick­or­any­other­piece­of­equipment­or­object­at­or­in­the­general
direction­of­an­official,­shooting­the­puck­at­or­in­the­general­direction­of­an­official,
spitting­at­or­in­the­general­direction­of­an­official,­or­who­deliberately­applies­physical
force­to­an­official­solely­for­the­purpose­of­getting­free­of­such­an­official­during­or
immediately­following­an­altercation­shall­be­suspended­for­not­less­than­three­(3)
games.
40.5
Automatic Suspension – Process -­Immediately­after­the­game­in­which­such­game
misconduct­penalty­is­imposed,­the­Referee­shall,­in­consultation­with­the­Linesmen,
decide­the­category­of­the­offense.­They­shall­make­a­verbal­report­to­the­League’s
Commissioner­and­advise­of­the­category­and­of­the­offense.­In­addition,­they­shall
file­a­written­report­to­the­Commissioner in­which­they­may­request­a­review­as­to­the
adequacy­of­the­suspension.­The­player­or­goalkeeper­and­the­Club­involved­shall­be
notified­of­the­decision­of­the­Referee­on­the­morning­following­the­game.­
The­player,­goalkeeper­or­the­officials­may­request­the­Commissioner­to­review,
subject­to­the­provisions­of­this­rule,­the­penalty­imposed­by­the­Referee.­Such­request­must­be­filed­with­the­Commissioner­in­writing­not­later­than­seventy-two­(72)
hours­following­notification­of­the­penalty.­
If­a­review­of­the­incident­is­requested­by­either­the­player,­goalkeeper­or­by­the
officials,­a­hearing­will­be­conducted­by­the­Commissioner­on­an­expedited­basis,­and
best­efforts­will­be­used­to­provide­a­hearing­before­the­second­game­missed­by­the
player­or­goalkeeper­due­to­the­automatic­suspension­imposed­under­this­rule.­The
player­or­goalkeeper’s­suspension­shall­continue­pending­the­outcome­of­the­hearing
by­the­Commissioner.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
65
After­any­review­as­called­for­hereby,­the­Commissioner­shall­issue­an­order­that:
(i) sustaining the minimum suspension, or
(ii) increasing the number of games within the category, or
(iii) changing to a lower category, or
(iv) changing to a lower category and increasing the number of games within this
category, or
(v) in the case of a Category III suspension only, reducing the number of games of
the suspension.
40.6
Supplementary Discipline -­In­the­event­that­the­player­or­goalkeeper­has­committed­more­than­one­offense­under­this­rule,­in­addition­to­the­penalties­imposed­under
this­offense,­his­case­shall­be­referred­to­the­Commissioner­of­the­League­for­consideration­of­supplementary­disciplinary­action.
40.7
Coach or Non-Playing Club Personnel -­Any­Manager,­Coach­or­non-playing­Club
personnel­who­holds­or­strikes­an­official­shall­be­automatically­suspended­from­the
game,­ordered­to­the­dressing­room­and­the­matter­will­be­reported­to­the­Commissioner­for­further­disciplinary­action.
40.8
Police Protection and Security -­All­Clubs­shall­provide­adequate­police­or­other
protection­for­all­players,­goalkeepers­and­officials­at­all­times.
The­Referee­shall­report­to­the­Commissioner­any­failure­of­this­protection­observed­by­him­or­reported­to­him­with­particulars­of­such­failure.
SECTION 6 – PHYSICAL FOULS
Rule 41 - Boarding
41.1
Boarding –­A­boarding­penalty­shall­be­imposed­on­any­player­or­goalkeeper­who
checks­an­opponent­in­such­a­manner­that­causes­the­opponent­to­be­thrown­violently­in­the­boards.­The­severity­of­the­penalty,­based­upon­the­degree­of­violence­of
the­impact­with­the­boards,­shall­be­at­the­discretion­of­the­Referee.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
66
There­is­an­enormous­amount­of­judgment­involved­in­the­application­of­this
rule­by­the­Referee.­The­onus­is­on­the­player­(or­goalkeeper)­applying­the­check­to
ensure­his­opponent­is­not­in­a­vulnerable­position­and­if­so,­he­must­avoid­the­contact.­However,­there­is­also­a­responsibility­on­the­player­with­the­puck­to­avoid­placing­himself­in­a­dangerous­and­vulnerable­position.­This­balance­must­be­considered
by­the­Referee­when­applying­this­rule.­
Any­unnecessary­contact­with­a­player­playing­the­puck­on­an­obvious­“icing”­or
“off-side”­play­which­results­in­that­player­being­knocked­into­the­boards­is­“boarding”
and­must­be­penalized­as­such.­In­other­instances­where­there­is­no­contact­with­the
boards,­it­should­be­treated­as­“charging.”
41.2
Minor Penalty –­The­Referee,­at­his­discretion,­may­assess­a­minor­penalty,­based
on­the­degree­of­violence­of­the­impact­with­the­boards,­to­a­player­or­goalkeeper
guilty­of­boarding­an­opponent.
41.3
Major Penalty –­The­Referee,­at­his­discretion,­may­assess­a­major­penalty,­based
on­the­degree­of­violence­of­the­impact­with­the­boards;­to­a­player­or­goalkeeper
guilty­of­boarding­an­opponent­(see­41.5).
41.4
Match Penalty –­The­Referee,­at­his­discretion,­may­assess­a­match­penalty­if,­in­his
judgment,­the­player­or­goalkeeper­attempted­to­or­deliberately­injured­his­opponent
by­boarding.
41.5
Game Misconduct Penalty -­When­a­major­penalty­is­imposed­under­this­rule­for­a
foul­resulting­in­an­injury­to­the­face­or­head­of­an­opponent,­a­game­misconduct
shall­be­imposed.
41.6
Fines and Suspensions -­Any­player­or­goalkeeper,­who­incurs­a­total­of­three­(3)
game­misconducts­in­the­Checking­related­category­during­the­Regular­season,­shall
be­suspended­automatically­for­the­next­game­of­his­team.­For­each­subsequent
game­misconduct­penalty­the­automatic­suspension­shall­be­increased­by­one­game.
When­a­major­penalty­is­imposed­under­this­rule,­an­automatic­fine­of­twentyfive­dollars­($25)­shall­be­imposed.
If­deemed­appropriate,­supplementary­discipline­can­be­applied­by­the­Commissioner­at­his­discretion­(refer­to­Rule­28).
67
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
Rule 42 - Charging
42.1
Charging -­A­minor­or­major­penalty­shall­be­imposed­on­a­player­or­goalkeeper­who
skates­or­jumps­into,­or­charges­an­opponent­in­any­manner.
Charging­shall­mean­the­actions­of­a­player­or­goalkeeper­who,­as­a­result­of
distance­traveled,­shall­violently­check­an­opponent­in­any­manner.­A­“charge”­may
be­the­result­of­a­check­into­the­boards,­into­the­goal­frame­or­in­open­ice.
A­minor,­major­or­a­major­and­a­game­misconduct­shall­be­imposed­on­a­player
who­charges­a­goalkeeper­while­the­goalkeeper­is­within­his­goal­crease.
A­goalkeeper­is­not­“fair­game”­just­because­he­is­outside­the­goal­crease­area.
The­appropriate­penalty­should­be­assessed­in­every­case­where­an­opposing­player
makes­unnecessary­contact­with­a­goalkeeper.­However,­incidental­contact,­at­the
discretion­of­the­Referee,­will­be­permitted­when­the­goalkeeper­is­in­the­act­of­playing­the­puck­outside­his­goal­crease­provided­the­attacking­player­has­made­a­reasonable­effort­to­avoid­such­contact.
42.2
Minor Penalty -­The­Referee,­at­his­discretion,­may­assess­a­minor­penalty,­based
on­the­degree­of­violence­of­the­check,­to­a­player­or­goalkeeper­guilty­of­charging­an
opponent.
42.3
Major Penalty –­The­Referee,­at­his­discretion,­may­assess­a­major­penalty,­based
on­the­degree­of­violence­of­the­check;­to­a­player­or­goalkeeper­guilty­of­charging­an
opponent­(see­42.5).
42.4
Match Penalty –­The­Referee,­at­his­discretion,­may­assess­a­match­penalty­if,­in­his
judgment,­the­player­or­goalkeeper­attempted­to­or­deliberately­injured­his­opponent
by­charging.
42.5
Game Misconduct Penalty -­When­a­major­penalty­is­imposed­under­this­rule­for­a
foul­resulting­in­an­injury­to­the­face­or­head­of­an­opponent,­a­game­misconduct
shall­be­imposed.
42.6
Fines and Suspensions –­any­player­or­goalkeeper,­who­incurs­a­total­of­three­(3)
game­misconducts­in­the­Checking­related­category­for­charging­during­the Regular
season,­shall­be­suspended­automatically­for­the­next­game­of­his­team.­For­each
subsequent­game­misconduct­penalty­the­automatic­suspension­shall­be­increased
by­one­game.
68
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
When­a­major­penalty­and­a­game­misconduct­is­assessed­for­a­foul­resulting­in­an
injury­to­the­face­or­head­of­an­opponent,­an­automatic­fine­of­twenty-five­dollars
($25)­shall­be­imposed.
If­deemed­appropriate,­supplementary­discipline­can­be­applied­by­the­Commissioner­at­his­discretion­(refer­to­Rule­28).
Rule 43 – Checking from Behind
43.1
Checking from Behind –­A­check­from­behind­is­a­check­delivered­on­a­player­who
is­not­aware­of­the­impending­hit,­therefore­unable­to­protect­or­defend­himself,­and
contact­is­made­on­the­back­part­of­the­body.­When­a­player­intentionally­turns­his
body­to­create­contact­with­his­back,­no­penalty­shall­be­assessed.
43.2
Minor Penalty -­There­is­no­provision­for­a­minor­penalty­for­checking­from­behind.
43.3
Major Penalty –­Any­player­or­goalkeeper­who­cross-checks,­pushes­or­charges­from
behind­an­opponent­who­is­unable­to­protect­or­defend­himself,­shall­be­assessed­a
major­penalty.­This­penalty­applies­anywhere­on­the­playing­surface­(see­43.5).
43.4
Match Penalty -­The­Referee,­at­his­discretion,­may­assess­a­match­penalty­if,­in­his
judgment,­the­player­or­goalkeeper­attempted­to­or­deliberately­injured­his­opponent
by­checking­from­behind.
43.5
Game Misconduct –­A­game­misconduct­penalty­must­be­assessed­anytime­a­major
penalty­is­applied­for­checking­from­behind.­In­addition,­the­player­shall­be­suspended­automatically­for­not­less­than­one­(1)­game.
43.6
Fines and Suspensions -­Any­player­or­goalkeeper­who­incurs­a­total­of­three­(3)
game­misconducts­in­the­Checking­related­category.­During­the­Regular­season­shall
be­suspended­automatically­for­the­next­game­of­his­team.­For­each­subsequent
game­misconduct­penalty­the­automatic­suspension­shall­be­increased­by­one­game.
If­deemed­appropriate,­supplementary­discipline­can­be­applied­by­the­Commissioner­at­his­discretion­(refer­to­Rule­28).
Rule 44 - Clipping
44.1
Clipping -­Clipping­is­the­act­of­throwing­the­body,­from­any­direction,­across­or
below­the­knees­of­an­opponent.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
69
A­player­or­goalkeeper­may­not­deliver­a­check­in­a­“clipping”­manner,­nor­lower
his­own­body­position­to­deliver­a­check­on­or­below­an­opponent’s­knees.
An­illegal­“low­hit”­is­a­check­that­is­delivered­by­a­player­or­goalkeeper­who
may­or­may­not­have­both­skates­on­the­ice,­with­his­sole­intent­to­check­the­opponent­in­the­area­of­his­knees.­A­player­or­goalkeeper­may­not­lower­his­body­position
to­deliver­a­check­to­an­opponent’s­knees.
44.2
Minor Penalty -­A­player­or­goalkeeper­who­commits­these­fouls­will­be­assessed­a
minor­penalty­for­“clipping.”
44.3
Major Penalty -­If­an­injury­occurs­as­a­result­of­this­“clipping”­check,­the­player­or
goalkeeper­must­be­assessed­a­major­penalty­(see­44.5).
44.4
Match Penalty -­The­Referee,­at­his­discretion,­may­assess­a­match­penalty­if,­in­his
judgment,­the­player­or­goalkeeper­attempted­to­or­deliberately­injured­his­opponent
by­clipping.
44.5
Game Misconduct Penalty -­A­game­misconduct­penalty­must­be­assessed­anytime
a­major­penalty­is­applied­for­injuring­an­opponent­by­clipping.
44.6
Fines and Suspensions –­There­are­no­specified­fines­or­suspensions­for­clipping,
however,­supplementary­discipline­can­be­applied­by­the­Commissioner­at­his­discretion­(refer­to­Rule­28).
Rule 45 - Elbowing
45.1
Elbowing -­Elbowing­shall­mean­the­use­of­an­extended­elbow­in­a­manner­that­may
or­may­not­cause­injury.
45.2
Minor Penalty -­The­Referee,­at­his­discretion,­may­assess­a­minor­penalty,­based
on­the­degree­of­violence,­to­a­player­or­goalkeeper­guilty­of­elbowing­an­opponent.
45.3
Major Penalty -­A­major­penalty,­at­the­discretion­of­the­Referee,­shall­be­imposed­on
any­player­or­goalkeeper­who­uses­his­elbow­to­foul­an­opponent.­A­major­penalty
must­be­imposed­under­this­rule­for­a­foul­resulting­in­an­injury­to­the­face­or­head­of
an­opponent­(see 45.5).
45.4
Match Penalty -­The­Referee,­at­his­discretion,­may­assess­a­match­penalty­if,­in­his
judgment,­the­player­or­goalkeeper­attempted­to­or­deliberately­injured­his­opponent
by­elbowing.
70
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
45.5
Game Misconduct Penalty -­When­a­major­penalty­is­imposed­under­this­rule­for­a
foul­resulting­in­an­injury­to­the­face­or­head­of­an­opponent,­a­game­misconduct
penalty­shall­also­be­imposed.
45.6
Fines and Suspensions -­When­a­major­penalty­and­a­game­misconduct­is­assessed­for­a­foul­resulting­in­an­injury­to­the­face­or­head­of­an­opponent,­an­automatic­fine­of­twenty-five­dollars­($25)­shall­be­imposed.
If­deemed­appropriate,­supplementary­discipline­can­be­applied­by­the­Commissioner­at­his­discretion­(refer­to­Rule­28).
Rule 46 - Fighting
46.1
Fighting –­A­fight­shall­be­deemed­to­have­occurred­when­at­least­one­player­(or
goalkeeper)­punches­or­attempts­to­punch­an­opponent­repeatedly­or­when­two­players­wrestle­in­such­a­manner­as­to­make­it­difficult­for­the­Linesmen­to­intervene­and
separate­the­combatants.
The­Referee­is­provided­very­wide­latitude­in­the­penalties­with­which­they­may
impose­under­this­rule.­This­is­done­intentionally­to­enable­them­to­differentiate­between­the­obvious­degrees­of­responsibility­of­the­participants­either­for­starting­the
fighting­or­persisting­in­continuing­the­fighting.­The­discretion­provided­should­be­exercised­realistically.
46.2
Aggressor –­The­aggressor­in­an­altercation­shall­be­the­player­(or­goalkeeper)­who
continues­to­throw­punches­in­an­attempt­to­inflict­punishment­on­his­opponent­who­is
in­a­defenseless­position­or­who­is­an­unwilling­combatant.­­
A­player­(or­goalkeeper)­must­be­deemed­the­aggressor­when­he­has­clearly
won­the­fight­but­he­continues­throwing­and­landing­punches­in­a­further­attempt­to
inflict­punishment­and/or­injury­on­his­opponent­who­is­no­longer­in­a­position­to­defend­himself.
A­player­or­goalkeeper­who­is­deemed­to­be­the­aggressor­of­an­altercation
shall­be­assessed­a­major­penalty­for­fighting­and­a­game­misconduct.
A­player­or­goalkeeper­who­is­deemed­to­be­the­aggressor­of­an­altercation­will
have­this­recorded­as­an­aggressor­of­an­altercation­for­statistical­and­suspension
purposes.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
71
When­a­player­or­goalkeeper­receives­his­third­aggressor­penalty­in­one­Regular­season,­he­is­automatically­suspended­two­(2)­games.
A­player­or­goalkeeper­who­is­deemed­to­be­both­the­instigator­and­aggressor
of­an­altercation­shall­be­assessed­an­instigating­minor­penalty,­a­major­penalty­for
fighting,­and­a­game­misconduct­penalty­(aggressor).
46.3
Altercation -­An­altercation­is­a­situation­involving­two­players­(including­goalkeepers),­with­at­least­one­to­be­penalized.
46.4
Clearing the Area of a Fight -­When­a­fight­occurs,­all­players­not­engaged­shall­go
immediately­to­the­area­of­their­players’­bench­and­in­the­event­the­altercation­takes
place­at­a­players’­bench,­the­players­on­the­ice­from­that­team­shall­go­to­their­defending­zone.­Goalkeepers­shall­remain­in­their­goal­crease,­except­in­the­event­the
altercation­takes­place­in­the­vicinity­of­the­goal­crease,­and­therefore­shall­obey­the
directions­of­the­Referee.­Failure­to­comply­can­result­in­penalties­incurred­for­their
involvement­in­and­around­the­area­and­fines­as­outlined­in 46.18.
46.5
Continuing or Attempting to Continue a Fight -­Any­player­or­goalkeeper­who­persists­in­continuing­or­attempting­to­continue­a­fight­or­altercation­after­he­has­been­ordered­by­the­Referee­to­stop,­or­who­resists­a­Linesman­in­the­discharge­of­his­duties
shall,­at­the­discretion­of­the­Referee,­incur­a­misconduct­or­game­misconduct
penalty­in­addition­to­any­penalties­imposed.
46.6
Fighting After the Original Altercation -­A­game­misconduct­penalty­shall­be­imposed­on­any­player­or­goalkeeper­who­is­assessed­a­major­penalty­for­fighting­after
the­original­altercation.
Notwithstanding­this­rule,­at­the­discretion­of­the­Referee,­the­automatic­game
misconduct­penalty­may­be­waived­for­a­player­or­goalkeeper­in­the­altercation­if­the
opposing­player­was­clearly­the­instigator­of­the­altercation.
46.7
72
Fighting Off the Playing Surface -­A­misconduct­or­game­misconduct­penalty­shall
be­imposed­on­any­player­or­goalkeeper­involved­in­fighting off­the­playing­surface­or
with­another­player­who­is­off­the­playing­surface.­These­penalties­are­in­addition­to
any­other­time­penalties­assessed,­including­the­major­penalty­for­fighting.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
Whenever­a­Coach­or­other­non-playing­Club­personnel­becomes­involved­in
an­altercation­with­an­opposing­player­or­goalkeeper,­Coach­or­other­non-playing
Club­personnel­on­or­off­the­ice,­shall­be­automatically­suspended­from­the­game,­ordered­to­the­dressing­room­and­the­matter­will­be­reported­to­the­Commissioner­for
further­disciplinary­action.­
46.8
Fighting Other Than During the Periods of the Game -­Any­teams­whose­players
or­goalkeepers­become­involved­in­an­altercation,­other­than­during­the­periods­of­the
game,­shall­be­fined­pursuant­to 46.19, in­addition­to­any­other­appropriate­penalties
that­may­be­imposed­upon­the­participating­players­or­goalkeepers­by­supplementary
discipline­or­otherwise.
Players­involved­in­fighting­other­than­during­the­periods­of­the­game­shall­be
assessed­a­major­penalty­and­a­game­misconduct.­­Should­one­player­be­deemed
the­instigator­of­the­fight,­the­game­misconduct­shall­not­be­assessed­to­his­opponent.
Any­player­or­goalkeeper­who­would­be­deemed­to­be­an­instigator­pursuant­to
this­rule at­a­time­other­than­during­the­periods­of­the­game­shall­be­suspended­pursuant­to 46.19.­
In­the­case­of­altercations­taking­place­after­the­period­or­game­the­fine­under
this­rule­shall­be­assessed­only­in­the­event­that­an­altercation­is­commenced­after
the­period­or­game­has­terminated.
Should­players­come­onto­the­ice­from­their­players’­benches­after­the­period
ends­and­prior­to­the­start­of­an­altercation,­they­shall­not­be­penalized­if­they­remain
in­the­vicinity­of­their­players’­bench­and­provided­they­do­not­get­involved­in­any­altercations.­
46.9
Fighting Prior to the Drop of the Puck –­Unless­this­occurs­prior­to­the­start­of­the
game­or­any­period­(see­46.8),­a­fight­that­occurs­prior­to­the­drop­of­the­puck­during
the­course­of­normal­face-off,­the­altercation­shall­be­penalized­as­if­it­occurred­during­the­regular­playing­time.­
When,­in­the­opinion­of­the­Referee­that,­specific­personnel­changes­have­be
made­by­one­or­both­teams­late­in­a­game­and­ultimately­an­altercation­ensues,­the
appropriate­penalties­are­to­be­assessed­and­the­incident­reported­to­the­Commissioner­immediately­following­the­game­for­review­and­possible­supplementary­discipline­under­Rule 28.­
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
73
46.10
Instigator -­An­instigator­of­an­altercation­shall­be­a­player­or­goalkeeper­who­by­his
actions­or­demeanor­demonstrates­any/some­of­the­following­criteria:­distance­traveled;­gloves­off­first;­first­punch­thrown;­menacing­attitude­or­posture;­verbal­instigation­or­threats;­conduct­in­retaliation­to­a­prior­game­(or­season)­incident;­obvious
retribution­for­a­previous­incident­in­the­game­or­season.
A­player­or­goalkeeper­who­is­deemed­to­be­the­instigator­of­an­altercation­shall
be­assessed­an­instigating­minor­penalty­and­a­major­penalty.
If­the­same­player­or­goalkeeper­is­deemed­to­be­the­instigator­of­a­second­altercation­in­the­same­game,­he­shall­be­assessed­an­instigating­minor­penalty,­a
major­penalty­for­fighting­and­a­game­misconduct.
When­a­player­or­goalkeeper­receives­his­third­instigator­penalty­in­one­Regular
season,­he­is­automatically­suspended­one­(1)­game.
A­player­or­goalkeeper­who­is­deemed­to­be­both­the­instigator­and­aggressor
of­an­altercation­shall­be­assessed­an­instigating­minor­penalty,­a­major­penalty­for
fighting­and­a­game­misconduct­penalty­(aggressor).
46.11
Instigator in Final Five Minutes of Regulation Time (or Anytime in Overtime) -­A
player­or­goalkeeper­who­is­deemed­to­be­the­instigator­of­an­altercation­in­the­final
five­(5)­minutes­of­regulation­time­or­at­any­time­in­overtime­shall­be­assessed­an­instigator­minor­penalty,­a­major­penalty­for­fighting,­and­a­game­misconduct­penalty
(see­46.21).­
46.12
Jerseys -­A­player­or­goalkeeper­who­deliberately­removes­his­jersey prior­to­participating­in­an­altercation­or­who­is­clearly­wearing­a­jersey­that­has­been­modified­and
does­not­conform­to­Rule­9 –­Uniforms,­shall­be­assessed­a­minor­penalty­for­unsportsmanlike­conduct­and­a­game­misconduct.­This­is­in­addition­to­other­penalties
to­be­assessed­to­the­participants­of­an­altercation. If­the­altercation­never­materializes,­the­player­or­goalkeeper­would­receive­a­minor­penalty­for­unsportsmanlike­conduct­and­a­ten-minute­misconduct­for­deliberately­removing­his­jersey.­
A­player­or­goalkeeper­who­engages­in­a­fight and­whose­jersey­is­removed
(completely­off­his­torso),­other­than­through­the­actions­of­his­opponent­in­the­altercation­or­through­the­actions­of­the­Linesman,­shall­be­assessed­a­ten­minute­misconduct­penalty.­
74
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
A­player­who­engages­in­fisticuffs­and­whose­elbow­pad(s)­are­removed­other
than­through­the­actions­of­his­opponent­in­the­altercation­or­through­the­actions­of
the­Linesman,­shall­be­assessed­a­game­misconduct­penalty.­The­game­misconduct
will­also­apply­to­players­deemed­not­to­wear­elbow­pads.
A­player­or­goalkeeper­who­engages­in­a­fight and­whose­jersey­is­not­properly
“tied-down”­(jersey properly­fastened­to­pants),­and­who­loses­his­jersey­(completely
off­his­torso)­in­that­altercation,­shall­receive­a­ten­minute­misconduct­penalty.­If­the
player­or­goalkeeper­loses­his­jersey­despite­the­tie­down­remaining­in­tact­and­attached­to­the­pants,­the­ten­minute­misconduct­is­not­applicable,­however­this­must
be­reported­to­the­League­office­so­that­the­jersey­and­the­tie­down­can­be­examined.­
A­player­or­goalkeeper­who­is­involved­in­an­altercation,­when­the­opponent­has
been­identified­as­an­instigator­or­an­aggressor,­shall­not­be­assessed­a­ten­minute
misconduct­penalty­if­his­jersey­should­be­removed­by­an­opponent­or­an­official­in
the­discharge­of­his­duties,­regardless­as­to­whether­or­not­he­was­properly­“tieddown”­(jersey­properly­fastened­to­pants).
46.13
Major Penalty –­A­major­penalty­shall­be­imposed­on­any­player­or­goalkeeper­who
fights.
46.14
Match Penalty -­Any­player­or­goalkeeper­wearing­tape­or­any­other­material­on­his
hands­(below­the­wrist)­who­cuts­or­injures­an­opponent­during­an­altercation­will­receive­a­match­penalty in­addition­to­any­other­penalties­imposed­including­for­fighting
under­this­rule.
A­match­penalty­shall­be­assessed­to­a­player­or­goalkeeper­who­punches­an
unsuspecting­opponent­and­causes­an­injury.
46.15
Third Man In -­A­game­misconduct­penalty,­at­the­discretion­of­the­Referee,­shall­be
imposed­on­any­player­or­goalkeeper­who­is­the­first­to­intervene­(third­man­in)­in­an
altercation­already­in­progress­except­when­a­match­penalty­is­being­imposed­in­the
original­altercation.­This­penalty­is­in­addition­to­any­other­penalties­incurred­in­the
same­incident.
This­rule­also­applies­to­subsequent­players­or­goalkeepers­who­elect­to­intervene­in­the­same­or­other­altercations­during­the­same­stoppage­of­play.
46.16
Fines and Suspensions –­Aggressor – (see 46.2) A­player­or­goalkeeper­who­is
deemed­to­be­the­aggressor­for­the­third­time­in­one­Regular­season­shall­be­suspended­for­the­next­two­(2)­regular­season­games­of­his­team.­
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
75
For­the­fourth­aggressor­penalty­in­the­same­Regular­season,­the­player­or
goalkeeper­will­be­suspended­for­the­next­four­(4)­games­of­his­team.­For­the­fifth­aggressor­penalty­in­the­same­Regular­season,­the­player­or­goalkeeper­will­be­suspended­for­the­next­six­(6)­games­of­his­team.
During­the­Play-offs,­any­player­or­goalkeeper­who­is­deemed­to­be­the­aggressor­for­the­second­time­shall­be­suspended­automatically­for­the­next­Play-off­game
of­his­team.­For­each­subsequent­aggressor­violation­during­the­Play-offs,­the­automatic­suspension­shall­be­increased­by­one­game.
Prior­to­the­commencement­of­each­President­Cup­Final,­a­player­or­goalkeeper
will­have­his­current­aggressor­violations­removed­from­his­current­playoff­record.
They­will­remain­part­of­his­historical­record.
46.17
Fines and Suspensions – Clearing the Area of a Fight -­Failure­by­players­(or
goalkeepers­as­required)­to­clear­the­area­of­a­fight shall,­in­addition­to­the­other
penalties­that­may­be­assessed,­result­in­a­fine­to­the­team­of­fifty­dollars­($50).
46.18
Fines and Suspensions – Failure to Proceed Directly to Penalty Bench -­Any
player­who,­following­a­fight­or­other­altercation­in­which­he­has­been­involved­is­broken­up­and­for­which­he­is­penalized,­fails­to­proceed­directly­and­immediately­to­the
penalty­bench,­or­who­causes­any­delay­by­retrieving­his­equipment­(gloves,­sticks,
etc.­shall­be­delivered­to­him­at­the­penalty­bench­by­teammates),­shall­incur­an­automatic­fine­of­fifty­dollars­($50)­in­addition­to­all­other­penalties­or­fines­incurred.
46.19
Fines and Suspensions – Fighting Other Than During the Periods of the Game Any­teams­whose­players­or­goalkeepers­become­involved­in­an­altercation,­other
than­during­the­periods­of­the­game (see 46.9), shall­be­fined­automatically­twentyfive­hundred­dollars­($2,500)­in­addition­to­any­other­appropriate­penalties­that­may
be­imposed­upon­the­participating­players­by­supplementary­discipline­or­otherwise.
Any­player­or­goalkeeper­who­would­be­deemed­to­be­an­instigator­pursuant­to
this­rule at­a­time­other­than­during­the­periods­of­the­game­shall­be­suspended­automatically­for­five­(5)­games.­Such­determination­may­be­made­by­the­Referee­at­the
time­of­the­incident­or­subsequently­by­the­Commissioner­or­his­designee­based
upon­such­reports­and­other­information­as­he­deems­sufficient,­including­but­not­limited­to­television­tapes.
46.20
76
Fines and Suspensions – Instigator -­A­player­or­goalkeeper­who­is­deemed­to­be
the­instigator­of­an­altercation­for­the­third­time­in­one­Regular­season­shall­be­suspended­for­the­next­regular­season­game­of­his­team.­
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
For­the­fourth­instigator­penalty­in­the­same­Regular­season,­the­player­or­goalkeeper­will­be­suspended­for­the­next­two­games­of­his­team.­For­the­fifth­instigator
penalty­in­the­same­Regular­season,­the­player­or­goalkeeper­will­be­suspended­for
the­next­three­games­of­his­team.
During­the­Play-offs,­any­player­or­goalkeeper­who­is­deemed­to­be­the­instigator­of­an­altercation­for­the­second­time­shall­be­suspended­automatically­for­the­next
Play-off­game­of­his­team.­For­each­subsequent­instigator­violation­during­the­Playoffs,­the­automatic­suspension­shall­be­increased­by­one­game.
Prior­to­the­commencement­of­each­Presidents­Cup­Final,­a­player­or­goalkeeper­will­have­his­current­instigator­violations­removed­from­his­current­playoff
record.­They­will­remain­part­of­his­historical­record.
46.21
Fines and Suspensions – Instigator or Aggressor in Final Five Minutes of Regulation Time (or Anytime in Overtime) –­A­player­or­goalkeeper­who­is­deemed­to
be­the­instigator­or­aggressor­of­an­altercation­in­the­final­five­(5)­minutes­of­regulation­time­or­at­anytime­in­overtime,­shall­automatically­be­suspended­for­one­game.
The­Commissioner­may­review­such­incident­and­may­rescind­the­suspension­based
on­a­number­of­criteria.
No­team­appeals­will­be­permitted­either­verbally­or­in­writing­regarding­the­assessment­of­this­automatic­suspension.
See Rule 23.4. A­cap­of­five­(5)­major­penalties­per­team­for­fighting­in­a­game.­­Any
major­penalty­(per­team)­for­fighting­after­the­fifth­will­be­an­automatic­game­misconduct­with­the­exception­of­a­situation­where­one­combatant­is­deemed­the­instigator.
In­this­case,­the­aggressor­will­be­given­a­game­misconduct­penalty.
Rule 47 – Head-butting
47.1
Head-butting –­The­act­of­head-butting­involves­a­player­or­goalkeeper­making­intentional­contact,­or­attempting­to­make­contact,­with­an­opponent­by­leading­with­his
head­and/or­helmet.­
47.2
Double-minor Penalty -­A­double-minor­penalty­shall­be­imposed­on­a­player­or
goalkeeper­who­attempts­to­head-butt­an­opponent.
47.3
Major Penalty -­A­major­penalty­shall­be­imposed­on­a­player­or­goalkeeper­who
head-butts­an­opponent­(see­47.5).
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
77
47.4
Match Penalty -­A­match­penalty­shall­be­imposed­on­a­player­or­goalkeeper­who­injures­an­opponent­as­a­result­of­a­head-butt.
47.5
Game Misconduct Penalty –­When­a­major­penalty­is­assessed­under­this­rule,­a
game­misconduct­penalty­must­be­imposed.
47.6
Fines and Suspensions -­There­are­no­specified­fines­or­suspensions­for­headbutting,­however,­supplementary­discipline­can­be­applied­by­the­Commissioner­at­his
discretion­(refer­to­Rule­28).
Rule 48 – Illegal Check to the Head
48.1
Illegal Check to the Head –­A­lateral­or­blind­side­hit­to­an­opponent­where­the­head
is­targeted­and/or­the­principle­point­of­contact­is­not­permitted.­
48.2
Minor Penalty -­There­is­no­provision­for­a­minor­penalty­for­this­rule.
48.3
Major Penalty -­For­a­violation­of­this­rule,­a­major­penalty­shall­be­assessed­(see
48.5).
48.4
Game Misconduct Penalty –­An­automatic­game­misconduct­penalty­shall­be­assessed­whenever­a­major­penalty­is­assessed­under­this­rule.
48.5
Match Penalty -­The­Referee,­at­his­discretion,­may­assess­a­match­penalty­if,­in­his
judgment,­the­player­attempted­to­or­deliberately­injured­his­opponent­with­an­illegal
check­to­the­head.
48.6
Fines and Suspensions -­Any­player­who­incurs­a­total­of­two­(2)­game­misconducts
under­this­rule,­in­either­regular­League­or­playoff­games,­shall­be­suspended­automatically­for­the­next­game­his­team­plays.­For­each­subsequent­game­misconduct
penalty,­the­automatic­suspension­shall­be­increased­by­one­game.
If­deemed­appropriate,­supplementary­discipline­can­be­applied­by­the­Commissioner­at­his­discretion­(refer­to­Rule­28).
Rule 49 - Kicking
49.1
Kicking –­The­action­of­a­player­or­goalkeeper­deliberately­using­his­skate(s)­with­a
kicking­motion­to­propel­the­puck­or­to­contact­an­opponent.
49.2
Goals -­Kicking­the­puck­shall­be­permitted­in­all­zones.­A­goal­cannot­be­scored­by
an­attacking­player­who­uses­a­distinct­kicking­motion­to­propel­the­puck­into­the­net.
78
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
A­goal­cannot­be­scored­by­an­attacking­player­who­kicks­a­puck­that­deflects­into­the
net­off­any­player,­goalkeeper­or­official.
A­puck­that­deflects­into­the­net­off­an­attacking­player’s­skate­who­does­not
use­a­distinct­kicking­motion­is­a­legitimate­goal.­A­puck­that­is­directed­into­the­net­by
an­attacking­player’s­skate­shall­be­a­legitimate­goal­as­long­as­no­distinct­kicking
motion­is­evident.­The­following­should­clarify­deflections­following­a­kicked­puck­that
enters­the­goal:
(i) A kicked puck that deflects off the body of any player of either team (including
the goalkeeper) shall be ruled no goal.
(ii) A kicked puck that deflects off the stick of any player (excluding the goalkeeper’s stick) shall be ruled a good goal. Any time the puck has been kicked,
makes contact with any stick, and then deflects off any player (excluding the
goalkeeper) into the net, it will be ruled a good goal.
(iii) A goal will be allowed when an attacking player kicks the puck and the puck
deflects off his own stick and then into the net.
A­goal­cannot­be­scored­by­an­attacking­player­who­kicks­any­equipment­(stick,
glove,­helmet,­etc.)­at­the­puck,­including­kicking­the­blade­of­his­own­stick,­causing
the­puck­to­cross­the­goal­line.­
49.3
Match Penalty –­A­match­penalty­shall­be­imposed­on­any­player­or­goalkeeper­who
kicks­or­attempts­to­kick­another­player.
Whether­or­not­an­injury­occurs,­the­Referee­will­impose­a­five­(5)­minute­time
penalty­under­this­rule.
49.4
Fines and Suspensions -­There­are­no­specified­fines­or­suspensions­for­kicking
and­opponent,­however,­supplementary­discipline­can­be­applied­by­the­Commissioner­at­his­discretion­(refer­to­Rule­28).
Rule 50 - Kneeing
50.1
Kneeing -­Kneeing­is­the­act­of­a­player­or­goalkeeper­leading­with­his­knee­and­in
some­cases­extending­his­leg­outwards­to­make­contact­with­his­opponent.
50.2
Minor Penalty -­The­Referee,­at­his­discretion,­may­assess­a­minor­penalty,­based
on­the­severity­of­the­infraction,­to­a­player­or­goalkeeper­guilty­of­kneeing­an­opponent.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
79
50.3
Major Penalty -­The­Referee,­at­his­discretion,­may­assess­a­major­penalty,­based
on­the­severity­of­the­infraction;­to­a­player­or­goalkeeper­guilty­of­kneeing­an­opponent­(see­50.5).
50.4
Match Penalty –­The­Referee,­at­his­discretion,­may­assess­a­match­penalty­if,­in­his
judgment,­the­player­or­goalkeeper­attempted­to­or­deliberately­injured­his­opponent
by­kneeing.
50.5
Game Misconduct Penalty -­When­a­player­or­goalkeeper­has­been­assessed­a
major­penalty­for­kneeing­he­shall­also­be­assessed­a­Game­Misconduct.
50.6
Fines and Suspensions -­There­are­no­specified­fines­or­suspensions­for­kneeing,
however,­supplementary­discipline­can­be­applied­by­the­Commissioner­at­his­discretion­(refer­to­Rule­28).
Rule 51 - Roughing
51.1
Roughing –­Roughing­is­a­punching­motion­with­the­hand­or­fist,­with­or­without­the
glove­on­the­hand,­normally­directed­at­the­head­or­face­of­an­opponent.
Roughing­is­a­minor­altercation­that­is­not­worthy­of­a­major­penalty­to­either
participant.­(An­altercation­is­a­situation­involving­two­players,­including­goalkeepers,
with­at­least­one­to­be­penalized).
51.2
Minor Penalty -­A­minor­penalty­shall­be­imposed­on­a­player­or­goalkeeper­who
strikes­an­opponent­with­his­hand­or­fist.
51.3
Match Penalty -­If,­in­the­judgment­of­the­Referee,­a­goalkeeper­uses­his­blocking
glove­to­punch­an­opponent­in­the­head­or­face­in­an­attempt­to­or­to­deliberately­injure­an­opponent,­a­match­penalty­must­be­assessed.
Fines and Suspensions -­There­are­no­specified­fines­or­suspensions­for­roughing,­however,
supplementary­discipline­can­be­applied­by­the­Commissioner­at­his­discretion­(refer­to­Rule­28).
Rule 52 – Slew-footing
52.1
80
Slew-footing -­Slew-footing­is­the­act­of­a­player­or­goalkeeper­using­his­leg­or­foot
to­knock­or­kick­an­opponent’s­feet­from­under­him,­or­pushes­an­opponent’s­upper
body­backward­with­an­arm­or­elbow,­and­at­the­same­time­with­a­forward­motion­of
his­leg,­knocks­or­kicks­the­opponent’s­feet­from­under­him,­causing­him­to­fall­violently­to­the­ice.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
52.2
Match Penalty -­Any­player­or­goalkeeper­who­is­guilty­of­slew-footing­shall­be­assessed­a­match­penalty.
52.3
Fines and Suspensions -­There­are­no­specified­fines­or­suspensions­for­slew-footing,­however,­supplementary­discipline­can­be­applied­by­the­Commissioner­at­his
discretion­(refer­to­Rule­28).
\
Rule 53 – Throwing Equipment
53.1
Throwing Equipment –­A­player,­including­the­goalkeeper,­shall­not­throw­a­stick­or
any­other­object­in­any­zone.­A­player­who­lost­or­broken­his­stick­may­only­receive­a
stick­at­his­own­players’­bench­or­be­handed­one­from­a­teammate­on­the­ice­(see
10.3).
53.2
Minor Penalty -­A­minor­penalty­shall­be­imposed­on­any­player­or­goalkeeper­on­the
ice­who­throws­his­stick­or­any­part­thereof­or­any­other­object­in­the­direction­of­the
puck­or­an­opponent in­any­zone,­except­when­such­act­has­been­penalized­by­the
assessment­of­a­penalty­shot­or­the­awarding­of­a­goal.­
When­a­defending­player­or­goalkeeper­shoots­or­throws­a­stick­or­any­other
object­at­the­puck­or­the­puck­carrier­in­the­defending­zone­but­does­not­interfere­in
any­manner­with­the­puck­or­puck­carrier,­a­minor­penalty­shall­be­assessed.­
When­the­player­or­goalkeeper­discards­the­broken­portion­of­a­stick­or­some
other­object­by­tossing­it­or­shooting­it­to­the­side­of­the­ice­(and­not­over­the­boards)
in­such­a­way­as­will­not­interfere­with­play­or­opposing­player,­no­penalty­will­be­imposed­for­so­doing.­When­moving­a­stick­that­is­not­broken,­no­penalty­shall­be­assessed­as­long­as­it­does­not­interfere­with­the­play­and­the­player­or­goalkeeper­who
lost­said­stick­is­not­attempting­to­retrieve­it,­otherwise­an­interference­penalty­must
be­assessed.
A­minor­penalty­for­unsportsmanlike­conduct­plus­a­game­misconduct­penalty
shall­be­imposed­on­a­player­or­goalkeeper­who­throws­his­stick­or­any­part­thereof­or
any­other­object­or­piece­of­equipment­outside­the­playing­area­in­protest­of­an­official’s­decision.
53.3
Bench Minor Penalty –­Should­any­player,­goalkeeper,­Coach,­or­non-playing­person­on­the players’­bench­or­penalty­bench­throw­anything­on­the­ice­during­the
progress­of­the­game­or­during­a­stoppage­of­play,­a­bench­minor­penalty­for­unsportsmanlike­conduct­shall­be­assessed.­See­75.3.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
81
53.4
Misconduct or Game Misconduct Penalty -­A­misconduct­or­game­misconduct
penalty,­at­the­discretion­of­the­Referee,­shall­be­imposed­on­a­player­or­goalkeeper
who­throws­his­stick­or­any­part­thereof­or­any­other­object­or­piece­of­equipment­outside­the­playing­area.­If­the­offense­is­committed­in­protest­of­an­official’s­decision,­a
minor­penalty­for­unsportsmanlike­conduct­plus­a­game­misconduct­penalty­shall­be
assessed­to­the­offending­player­or­goalkeeper.
53.5
Match Penalty –­If­a­player­or­goalkeeper­attempts­to­or­deliberately­injures­an­opponent­by­throwing­a­stick­or­any­other­object­or­piece­of­equipment­at­an­opposing
player,­Coach­or­non-playing­club­person,­he­shall­be­assessed­a­match­penalty.­If­injury­results­from­the­thrown­object,­a­match­penalty­must­be­assessed­for­deliberate
injury­of­an­opponent.
53.6
Penalty Shot -­When­any­member­of­the­defending­team,­including­the­Coach­or­any
non-playing­person,­throws­or­shoots­any­part­of­a­stick­or­any­other­object­or­piece
of­equipment­at­the­puck­or­puck­carrier­in­his­defending­zone,­preventing­a­reasonable­shot­or­pass, the­Referee­or­Linesman­shall­allow­the­play­to­be­completed­and
if­a­goal­is­not­scored,­a­penalty­shot­shall­be­awarded­to­the­non-offending­team.
This­shot­shall­be­taken­by­the­player­designated­by­the­Referee­as­the­player­fouled.
If­the­officials­are­unable­to­determine­the­person­against­whom­the­offense­was
made,­the­non-offending­team,­through­the­Captain,­shall­designate­a­player­on­the
ice­at­the­time­the­offense­was­committed­to­take­the­shot.
See­also­Rule­57.3 –­Tripping­for­fouls­from­behind­to­a­player­on­a­breakaway.
If­a­player­on­a­breakaway­in­the­neutral­or­attacking­zone­is­interfered­with­by
an­object­thrown­on­the­ice­by­a­spectator­that­causes­him­to­lose­possession­of­the
puck­or­to­fall,­the­Referee­shall­award­a­penalty­shot­to­the­player­who­was­fouled.­
53.7
Awarded Goal -­If,­when­the­opposing­goalkeeper­has­been­removed,­a­member­of
the­defending­team,­including­the Coach­or­any­non-playing­person,­throws­or­shoots
any­part­of­a­stick­or­any­other­object­or­piece­of­equipment­at­the­puck­or­puck­carrier­in­the­neutral­or­his­own­defending­zone,­thereby­preventing­the­puck­carrier­from
having­a­clear­shot­on­an­“open­net”,­a­goal­shall­be­awarded­to­the­attacking­side.
For­the­purpose­of­this­rule,­an­“open­net”­is­defined­as­one­from­which­a­goalkeeper­has­been­removed­for­an­additional­attacking­player.­The­goalkeeper­is­considered­off­the­ice­once­the­replacement­player­has­entered­the­playing­surface.
82
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
53.8
Fines and Suspensions -­There­are­no­specified­fines­or­suspensions­for­throwing
equipment,­however,­supplementary­discipline­can­be­applied­by­the­Commissioner
at­his­discretion­(refer­to­Rule­28).­
SECTION 7 – RESTRAINING FOULS
Rule 54 – Holding
54.1
Holding –­Any­action­by­a­player­or­goalkeeper­that­restrains­or­impedes­the
progress­of­an­opposing­player­whether­or­not­he­is­in­possession­of­the­puck.
54.2
Minor Penalty -­A­minor­penalty­shall­be­imposed­on­a­player­or­goalkeeper­who
holds­an­opponent­by­using­his­hands,­arms­or­legs.
A­player­or­goalkeeper­is­permitted­to­use­his­arm­in­a­strength­move,­by­blocking­his­opponent,­provided­he­has­body­position­and­is­not­using­his­hands­in­a­holding­manner,­when­doing­so.
A­player­or­goalkeeper­is­not­permitted­to­hold­an­opponent’s­stick.­A­minor
penalty­shall­be­assessed­to­a­player­or­goalkeeper­who­holds­an­opponent’s­stick
(assessed­and­announced­as­“holding­the­stick”).
A­player­is­permitted­to­protect­himself­by­defending­against­an­opponent’s­stick.
He­must­immediately­release­the­stick­and­allow­the­player­to­resume­normal­play.
54.3
Penalty Shot –­refer­to­Rule­57.3 –­Tripping.
54.4
Awarded Goal – refer­to­Rule­57.4 –­Tripping.
Rule 55 – Hooking
55.1
Hooking -­Hooking­is­the­act­of­using­the­stick­in­a­manner­that­enables­a­player­or
goalkeeper­to­restrain­an­opponent.
When­a­player­is­checking­another­in­such­a­way­that­there­is­only­stick-to-stick
contact,­such­action­is­not­to­be­penalized­as­hooking.
55.2
Minor Penalty -­A­minor­penalty­shall­be­imposed­on­a­player­or­goalkeeper­who­impedes­the­progress­of­an­opponent­by­“hooking”­with­his­stick.­A­minor­penalty­for
hooking­shall­be­assessed­to­any­player­or­goalkeeper­who­uses­the­shaft­of­the­stick
above­the­upper­hand­to­hold­or­hook­an­opponent.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
83
55.3
Major Penalty -­A­major­penalty­shall­be­imposed­on­any­player­or­goalkeeper­who
injures­an­opponent­by­“hooking”­(see­55.4).­
55.4
Game Misconduct –­When­a­major­penalty­has­been­assessed­for­hooking­as­a­result­of­an­injury­to­an­opponent,­a­game­misconduct­penalty­must­also­be­assessed.
55.5
Penalty Shot –­refer­to­Rule­57.3 –­Tripping.
55.6
Awarded Goal –­refer­to­Rule­57.4 –­Tripping.
55.7
Fines and Suspensions -­A­player­or­goalkeeper­who­has­been­assessed­a­major
penalty­and­a­game­misconduct­under­this­rule­shall­be­automatically­fined­twentyfive­dollars­($25).
If­deemed­appropriate,­supplementary­discipline­can­be­applied­by­the­Commissioner­at­his­discretion­(refer­to­Rule­28).
Rule 56 – Interference
56.1
Interference -­A­strict­standard­on­acts­of­interference­must­be­adhered­to­in­all­areas
of­the­rink.
Body Position:
Body­position­shall­be­determined­as­the­player­skating­in­front­of­or­beside­his­opponent,­traveling­in­the­same­direction.­A­player­who­is­behind­an­opponent,­who­does
not­have­the­puck,­may­not­use­his­stick,­body­or­free­hand­in­order­to­restrain­his­opponent,­but­must­skate­in­order­to­gain­or­reestablish­his­proper­position­in­order­to
make­a­check.­
A­player­is­allowed­the­ice­he­is­standing­on­(body­position)­and­is­not­required­to
move­in­order­to­let­an­opponent­proceed.­A­player­may­“block”­the­path­of­an­opponent­provided­he­is­in­front­of­his­opponent­and­moving­in­the­same­direction.­Moving
laterally­and­without­establishing­body­position,­then­making­contact­with­the­nonpuck­carrier­is­not­permitted­and­will­be­penalized­as­interference.­A­player­is­always
entitled­to­use­his­body­position­to­lengthen­an­opponent’s­path­to­the­puck,­provided
his­stick­is­not­utilized­(to­make­himself­“bigger”­and­therefore­considerably­lengthening­the­distance­his­opponent­must­travel­to­get­where­he­is­going);­his­free­hand­is
not­used­and­he­does­not­take­advantage­of­his­body­position­to­deliver­an­otherwise
illegal­check.
84
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
Possession of the Puck:
The­last­player­to­touch­the­puck,­other­than­the­goalkeeper,­shall­be­considered­the
player­in­possession.­The­player­deemed­in­possession­of­the­puck­may­be­checked
legally,­provided­the­check­is­rendered­immediately­following­his­loss­of­possession.
Restrain:
The­actions­of­a­player­or­goalkeeper­who­does­not­have­body­position,­but­instead
uses­illegal­means­(e.g.­hook­with­stick;­hold­with­hands,­trip­with­the­stick­or­in­any
manner)­to­impede­an­opponent­who­is­not­in­possession­of­the­puck.­Illegal­means
are­acts­which­allow­a­player­or­goalkeeper­to­establish,­maintain­or­restore­body­position­other­than­by­skating.
Pick:
A­“pick”­is­the­action­of­a­player­or­goalkeeper­who­checks­an­opponent­who­is­not­in
possession­of­the­puck­and­is­unaware­of­the­impending­check/hit.­A­player­who­is
aware­of­an­impending­hit,­not­deemed­to­be­a­legal­“battle­for­the­puck,”­may­not­be
interfered­with­by­a­player­or­goalkeeper­delivering­a­“pick.”­A­player­or­goalkeeper
delivering­a­“pick”­is­one­who­moves­into­an­opponent’s­path­without­initially­having
body­position,­thereby­taking­him­out­of­the­play.­When­this­is­done,­an­interference
penalty­shall­be­assessed.
Free Hand:
When­a­free­hand­is­used­to­hold,­pull,­tug,­grab­or­physically­restrain­an­opponent
from­moving­freely,­this­must­be­penalized­as­holding.­The­free­hand­may­be­used­by
a­player­to­“fend­off”­an­opponent­or­his­stick,­but­may­not­be­used­to­hold­an­opponent’s­stick­or­body.
Stick:
A­player­or­goalkeeper­who­does­not­have­body­position­on­his­opponent,­who­uses­his
stick­(either­the­blade­or­the­shaft,­including­the­butt-end­of­the­shaft)­to­impede­or­prevent­his­opponent­from­moving­freely­on­the­ice­shall­be­assessed­a­hooking­penalty.­
56.2
Minor Penalty -­A­minor­penalty­shall­be­imposed­on­a­player­or­goalkeeper­who­interferes­with­or­impedes­the­progress­of­an­opponent­who­is­not­in­possession­of­the
puck.
A­minor­penalty­shall­be­imposed­on­a­player­or­goalkeeper­who­restrains­an
opponent­who­is­attempting­to­“fore-check.”
A­minor­penalty­shall­be­imposed­on­an­attacking­player­who­deliberately
checks­a­defensive­player,­including­the­goalkeeper,­who­is­not­in­possession­of­the
puck.­
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
85
Any­contact­between­opposing­players­while­pursuing­the­puck­on­an­icing­must
be­for­the­sole­purpose­of­playing­the­puck­and­not­for­eliminating­the­opponent­from
playing­the­puck.­Unnecessary­or­dangerous­contact­could­result­in­penalties­being
assessed­to­the­offending­player.
A­minor­penalty­shall­be­imposed­on­a­player­who­shall­cause­an­opponent­who
is­not­in­possession­of­the­puck­to­be­forced­off-side,­causing­a­stoppage­in­play.­If
this­action­causes­a­delayed­off-side­(and­not­necessarily­a­stoppage­in­play),­then
the­application­of­a­penalty­for­interference­is­subject­to­the­judgment­of­the­Referee.­
A­minor­penalty­shall­be­imposed­on­a­player­who­deliberately­knocks­a­stick
out­of­an­opponent’s­hand,­or­who­prevents­a­player­who­has­dropped­his­stick­or­any
other­piece­of­equipment­from­regaining­possession­of­it.
A­minor­penalty­shall­be­imposed­on­a­player­who­knocks­or­shoots­any­abandoned­or­broken­stick­or­illegal­puck­or­other­debris­towards­an­opposing­puck­carrier
in­a­manner­that­could­cause­him­to­be­distracted.­(See­also­Rule­53 –­Throwing
Equipment.)
A­minor­penalty­shall­be­imposed­on­any­identifiable­player­on­the­players’
bench­or­penalty­bench­who,­by­means­of­his­stick­or­his­body,­interferes­with­the
movements­of­the­puck­or­any­opponent­on­the­ice­during­the­progress­of­the­play.­In
addition,­should­a­player­about­to­come­onto­the­ice,­play­the­puck­while­one­or­both
skates­are­still­on­the­players’­or­penalty­bench,­a­minor­penalty­for­interference­shall
be­assessed.­
The­appropriate­penalty­according­to­the­playing­rules­shall­be­assessed­when
a­player­on­the­players’­or­penalty­bench­gets­involved­with­an­opponent­on­the­ice
during­a­stoppage­in­play.­The­player(s)­involved­may­be­subject­to­additional­sanctions­as­appropriate­pursuant­to­Rule­28 –­Supplementary­Discipline.
56.3
Bench Minor Penalty -­A­bench­minor­penalty­shall­be­imposed­when­an­unidentifiable­player­on­the­players’­bench­or­penalty­bench­or­any­Coach­or­non-playing­Club
personnel­who,­by­means­of­his­stick­or­his­body,­interferes­with­the­movements­of
the­puck­or­any­opponent­on­the­ice­during­the­progress­of­the­play.­
56.4
Major Penalty - The­Referee,­at­his­discretion,­may­assess­a­major­penalty,­based
on­the­degree­of­violence,­to­a­player­or­goalkeeper­guilty­of­interfering­with­an­opponent­(see­56.5).
56.5
Game Misconduct Penalty – When­a­major­penalty­is­imposed­under­this­rule­for­a
foul­resulting­in­an­injury­of­an­opponent,­a­game­misconduct­shall­be­imposed.
86
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
56.6
Penalty Shot -­When­a­player­in­control­of­the­puck­in­the­neutral­or­attacking­zone
and­having­no­other­opponent­to­pass­than­the­goalkeeper­is­interfered­with­by­a
stick­or­any­part­thereof­or­any­other­object­or­piece­of­equipment­thrown­or­shot­by
any­member­of­the­defending­team­including­the­Coach­or­non-playing­Club­personnel,­a­penalty shot­shall­be­awarded­to­the­non-offending­team.­When­a­Coach­or
non-playing­Club­personnel­is­guilty­of­such­an­act,­he­shall­be­automatically­suspended­from­the­game,­ordered­to­the­dressing­room­and­the­matter­will­be­reported
to­the­Commissioner­for­possible­further­disciplinary­action.
56.7
Awarded Goal -­If,­when­the­goalkeeper­has­been­removed­from­the­ice,­any­member­of­his­team­(including­the­goalkeeper)­not­legally­on­the­ice,­including­the­Coach
or­non-playing­Club­personnel,­interferes­by­means­of­his­body,­stick­or­any­other­object­or­piece­of­equipment­with­the­movements­of­the­puck­or­an­opposing­player­in
the­neutral­or­attacking­zone,­the­Referee­shall­immediately­award­a­goal­to­the­nonoffending­team.­When­a­Coach­or­non-playing­Club­personnel­is­guilty­of­such­an­act,
he­shall­be­automatically­suspended­from­the­game,­ordered­to­the­dressing­room
and­the­matter­will­be­reported­to­the­Commissioner­for­possible­further­disciplinary
action.
Rule 57 – Tripping
57.1
Tripping –­A­player­or­goalkeeper­shall­not­place­the­stick,­knee,­foot,­arm,­hand­or
elbow­in­such­a­manner­that­causes­his­opponent­to­trip­or­fall.
Accidental­trips­which­occur­simultaneously­with­a­completed­play­will­not­be
penalized.­Accidental­trips­occurring­simultaneously­with­or­after­a­stoppage­of­play
will­not­be­penalized.
If,­in­the­opinion­of­the­Referee,­a­player­makes­contact­with­the­puck­first­and
subsequently­trips­the­opponent­in­so­doing,­no­penalty­shall­be­assessed.
57.2
Minor Penalty -­A­minor­penalty­shall­be­imposed­on­any­player­or­goalkeeper­who
shall­place­his­stick­or­any­portion­of­his­body­in­such­a­manner­that­it­shall­cause­his
opponent­to­trip­and­fall.
57.3
Penalty Shot -­When­a­player,­in­the­neutral­or­attacking­zone,­in­control­of­the­puck
(or­who­could­have­obtained­possession­and­control­of­the­puck)­and­having­no­other
opponent­to­pass­than­the­goalkeeper,­is­tripped­or­otherwise­fouled­from­behind,
thus­preventing­a­reasonable­scoring­opportunity,­a­penalty­shot­shall­be­awarded­to
the­non-offending­team.­Nevertheless,­the­Referee­shall­not­stop­play­until­the­attacking­team­has­lost­possession­of­the­puck­to­the­defending­team.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
87
The­intention­of­this­rule­is­to­restore­a­reasonable­scoring­opportunity­which
has­been­lost.­If,­however,­the­player­fouled­is­able­to­recover­and­obtain­a­reasonable­scoring­opportunity­(or­a­teammate­is­able­to­gain­a­reasonable­scoring­opportunity),­no­penalty­shot­should­be­awarded­but­the­appropriate­penalty­should­be
signaled­and­assessed­if­a­goal­is­not­scored­on­the­play.­
“Control­of­the­puck”­means­the­act­of­propelling­the­puck­with­the­stick, hand­or
feet.­If­while­it­is­being­propelled,­the­puck­is­touched­by­another­player­or­his­equipment,­or­hits­the­goal­or­goes­free,­the­player­shall­no­longer­be­considered­to­be­“in
control­of­the­puck”.
In­order­for­a­penalty­shot­to­be­awarded­for­a­player­being­fouled­from­behind,
the­following­four­(4)­criteria­must­have­been­met:
(i) The infraction must have taken place in the neutral or attacking zone (i.e. over
the puck carrier’s own blue line).
(II) The infraction must have been committed from behind.
(III) The player in possession and control (or, in the judgment of the Referee, the
player clearly would have obtained possession and control of the puck) must
have been denied a reasonable chance to score. The fact that the player got
a shot off does not automatically eliminate this play from the penalty shot consideration criteria. If the foul was from behind and the player was denied a
“more” reasonable scoring opportunity due to the foul, then the penalty shot
should still be awarded.
(IV) The player in possession and control (or, in the judgment of the Referee, the
player clearly would have obtained possession and control) must have had no
opposing player between himself and the goalkeeper.
It­should­be­noted­that­if­the­attacking­player­manages­to­get­around­the­goalkeeper­and­has­no­defending­player­between­him­and­the­open­goal,­and­he­is­fouled
from­behind­by­the­goalkeeper­or­another­defending­player,­no­goal­can­be­awarded
since­the­goalkeeper­is­still­on­the­ice.­A­penalty­shot­would­be­awarded.­
57.4
88
Awarded Goal -­If,­when­the­opposing­goalkeeper­has­been­removed­from­the­ice,­a
player­in­control­of­the­puck­in­the­neutral­or­attacking­zone­is­tripped­or­otherwise
fouled­with­no­opposition­between­him­and­the­opposing­goal,­thus­preventing­a­reasonable­scoring­opportunity,­the­Referee­shall­immediately­stop­play­and­award­a
goal­to­the­attacking­team.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
SECTION 8 – STICK FOULS
Rule 58 – Butt-ending
58.1
Butt-ending –­The­action­whereby­a­player­or­goalkeeper­uses­the­shaft­of­the­stick,
above­the­upper­hand,­to­check­an­opposing­player­in­any­manner­or­jabs­or­attempts­to­jab­an­opposing­player­with­this­part­of­the­stick.
58.2
Double-minor Penalty -­A­double-minor­penalty­will­be­imposed­on­a­player­or­goalkeeper­who­attempts­to­butt-end­an­opponent.
58.3
Major Penalty -­A­major­penalty­shall­be­imposed­on­a­player­or­goalkeeper­who
butt-ends­an­opponent­(see­section­58.5).
58.4
Match Penalty -­A­match­penalty­shall­be­imposed­on­a­player­or­goalkeeper­who­injures­an­opponent­as­a­result­of­a­butt-end.
58.5
Game Misconduct Penalty –­When­a­major­penalty­is­imposed­for­butt-ending,­a
game­misconduct­penalty­must­also­be­assessed.
58.6
Fines and Suspensions -­When­a­major­penalty­and­game­misconduct­are­imposed
under­this­rule,­an­automatic­fine­of­twenty-five­dollars­($25)­will­be­imposed.
If­deemed­appropriate,­supplementary­discipline­can­be­applied­by­the­Commissioner­at­his­discretion­(refer­to­Rule­28).
Rule 59 – Cross-checking
59.1
Cross-checking –­The­action­of­using­the­shaft­of­the­stick­between­the­two­hands­to
forcefully­check­an­opponent.
59.2
Minor Penalty -­A­minor­penalty,­at­the­discretion­of­the­Referee­based­on­the­severity­of­the­contact,­shall­be­imposed­on­a­player­or­goalkeeper­who­“cross­checks”­an
opponent.
59.3
Major Penalty -­A­major­penalty,­at­the­discretion­of­the­Referee­based­on­the­severity­of­the­contact,­shall­be­imposed­on­a­player­or­goalkeeper­who­“cross­checks”­an
opponent­(see­59.5).
59.4
Match Penalty –­The­Referee,­at­his­discretion,­may­assess­a­match­penalty­if,­in­his
judgment,­the­player­or­goalkeeper­attempted­to­or­deliberately­injured­his­opponent
by­cross-checking.
59.5
Game Misconduct Penalty -­When­a­major­penalty­is­assessed­for­cross-checking,
an­automatic­game­misconduct­penalty­shall­be­imposed­on­the­offending­player.
59.6
Fines and Suspensions -­When­a­major­penalty­is­imposed­under­this­rule,­an­automatic­fine­of­twenty-five­dollars­($25)­shall­also­be­imposed.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
89
If­deemed­appropriate,­supplementary­discipline­can­be­applied­by­the­Commissioner­at­his­discretion­(refer­to­Rule­28).
Rule 60 – High-sticking
60.1
High-sticking -­A­“high­stick”­is­one­which­is­carried­above­the­height­of­the­opponent’s­shoulders.­Players­and­goalkeepers­must­be­in­control­and­responsible­for
their­stick.­However,­a­player­or­goalkeeper­is­permitted­accidental­contact­on­an­opponent­if­the­act­is­committed­as­a­normal­windup­or­follow­through­of­a­shooting­motion,­or­accidental­contact­on­the­opposing­center­who­is­bent­over­during­the­course
of­a­face-off.­A­wild­swing­at­a­bouncing­puck­would­not­be­considered­a­normal
windup­or­follow­through­and­any­contact­to­an­opponent­above­the­height­of­the
shoulders­shall­be­penalized­accordingly.­
60.2
Minor Penalty -­Any­contact­made­by­a­stick­on­an­opponent­above­the­shoulders­is
prohibited­and­a­minor­penalty shall­be­imposed.
60.3
Double-minor Penalty -­When­a­player­or­goalkeeper­carries­or­holds­any­part­of­his
stick­above­the­shoulders­of­the­opponent­so­that­injury­results,­the­Referee­shall­assess­a­double-minor­penalty­for­all­contact­that­causes­an­injury,­whether­accidental
or­careless,­in­the­opinion­of­the­Referee.­
60.4
Match Penalty –­When,­in­the­opinion­of­the­Referee,­a­player­or­goalkeeper­attempts­to­or­deliberately­injures­an­opponent­while­carrying­or­holding­any­part­of­his
stick­above­the­shoulders­of­the­opponent,­the­Referee­shall­assess­a­match­penalty
to­the­offending­player.
60.5
Goals -­An­apparent­goal­scored­by­an­attacking­player­who­strikes­the­puck­with­his
stick­carried­above­the­height­of­the­crossbar­of­the­goal­frame­shall­not­be­allowed.
The­determining­factor­is­where­the­puck­makes­contact­with­the­stick.­If­the­puck
makes­contact­with­the­stick­below­the­level­of­the­crossbar­and­enters­the­goal,­this
goal­shall­be­allowed.
A­goal­scored­by­a­defending­player­who­strikes­the­puck­with­his­stick­carried
above­the­height­of­the­crossbar­of­the­goal­frame­shall­be­allowed.
60.6
90
Fines and Suspensions -­There­are­no­specified­fines­or­suspensions­for­high-sticking,­however,­supplementary­discipline­can­be­applied­by­the­Commissioner­at­his
discretion­(refer­to­Rule­28).
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
Rule 61 – Slashing
61.1
Slashing -­Slashing­is­the­act­of­a­player­or­goalkeeper­swinging­his­stick­at­an­opponent,­whether­contact­is­made­or­not.­Non-aggressive­stick­contact­to­the­pant­or
front­of­the­shin­pads,­should­not­be­penalized­as­slashing.­Any­forceful­or­powerful
chop­with­the­stick­on­an­opponent’s­body,­the­opponent’s­stick,­or­on­or­near­the­opponent’s­hands­that,­in­the­judgment­of­the­Referee,­is­not­an­attempt­to­play­the
puck,­shall­be­penalized­as­slashing.
61.2
Minor Penalty -­A­minor­penalty,­at­the­discretion­of­the­Referee­based­on­the­severity­of­the­contact,­shall­be­imposed­on­a­player­or­goalkeeper­who­slashes­an­opponent.
61.3
Major Penalty -­A­major­penalty,­at­the­discretion­of­the­Referee­based­on­the­severity
of­the­contact,­shall­be­imposed­on­a­player­or­goalkeeper­who­slashes­an­opponent.
When­injury­occurs,­a­major­penalty­must­be­assessed­under­this­rule­(see­61.5).
61.4
Match Penalty –­The­Referee,­at­his­discretion,­may­assess­a­match­penalty­if,­in­his
judgment,­the­player­or­goalkeeper­attempted­to­or­deliberately­injured­his­opponent
by­slashing.
61.5
Game Misconduct Penalty –­Whenever­a­major­penalty­is­assessed­for­slashing,­a
game­misconduct­penalty­must­also­be­imposed.
61.6
Penalty Shot –­refer­to­Rule­57.3 –­Tripping.
61.7
Awarded Goal –­refer­to­Rule­57.4 –­Tripping.
61.8
Fines and Suspensions -­There­are­no­specified­fines­or­suspensions­for­slashing,
however,­supplementary­discipline­can­be­applied­by­the­Commissioner­at­his­discretion­(refer­to­Rule­28).
Rule 62 – Spearing
62.1
Spearing -­Spearing­shall­mean­stabbing­an­opponent­with­the­point­of­the­stick
blade,­whether­contact­is­made­or­not.
62.2
Double-minor Penalty -­A­double-minor­penalty­will­be­imposed­on­a­player­or­goalkeeper­who­spears­an­opponent­and­does­not­make­contact.
62.3
Major Penalty -­A­major­penalty­shall­be­imposed­on­a­player­or­goalkeeper­who
spears­an­opponent­(see­62.5).
62.4
Match Penalty -­A­match­penalty­shall­be­imposed­on­a­player­or­goalkeeper­who­injures­an­opponent­as­a­result­of­a­spear.
62.5
Game Misconduct Penalty -­Whenever­a­major­penalty­is­assessed­for­spearing,­a
game­misconduct­penalty­must­also­be­imposed.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
91
62.6
Fines and Suspensions -­There­are­no­specified­fines­or­suspensions­for­spearing,
however,­supplementary­discipline­can­be­applied­by­the­Commissioner­at­his­discretion­(refer­to­Rule­28).
SECTION 9 – OTHER FOULS
Rule 63 – Delaying the Game
63.1
Delaying the Game –­A­player,­goalkeeper­or­a­team­may­be­penalized­when,­in­the
opinion­of­the­Referee,­is­delaying­the­game­in­any­manner.
63.2
Minor Penalty -­A­minor­penalty­shall­be­imposed­on­any­player,­including­the­goalkeeper,­who­holds,­freezes­or­plays­the­puck­with­his­stick,­skates­or­body­in­such­a
manner­as­to­deliberately­cause­a­stoppage­of­play.­With­regard­to­a­goalkeeper,­this
rule­applies­outside­of­his­goal­crease­area.
A­minor­penalty­for­delay­of­game­shall­be­imposed­on­any­player­or­goalkeeper
who­deliberately­shoots­or­bats­the­puck­outside­the­playing­area­­(from­anywhere­on
the­ice­surface)­during­the­play­or­after­a­stoppage­of­play.­
When­any­player­or­goalkeeper,­while­in­his­defending­zone,­shoots­the­puck­directly­(non-deflected)­out­of­the­playing­surface,­except­where­there­is­no­glass,­a
penalty­shall­NOT be­assessed­for­delaying­the­game,­unless,­in­the­Referee’s­sole
discretion,­the­puck­was­deliberately­shot­out­of­the­playing­surface.­However,­the­offending­team­also­shall­NOT be­permitted­to­change­players­and­the­face-off­will­remain­in­the­defending­zone.­When­the­puck­is­shot­into­the­players’­bench,­the
penalty­will­not­apply.­When­the­puck­is­shot­over­the­glass­‘behind’­the­players’
bench,­the­penalty­will­be­assessed.
A­minor­penalty­shall­be­imposed­on­any­player­(including­the­goalkeeper)­who
delays­the­game­by­deliberately­displacing­a­goal­post­from­its­normal­position.­The
Referee­shall­stop­play­immediately­when­the­offending­team­gains­possession­of­the
puck.
In­the­event­that­a­goalpost­is­deliberately­displaced­by­a­defending­player­or
goalkeeper,­prior­to­the­puck­crossing­the­goal­line­between­the­normal­position­of­the
goalposts,­the­Referee­shall assess­a­minor­penalty­for­delaying­the­game­if­the­attacking­player­has­not­yet­taken­the­shot­or­in­the­act­of­taking­the­shot­at­the­open
net­(see 63.4).
92
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
When­the­net­is­accidentally­displaced­by­an­attacking­player,­and­the­defending­side­is­in­possession­of­the­puck­and­moving­out­of­their­zone,­play­shall­be­permitted­to­continue­until­such­time­as­the­non-offending­team­loses­possession­of­the
puck.­The­resulting­face-off­will­take­place­at­a­face-off­spot­in­the­zone­nearest­the
location­where­the­play­was­stopped,­unless­it­is­in­the­non-offending­team’s­defending­zone,­and­as­such­the­ensuing­face-off­would­be­outside­the­blue­line­at­one­of
the­face-off­spots­in­the­neutral­zone.­It­is­possible­for­a­goal­to­be­scored­at­one­end
of­the­rink­while­the­net­at­the­other­end­has­been­dislodged,­provided­that­the­team
being­scored­upon­is­the­team­responsible­for­dislodging­the­net­at­the­other­end­of
the­rink.
A­minor­penalty­shall­be­imposed­on­a­player­other­than­the­goalkeeper­who­deliberately­falls­on­or­gathers­the­puck­into­his­body.­Any­player­who­drops­to­his­knees
to­block­a­shot­should­not­be­penalized­if­the­puck­is­shot­under­him­or­becomes
lodged­in­his­clothing­or­equipment­but­any­use­of­the­hands­to­make­the­puck­unplayable­should­be­penalized­promptly.
If­a­goalkeeper­comes­out­of­his­crease­to­“cut­down­the­angle”­on­a­shot­and
after­making­the­save­covers­the­puck,­this­shall­be­legal.­If­the­goalkeeper­races­out
of­his­crease­in­an­attempt­to­beat­the­attacking­player­to­the­puck­and­instead­of
playing­the­puck­jumps­on­the­puck­causing­a­stoppage­of­play,­this­shall­be­a­minor
penalty­for­delay­of­game.
A­minor­penalty­shall­be­imposed­on­a­goalkeeper­who,­when­he­is­in­his­own
goal­crease,­deliberately­falls­on­or­gathers­the­puck­into­his­body­or­who­holds­or
places­the­puck­against­any­part­of­the­goal­in­such­a­manner­as­to­cause­a­stoppage
of­play­unless­he­is­actually­being­checked­by­an­opponent.
A­goalkeeper­shall­not­play­the­puck­outside­of­the­designated­area­behind­the
net.­Should­the­goalkeeper­play­the­puck­outside­of­the­designated­area­behind­the
goal­line,­a­minor­penalty­for­delay­of­game­shall­be­imposed.­The­determining­factor
shall­be­the­position­of­the­puck.­The­minor­penalty­will­not­be­assessed­when­a­goalkeeper­plays­the­puck­while­maintaining­skate­contact­with­his­goal­crease.
Play­shall­not­be­stopped­nor­the­game­delayed­by­reasons­of­adjustments­to
clothing,­equipment,­skates­or­sticks.­For­an­infringement­of­this­rule,­a­minor­penalty
shall­be­given.­No­penalty­should­be­assessed­when­a­water­bottle­is­delivered­to­a
goalkeeper,­however,­this­should­be­conducted­during­time-outs­and­if,­in­the­opinion
of­the­Referee,­it­is­being­done­to­intentionally­delay­the­game,­a­minor­penalty­may
be­assessed.­
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
93
No­delay­shall­be­permitted­for­the­repair­or­adjustment­of­goalkeeper’s­equipment.­If­adjustments­are­required,­the­goalkeeper­shall­leave­the­ice­and­his­place
shall­be­taken­by­the­substitute­goalkeeper­immediately.­For­an­infraction­of­this­rule
by­a­goalkeeper,­a­minor­penalty­shall­be­imposed.
63.3
Bench Minor Penalty -­A­bench­minor­penalty­shall­be­imposed­upon­any­Team
which,­after­warning­by­the­Referee­to­its­Captain­or­Alternate­Captain­to­place­the
correct­number­of­players­on­the­ice­and­commence­play,­fails­to­comply­with­the­Referee’s­direction­and­thereby­causes­any­delay­by­making­additional­substitutions­(including,­but­not­limited­to,­continually­substituting­goalkeepers­for­the­purpose­of
stalling­or­delaying­the­game),­by­persisting­in­having­its­players­off-side,­or­in­any
other­manner.­
63.4
Objects Thrown on the Ice –­In­the­event­that­objects­are­thrown­on­the­ice­that­interfere­with­the­progress­of­the­game,­the­Referee­shall­blow­the­whistle­and­stop­the
play­and­the­puck­shall­be­faced-off­at­a­face-off­spot­in­the­zone­nearest­to­the­spot
where­play­is­stopped.­When­objects­are­thrown­on­the­ice­during­a­stoppage­in­play,
including­after­the­scoring­of­a­goal,­the­Referee­shall­have­announced­over­the­public­address­system­that­any­further­occurrences­will­result­in­a­bench­minor­penalty
being­assessed­to­the­home­Team.­Articles­thrown­onto­the­ice­following­a­special­occasion­(i.e.­hat­trick)­will­not­result­in­a­bench­minor­penalty­being­assessed.­
63.5
Penalty Shot -­If­the­goal­post­is­deliberately­displaced­by­a­goalkeeper­or­player
during­the­course­of­a­“breakaway,”­a­penalty­shot­will­be­awarded­to­the­non-offending­team,­which­shot­shall­be­taken­by­the­player­last­in­possession­of­the­puck.
If­by­reason­of­insufficient­time­in­the­regular­playing­time­or­by­reason­of­penalties­already­imposed,­the­minor­penalty­assessed­to­a­player­or­goalkeeper­for­deliberately­displacing­his­own­goal­post­cannot­be­served­in­its­entirety­within­the­regular
playing­time­of­the­game­or­at­any­time­in­overtime,­a­penalty­shot­shall­be­awarded
against­the­offending­team.
94
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
No­defending­player,­except­the­goalkeeper,­will­be­permitted­to­fall­on­the­puck,
hold­the­puck,­pick­up­the­puck,­or­gather­the­puck­into­the­body­or­hands­when­the
puck­is­within­the­goal­crease.­For­infringement­of­this­rule,­play­shall­immediately­be
stopped­and­a­penalty­shot­shall­be­ordered­against­the­offending­team,­but­no­other
penalty­shall­be­given.­The­rule­shall­be­interpreted­so­that­a­penalty­shot­will­be
awarded­only­when­the­puck­is­in­the­crease­at­the­instant­the­offense­occurs.­However,­in­cases­where­the­puck­is­outside­the­crease,­Rule­63 may­still­apply­and­a
minor­penalty­may­be­imposed,­even­though­no­penalty­shot­is­awarded.­The­significant­factor­when­determining­whether­or­not­a­penalty­shot­is­warranted­is­the­location­of­the­puck­at­the­time­it­was­held,­grabbed­or­gathered­into­the­body.­If­the­puck
is­in­the­crease,­penalty­shot.­If­the­puck­is­outside­the­crease­and­gathered­into­the
body­of­a­player­(other­than­the­goalkeeper)­who­is­inside­the­crease,­minor­penalty).
See­also­Rule­67 –­Handling­Puck.­
63.6
Awarded Goal -­In­the­event­that­the­goal­post­is­displaced,­either­deliberately­or­accidentally,­by­a­defending­player­or­goalkeeper,­prior­to­the­puck­crossing­the­goal
line­between­the­normal­position­of­the­goalposts,­the­Referee­may­award­a­goal.
In­order­to­award­a­goal­in­this­situation,­the­goal­post­must­have­been­displaced­by­the­actions­a­defending­player­or­goalkeeper,­the­puck­must­have­been
shot­(or­the­player­must­be­in­the­act­of­shooting)­at­the­goal­prior­to­the­goal­post
being­displaced,­and­it­must­be­determined­that­the­puck­would­have­entered­the­net
between­the­normal­position­of­the­goal­posts.
When­the­goal­post­has­been­displaced­deliberately­by­the­defending­team­when
their­goalkeeper­has­been­removed­for­an­extra­attacker­thereby­preventing­an­impending­goal­by­the­attacking­team,­the­Referee­shall­award­a­goal­to­the­attacking­team.
The­goal­frame­is­considered­to­be­displaced­if­either­or­both­goal­pegs­are­no
longer­in­their­respective­holes­in­the­ice,­or­the­net­has­come­completely­off­one­or
both­pegs,­prior­to­or­as­the­puck­enters­the­goal.
63.7
Infractions –­The­following­list­of­infractions­shall­result­in­a­penalty­(minor,­bench
minor,­penalty­shot­or­awarded­goal)­being­imposed­by­the­Referee­for­delaying­the
game:
(i) Deliberately shooting the puck out of play.
(ii) Deliberately throwing or batting the puck out of play.
(iii) Shooting or batting the puck (with the hand or with the stick) over the glass
from the defending zone.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
95
(iv) Deliberately displacing the goal from it’s normal position (or accidentally by a
defending player or goalkeeper in relation to the awarding of a goal).
(v) Refusing to place the correct number of players on the ice.
(vi) Persisting in having players in an off-side position.
(vii) Deliberately falling on the puck.
(viii) Adjustment of clothing or equipment.
Rule 64 – Diving / Embellishment
64.1
Diving / Embellishment –­Any­player­or­goalkeeper­who­blatantly­dives,­embellishes
a­fall­or­a­reaction,­or­who­feigns­an­injury­shall­be­penalized­with­a­minor­penalty
under­this­rule.
A­goalkeeper­who­deliberately­initiates­contact­with­an­attacking­player­other
than­to­establish­position­in­the­crease,­or­who­otherwise­acts­to­create­the­appearance­of­other­than­incidental­contact­with­an­attacking­player,­is­subject­to­the­assessment­of­a­minor­penalty­for­diving­/­embellishment.
64.2
Minor Penalty -­A­minor­penalty­shall­be­imposed­on­a­player­or­goalkeeper­who­attempts­to­draw­a­penalty­by­his­actions­(“diving­/­embellishment”).
64.3
Fines and Suspensions - Regardless­if­a­minor­penalty­for­diving­/­embellishment­is
called,­Hockey­Operations­will­review­game­videos­and­assess­fines­to­players­or
goalkeepers­who­dive­or­embellish­a­fall­or­a­reaction,­or­who­feign­injury.­See­also
Rule­28 –­Supplementary­Discipline.­The­call­on­the­ice­by­the­Referee­is­totally­independent­of­supplementary­discipline.
The­first­such­incident­during­the­season­will­result­in­a­warning­letter­being­sent
to­the­player­or­goalkeeper.­The­second­such­incident­will­result­in­a­fifty­dollar­($50)
fine.­For­a­third­such­incident­in­the­season,­the­player­shall­be­suspended­for­one
game.­For­subsequent­violations­in­the­same­season,­the­player’s­suspension­shall
double­(i.e.­first­suspension­–­one­game,­second­suspension­–­two­games,­third­suspension­–­four­games,­­etc.)­­See­also­Rule­28 –­Supplementary­Discipline.
Rule 65 – Equipment
65.1
96
Equipment –­The­onus­is­on­the­player­and/or­goalkeeper­to­maintain­his­equipment
and­uniform­in­playing­condition­as­set­forth­in­these­rules.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
65.2
Minor Penalty -­All­protective­equipment,­except­gloves,­headgear­and­goalkeepers’
leg­guards­must­be­worn­under­the­uniform.­For­violation­of­this­rule,­after­warning­by
the­Referee,­a­minor­penalty­shall­be­imposed.­Players­including­the­goalkeeper­violating­this­rule­shall­not­be­permitted­to­participate­in­the­game­until­such­equipment
has­been­corrected­or­removed.
Play­shall­not­be­stopped­nor­the­game­delayed­by­reasons­of­adjustments­to
clothing,­equipment,­skates­or­sticks.­For­an­infringement­of­this­rule,­a­minor­penalty
shall­be­given.
No­delay­shall­be­permitted­for­the­repair­or­adjustment­of­goalkeeper’s­equipment.­If­adjustments­are­required,­the­goalkeeper­shall­leave­the­ice­and­his­place
shall­be­taken­by­the­substitute­goalkeeper­immediately.­For­an­infraction­of­this­rule
by­a­goalkeeper,­a­minor­penalty­shall­be­imposed.
Rule 66 – Forfeit of Game
66.1
Forfeit of Game -­In­the­event­of­failure­by­a­Club­to­comply­with­a­provision­of­the
League­by-laws,­rules­or­regulations­affecting­the­playing­of­a­game,­the­Referee
shall,­if­so­directed­by­the­Commissioner­or­his­designee,­refuse­to­permit­the­game
to­proceed­until­the­offending­Club­comes­into­compliance­with­such­provision.
Should­the­offending­club­persist­in­its­refusal­to­come­into­compliance,­the­Referee­shall,­with­the­prior­approval­of­the­Commissioner­or­his­designee,­declare­the
game­forfeited­and­the­non-offending­Club­the­winner.­Should­the­Referee­declare
the­game­forfeited­because­both­Clubs­have­refused­to­comply­with­such­a­provision,
the­visiting­Club­shall­be­declared­the­winner.
If­the­game­is­declared­forfeited­prior­to­its­having­commenced,­the­score­shall
be­recorded­as­1-0­and­no­player­shall­be­credited­with­any­personal­statistics.
If­the­game­was­in­progress­at­the­time­it­is­declared­forfeited,­the­score­shall­be
recorded­as­zero­for­the­loser­and­1,­or­such­greater­number­of­goals­that­had­been
scored­by­it,­for­the­winner;­however,­the­players­on­both­Clubs­shall­be­credited­with
all­personal­statistics­earned­up­to­the­time­the­forfeit­was­declared.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
97
Rule 67 – Handling Puck
67.1
Handling Puck -­A­player­shall­be­permitted­to­stop­or­“bat”­a­puck­in­the­air­with­his
open­hand,­or­push­it­along­the­ice­with­his­hand,­and­the­play­shall­not­be­stopped
unless,­in­the­opinion­of­the­on-ice­officials,­he­has­deliberately­directed­the­puck­to­a
teammate,­or­has­allowed­his­team­to­gain­an­advantage,­in­any­zone­other­than­the
defending­zone,­in­which­case­the­play­shall­be­stopped­and­a­face-off­conducted
(see­Rule­79 –­Hand­Pass).­Play­will­not­be­stopped­for­any­hand­pass­by­players­in
their­own­defending­zone.
67.2
Minor Penalty – Player -­A­player­shall­be­permitted­to­catch­the­puck­out­of­the­air
but­must­immediately­place­it­or­knock­it­down­to­the­ice.­If­he­catches­it­and­skates
with­it,­either­to­avoid­a­check­or­to­gain­a­territorial­advantage­over­his­opponent,­a
minor­penalty­shall­be­assessed­for­“closing­his­hand­on­the­puck”.
A­minor­penalty­shall­be­imposed­on­a­player­who,­while­play­is­in­progress,
picks­up­the­puck­off­the­ice­with­his­hand.
67.3
Minor Penalty – Goalkeeper -­A­goalkeeper­who­holds­the­puck­with­his­hands­for
longer­than­three­seconds­shall­be­given­a­minor­penalty­unless­he­is­actually­being
checked­by­an­opponent.­The­object­of­this­entire­rule­is­to­keep­the­puck­in­play­continuously­and­any­action­taken­by­the­goalkeeper­which­causes­an­unnecessary­stoppage­must­be­penalized­without­warning.
A­goalkeeper­shall­be­assessed­a­minor­penalty­when­he­deliberately­holds­the
puck­in­any­manner­which,­in­the­opinion­of­the­Referee,­causes­an­unnecessary
stoppage­of­play.
A­goalkeeper­shall­be­assessed­a­minor­penalty­when­he­throws­the­puck­forward­towards­the­opponent’s­net.­In­the­case­where­the­puck­thrown­forward­by­the
goalkeeper­being­taken­by­an­opponent,­the­Referee­shall­allow­the­resulting­play­to
be­completed,­and­if­a­goal­is­scored­by­the­non-offending­team,­it­shall­be­allowed
and­no­penalty­given;­but­if­a­goal­is­not­scored,­play­shall­be­stopped­and­a­minor
penalty­shall­be­imposed­against­the­goalkeeper.
A­goalkeeper­shall­be­assessed­a­minor­penalty­when­he­deliberately­drops­the
puck­into­his­pads­or­onto­the­goal­net.
A­goalkeeper­shall­be­assessed­a­minor­penalty­when­he­deliberately­piles­up
snow­or­obstacles­at­or­near­his­net­that,­in­the­opinion­of­the­Referee,­would­tend­to
prevent­the­scoring­of­a­goal.
98
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
67.4
Penalty Shot -­If­a­player,­except­a­goalkeeper,­while­play­is­in­progress,­falls­on­the
puck,­holds­the­puck,­picks­up­the­puck,­or­gathers­the­puck­into­his­body­or­hands
from­the­ice­in­the­goal­crease­area,­the­play­shall­be­stopped­immediately­and­a
penalty­shot­shall­be­awarded­to­the­non-offending­team.­See­also­Rule­63 –­Delaying­the­Game.
67.5
Awarded Goal –­When­a­goalkeeper,­prior­to­proceeding­to­his­players’­bench­to­be
replaced­by­an­extra­attacker,­intentionally­leaves­his­stick­or­other­piece­of­equipment,­piles­snow­or­other­obstacles­at­or­near­his­net­that,­in­the­opinion­of­the­Referee,­would­tend­to­prevent­the­puck­from­entering­the­net,­a­goal­shall­be­awarded.
In­order­to­award­a­goal­in­this­situation,­the­goalkeeper­must­have­been­replaced­for
an­extra­attacker;­otherwise­a­minor­penalty­shall­be­assessed.­
If­a­player,­when­the­goalkeeper­has­been­replaced­for­an­extra­attacker,­falls
on­the­puck,­holds­the­puck,­picks­up­the­puck,­or­gathers­the­puck­into­his­body­or
hands­from­the­ice­in­the­goal­crease­area,­the­play­shall­be­stopped­immediately­and
goal­awarded­to­the­non-offending­team.­
67.6
Disallowed Goal -­A­goal­cannot­be­scored­by­an­attacking­player­who­bats­or­directs­the­puck­with­his­hand­directly­into­the­net.­A­goal­cannot­be­scored­by­an­attacking­player­who­bats­or­directs­the­puck­and­it­is­deflected­into­the­net­off­any
player,­goalkeeper­or­official.­When­the­puck­enters­the­net­on­a­clear­deflection­off­a
glove,­the­goal­shall­be­allowed.­
Rule 68 – Illegal Substitution
68.1
Illegal Substitution –­An­illegal­substitution­shall­be­deemed­to­have­occurred­when
a­player­enters­the­game­illegally­from­either­the­players’­bench­(teammate­not­within
the­five­(5)­foot­limit,­refer­to­Rule­74 –­Too­Many­Men­on­the­Ice),­from­the­penalty
bench­(penalty­has­not­yet­expired),­when­a­major­penalty­is­being­served­and­the­replacement­player­does­not­return­to­the­ice­from­the­penalty­bench­(see­68.2),­or
when­a­player­illegally­enters­the­game­for­the­sole­purpose­of­preventing­an­opposing­player­from­scoring­on­a­breakaway­(see­68.3 and­68.4).
When­an­injured­player­is­penalized­and­leaves­the­game,­if­he­returns­before
the­expiration­of­his­penalty,­he­is­not­eligible­to­play.­This­includes­coincidental
penalties­when­his­substitute­is­still­in­the­penalty­box­awaiting­a­stoppage­in­play.
The­injured­player­must­wait­until­his­substitute­has­been­released­from­the­penalty
box­before­he­is­eligible­to­play.­See 8.1.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
99
68.2
Bench Minor Penalty –­When­a­player­receives­a­major­penalty­and­a­misconduct­or
game­misconduct­penalty­at­the­same­time,­or­when­an­injured­player­receives­a
major­penalty­and­is­unable­to­serve­the­penalty­himself,­the­penalized­team­shall
place­a­substitute­player­on­the­penalty­bench­before­the­major­penalty­expires­and
no­replacement­for­the­penalized­player­shall­be­permitted­to­enter­the­game­except
from­the­penalty­bench.­Any­violation­of­this­provision­shall­be­treated­as­an­illegal
substitution­under­this­rule­calling­for­a­bench­minor­penalty.
68.3
Penalty Shot –­If­a­player­of­the­attacking­side­in­possession­of­the­puck­shall­be­in
such­a­position­as­to­have­no­opposition­between­him­and­the­opposing­goalkeeper,
and­while­in­such­position­he­shall­be­interfered­with­by­a­player­of­the­opposing­side
who­shall­have­illegally­entered­the­game,­the­Referee­shall­impose­a­penalty­shot
against­the­side­to­which­the­offending­player­belongs.
68.4
Awarded Goal -­If,­when­the­opposing­goalkeeper­has­been­removed­from­the­ice,­a
player­of­the­side­attacking­the­unattended­goal­is­interfered­with­in­the­neutral­or­attacking­zone­by­a­player­who­shall­have­entered­the­game­illegally,­the­Referee­shall
immediately­award­a­goal­to­the­non-offending­team.
68.5
Disallowed Goal –­If­a­penalized­player­returns­to­the­ice­from­the­penalty­bench­before­his­penalty­has­expired­by­his­own­error­or­the­error­of­the­Penalty­Timekeeper,
any­goal­scored­by­his­own­team­while­he­(­or­his­substitute)­is­illegally­on­the­ice
shall­be­disallowed­but­all­penalties­imposed­on­either­team­shall­be­served­as­regular­penalties.­The­penalized­player­must­return­to­serve­his­unexpired­time­(and­an
additional­minor­penalty­if­he­left­the­penalty­bench­on­his­own).
If­a­player­shall­illegally­enter­the­game­from­his­own­players’­bench­or­from­any
other­location­in­the­rink,­any­goal­scored­by­his­own­team­while­he­is­illegally­on­the
ice­shall­be­disallowed­but­all­penalties­imposed­on­either­team­shall­be­served­as
regular­penalties.
68.6
100
Deliberate Illegal Substitution –­see­Rule 74 –­Too­Many­Men­on­the­Ice.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
Rule 69 – Interference on the Goalkeeper
69.1
Interference on the Goalkeeper -­This rule­is­based­on­the­premise­that­an­attacking­player’s­position,­whether­inside­or­outside­the­crease,­should­not,­by­itself,­determine­whether­a­goal­should­be­allowed­or­disallowed.­In­other­words, goals­scored
while­attacking­players­are­standing­in­the­crease­may,­in­appropriate­circumstances
be­allowed.­Goals­should­be­disallowed­only­if:­­(1)­an­attacking­player,­either­by­his
positioning­or­by­contact,­impairs­the­goalkeeper’s­ability­to­move­freely­within­his
crease­or­defend­his­goal;­or­(2)­an­attacking­player­initiates­intentional­or­deliberate
contact­with­a­goalkeeper,­inside­or­outside­of­his­goal­crease.­Incidental­contact­with
a­goalkeeper­will­be­permitted,­and­resulting­goals­allowed,­when­such­contact­is­initiated­outside­of­the­goal­crease,­provided­the­attacking­player­has­made­a­reasonable
effort­to­avoid­such­contact.­The­rule­will­be­enforced­exclusively­in­accordance­with
the­on-ice­judgement­of­the­Referee.
For­purposes­of­this­rule,­“contact,”­whether­incidental­or­otherwise,­shall­mean
any­contact­that­is­made­between­or­among­a­goalkeeper­and­attacking­player(s),
whether­by­means­of­a­stick­or­any­part­of­the­body.
The­overriding­rationale­of­this­rule is­that­a­goalkeeper­should­have­the­ability
to­move­freely­within­his­goal­crease­without­being­hindered­by­the­actions­of­an­attacking­player.­If­an­attacking­player­enters­the­goal­crease­and,­by­his­actions,­impairs­the­goalkeeper’s­ability­to­defend­his­goal,­and­a­goal­is­scored,­the­goal­will­be
disallowed.
If­an­attacking­player­has­been­pushed,­shoved,­or­fouled­by­a­defending­player
so­as­to­cause­him­to­come­into­contact­with­the­goalkeeper,­such­contact­will­not­be
deemed­contact­initiated­by­the­attacking­player­for­purposes­of­this­rule,­provided
the­attacking­player­has­made­a­reasonable­effort­to­avoid­such­contact.
If­a­defending­player­has­been­pushed,­shoved­or­fouled­by­an­attacking­player
so­as­to­cause­the­defending­player­to­come­into­contact­with­his­own­goalkeeper,
such­contact­shall­be­deemed­contact­initiated­by­the­attacking­player­for­purposes­of
this­rule,­and­if­necessary­a­penalty­assessed­to­the­attacking­player­and­if­a­goal­is
scored­it­would­be­disallowed.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
101
69.2
Penalty -­In­all­cases­in­which­an­attacking­player­initiates­intentional­or­deliberate
contact­with­a­goalkeeper,­whether­or­not­the­goalkeeper­is­inside­or­outside­the­goal
crease,­and­whether­or­not­a­goal­is­scored,­the­attacking­player­will­receive­a­penalty
(minor­or­major,­as­the­Referee­deems­appropriate).­In­all­cases­where­the­infraction
being­imposed­is­to­the­attacking­player­for­hindering­the­goalkeeper’s­ability­to­move
freely­in­his­goal­crease,­the­penalty­to­be­assessed­is­for­goalkeeper­interference.
In­exercising­his­judgment,­the­Referee­should­give­more­significant­consideration­to­the­degree­and­nature­of­the­contact­with­the­goalkeeper­than­to­the­exact­location­of­the­goalkeeper­at­the­time­of­the­contact.
69.3
Contact Inside the Goal Crease -­If­an­attacking­player­initiates­contact­with­a­goalkeeper,­incidental­or­otherwise,­while­the­goalkeeper­is­in­his­goal­crease,­and­a­goal
is­scored,­the­goal­will­be­disallowed.
If­a­goalkeeper,­in­the­act­of­establishing­his­position­within­his­goal­crease,­initiates­contact­with­an­attacking­player­who­is­in­the­goal­crease,­and­this­results­in­an
impairment­of­the­goalkeeper’s­ability­to­defend­his­goal,­and­a­goal­is­scored,­the
goal­will­be­disallowed.
If,­after­any­contact­by­a­goalkeeper­who­is­attempting­to­establish­position­in
his­goal­crease,­the­attacking­player­does­not­immediately­vacate­his­current­position
in­the­goal­crease­(i.e.­give­ground­to­the­goalkeeper),­and­a­goal­is­scored,­the­goal
will­be­disallowed.­In­all­such­cases,­whether­or­not­a­goal­is­scored,­the­attacking
player­will­receive­a­minor­penalty­for­goalkeeper­interference.
If­an­attacking­player­establishes­a­significant­position­within­the­goal­crease,­so
as­to­obstruct­the­goalkeeper’s­vision­and­impair­his­ability­to­defend­his­goal,­and­a
goal­is­scored,­the­goal­will­be­disallowed.
For­this­purpose,­a­player­“establishes­a­significant­position­within­the­crease”
when,­in­the­Referee’s­judgment,­his­body,­or­a­substantial­portion­thereof,­is­within
the­goal­crease­for­more­than­an­instantaneous­period­of­time.
Refer­also­to­Reference­Tables­–­Table­19­–­Interference­on­the­Goalkeeper­Situations­(page­158).
69.4
102
Contact Outside the Goal Crease -­If­an­attacking­player­initiates­any­contact­with­a
goalkeeper,­other­than­incidental­contact,­while­the­goalkeeper­is­outside­his­goal
crease,­and­a­goal­is­scored,­the­goal­will­be­disallowed.­
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
A­goalkeeper­is­not­“fair­game”­just­because­he­is­outside­the­goal­crease.­The
appropriate­penalty­should­be­assessed­in­every­case­where­an­attacking­player
makes­unnecessary­contact­with­the­goalkeeper.­However,­incidental­contact­will­be
permitted­when­the­goalkeeper­is­in­the­act­of­playing­the­puck­outside­his­goal
crease­provided­the­attacking­player­has­made­a­reasonable­effort­to­avoid­such­unnecessary­contact. See 42.1.
When­a­goalkeeper­has­played­the­puck­outside­of­his­crease­and­is­then­prevented­from­returning­to­his­crease­area­due­to­the­deliberate­actions­of­an­attacking
player,­such­player­may­be­penalized­for­goalkeeper­interference.­Similarly,­the­goalkeeper­may­be­penalized,­if­by­his­actions­outside­of­his­crease­he­deliberately­interferes­with­an­attacking­player­who­is­attempting­to­play­the­puck­or­an­opponent.
Refer­also­to­Reference­Tables­–­Table­19­–­Interference­on­the­Goalkeeper­Situations­(page­158).
69.5
Face-off Location –­Whenever­the­Referee­stops­play­to­disallow­a­goal­as­a­result
of­contact­with­the­goalkeeper­(incidental­or­otherwise),­the­resulting­face-off­shall
take­place­at­the­nearest­neutral­zone­face-off­spot­outside­the­attacking­zone­of­the
offending­team.
69.6
Rebounds and Loose Pucks -­In­a­rebound­situation,­or­where­a­goalkeeper­and­attacking­player(s)­are­simultaneously­attempting­to­play­a­loose­puck,­whether­inside
or­outside­the­crease,­incidental­contact­with­the­goalkeeper­will­be­permitted,­and
any­goal­that­is­scored­as­a­result­thereof­will­be­allowed.
In­the­event­that­a­goalkeeper­has­been­pushed­into­the­net­together­with­the
puck­by­an­attacking­player­after­making­a­stop,­the­goal­will­be­disallowed.­If­applicable,­appropriate­penalties­will­be­assessed.­If,­however,­in­the­opinion­of­the­Referee,­the­attacking­player­was­pushed­or­otherwise­fouled­by­a­defending­player
causing­the­goalkeeper­to­be­pushed­into­the­net­together­with­the­puck,­the­goal­can
be­permitted.
In­the­event­that­the­puck­is­under­a­player­in­or­around­the­crease­area­(deliberately­or­otherwise),­a­goal­cannot­be­scored­by­pushing­this­player­together­with
the­puck­into­the­goal.­If­applicable,­the­appropriate­penalties­will­be­assessed,­including­a­penalty­shot­if­deemed­to­be­covered­in­the­crease­deliberately­(see­Rule
63 –­Delaying­the­Game).
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
103
69.7
Fines and Suspensions -­An­attacking­player­who,­in­the­judgment­of­the­Referee,
initiates­contact­with­the­goalkeeper,­whether­inside­or­outside­the­crease,­in­a­fashion­that­would­otherwise­warrant­a­penalty,­will­be­assessed­an­appropriate­penalty
(minor­or­major­and/or­game­misconduct)­and­will­be­subject­to­additional­sanctions
as­appropriate­pursuant­to­Rule 28 –­Supplementary­Discipline.
Rule 70 – Leaving the Bench
70.1
Leaving the Bench -­No­player­or­goalkeeper­may­leave­the­players’­or­penalty
bench­at­any­time­during­an­altercation­or­for­the­purpose­of­starting­an­altercation.­
70.2
Legal Line Change –­A­player­who­has­entered­the­game­on­a­legal­line­change­or
legally­from­the­penalty­bench­(penalty­time­has­expired)­who starts­an­altercation
may be­subject­to­discipline­in­accordance­with­Rule­28 –­Supplementary­Discipline.
A­player­or­players­who­have­entered­the­game­on­a­legal­line­change­during­a
stoppage­of­play,­who­line­up­in­preparation­for­the­ensuing­face-off,­and­who­participate­in­an­altercation­shall­be­penalized­under­the­appropriate­rule­and­will­be­subject
to­discipline­in­accordance­with­Rule 28 –­Supplementary­Discipline­(a­game­misconduct­is­not­automatic­in­this­situation­unless­provided­for­as­a­result­of­his­actions­in
the­altercation).
70.3
Leaving the Players’ Bench –­Players­shall­not­be­permitted­to­come­on­the­ice­during­a­stoppage­of­play­or­at­the­end­of­the­first­and­second­periods­for­the­purpose­of
warming-up.­The­Referee­will­report­any­violation­of­this­rule­to­the­Commissioner­for
disciplinary­action.
Except­at­the­end­of­each­period­or­for­entering­the­game­legally,­no­player­or
goalkeeper­may,­at­any­time,­leave­the­players’­bench.­If­it­is­necessary­to­proceed­to
the­dressing­room­during­the­course­of­the­game­(and­when­it­is­required­to­proceed­by
way­of­the­ice­to­access­the­dressing­room),­the­player­or­goalkeeper­must­wait­for­a
stoppage­of­play­and­ensure­there­are­not­altercations­in­progress­before­proceeding.
The­player­or­goalkeeper­who­was­the­first­or­second­player­to­leave­the­players’­(or­penalty­bench)­during­an­altercation­or­for­the­purpose­of­starting­an­altercation,­from­either­or­both­teams­shall­be­assessed­a­game­misconduct­penalty.
104
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
70.4
Leaving the Penalty Bench –­Except­at­the­end­of­each­period­or­on­expiration­of
his­penalty,­no­player­may,­at­any­time,­leave­the­penalty­bench.
A­player­serving­a­penalty­on­the­penalty­bench,­who­is­to­be­changed­after­the
penalty­has­been­served,­must­proceed­at­once­by­way­of­the­ice­and­be­at­his­own
players’­bench­before­any­change­can­be­made.­For­any­violation­of­this­rule,­a
bench­minor­penalty­shall­be­imposed for­too­many­men­on­the­ice­(see­Rule 74 –
Too­Many­Men­on­the­Ice).
A­penalized­player­who­leaves­the­penalty­bench­before­his­penalty­has­expired,­whether­play­is­in­progress­or­not,­shall­incur­an­additional­minor­penalty­after
serving­his­unexpired­penalty.
Any­player­who,­having­entered­the­penalty­bench,­leaves­the­penalty­bench
prior­to­the­expiration­of­his­penalty­for­the­purpose­of­challenging­an­official’s­ruling,
shall­be­assessed­a­game­misconduct­penalty.­He­shall­also­be­automatically­suspended­for­the­next­three­(3)­regular­League­and/or­playoff­games­of­his­Club.­This
rule­does­not­replace­any­other­more­severe­penalty­that­may­be­imposed­for­leaving
the­penalty­bench­for­the­purpose­of­starting­or­participating­in­an­altercation­as­outlined­in­this­rule.­
Any­penalized­player­leaving­the­penalty­bench­during­a­stoppage­of­play­and
during­an­altercation­shall­incur­a­minor­penalty­plus­a­game­misconduct­penalty.­The
minor­penalty­plus­the­unexpired­time­remaining­in­his­original­penalty­must­be
served­by­a­replacement­player­placed­on­the­penalty­bench­by­the­Coach­of­the­offending­team.
If­a­player­leaves­the­penalty­bench­before­his­penalty­is­fully­served,­the
Penalty­Timekeeper­shall­note­the­time­and­signal­the­officials­who­will­stop­play
when­the­offending­player’s­team­obtains­possession­of­the­puck.­An­additional­minor
penalty­must­be­served­by­this­player­in­addition­to­the­time­remaining­in­his­original
penalty­(this­unexpired­time­is­calculated­from­the­time­he­left­the­penalty­bench­illegally).
In­the­case­of­a­player­returning­to­the­ice­before­his­time­has­expired­through
an­error­of­the­Penalty­Timekeeper,­he­is­not­to­serve­an­additional­penalty,­but­must
serve­his­unexpired­time­this­unexpired­time­is­calculated­from­the­time­he­left­the
penalty­bench­through­the­error­of­the­Penalty­Timekeeper).
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
105
At­a­stoppage­of­play­following­the­expiration­of­their­penalties,­if­a­player­or
players­exiting­the­penalty­bench­get­involved­in­an­altercation,­those­coming­from
the­penalty­bench­shall­be­assessed­the­penalties­they­incur­in­the­altercation­in­addition­to­a­game­misconduct­and­a­five­(5)­game­suspension­as­outlined­in­70.10.
Should­a­player­coming­from­the­penalty­bench­at­a­stoppage­of­play­get­involved
with­an­opponent­and­the­opponent­is­deemed­to­be­the­instigator­of­the­altercation,
then­the­player­coming­from­the­penalty­bench­would­not­be­subject­to­the­game­misconduct­and­five­(5)­game­suspension.
70.5
Bench Minor Penalty –­A­bench­minor­penalty­shall­be­imposed­on­a­team­whose
player(s)­leave­the­players’­bench­for­any­purpose­other­than­a­change­of­players­and
when­no­altercation­is­in­progress.
If­a­Coach­or­non-playing­Club­personnel­gets­on­the­ice­(unless­directed­to­do­so
by­an­on-ice­official,­i.e.­to­attend­to­an­injured­player­or­goalkeeper)­after­the­start­of­a
period­and­before­that­period­is­ended,­the­Referee­shall­impose­a­bench­minor­penalty
against­the­team­and­report­the­incident­to­the­Commissioner­for­disciplinary­action.
70.6
Game Misconduct Penalty –­A­game­misconduct­penalty­shall­be­imposed­on­the
player­or­goalkeeper­who­was­the­first­or­second­player­to­leave­the­players’­or
penalty­bench­during­an­altercation­or­for­the­purpose­of­starting­an­altercation,­from
either­or­both­teams.
Any­penalized­player­leaving­the­penalty­bench­during­a­stoppage­of­play­and
during­an­altercation­shall­incur­a­minor­penalty­plus­a­game­misconduct­penalty.­The
minor­penalty­plus­the­unexpired­time­remaining­in­his­original­penalty­must­be
served­by­a­replacement­player­placed­on­the­penalty­bench­by­the­Coach­of­the­offending­team.
Any­player­or­goalkeeper­who­has­been­ordered­to­the­dressing­room­by­the­officials­and­returns­to­his­bench­or­to­the­ice­surface­for­any­reason­before­the­appropriate­time­shall­be­assessed­a­game­misconduct­and­shall­be­suspended
automatically­for­the­next­five­(5)­regular­League­and/or­Play-off­games.
Once­a­player­enters­the­penalty­bench,­he­must­not­leave­until­his­penalty­expires­and­his­team­is­entitled­to­an­additional­player­on­the­ice,­or,­at­the­end­of­a­period­to­proceed­to­his­dressing­room,­or,­when­he­has­received­permission­from­an
on-ice­official.­At­any­other­time,­he­shall­be­assessed­a­game­misconduct­penalty
under­this­rule.
106
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
70.7
Penalty Shot –­If­a­player­of­the­attacking­side­in­possession­of­the­puck­shall­be­in
such­a­position­as­to­have­no­opposition­between­him­and­the­opposing­goalkeeper,
and­while­in­such­position­he­shall­be­interfered­with­by­a­player­of­the­opposing­side
who­shall­have­illegally­entered­the­game,­the­Referee­shall­impose­a­penalty­shot
against­the­side­to­which­the­offending­player­belongs.
70.8
Awarded Goal –­If,­when­the­opposing­goalkeeper­has­been­removed­from­the­ice,­a
player­of­the­side­attacking­the­unattended­goal­is­interfered­with­in­the­neutral­or­attacking­zone­by­a­player­who­shall­have­entered­the­game­illegally,­the­Referee­shall
immediately­award­a­goal­to­the­non-offending­team.
70.9
Disallowed Goal –­If­a­penalized­player­returns­to­the­ice­from­the­penalty­bench­before­his­penalty­has­expired­by­his­own­error­or­the­error­of­the­Penalty­Timekeeper,
any­goal­scored­by­his­own­team­while­he­is­illegally­on­the­ice­shall­be­disallowed
but­all­penalties­imposed­on­either­team­shall­be­served­as­regular­penalties.
If­a­player­shall­illegally­enter­the­game­from­his­own­players’­bench­or­from­the
penalty­bench,­any­goal­scored­by­his­own­team­while­he­is­illegally­on­the­ice­shall
be­disallowed­but­all­penalties­imposed­on­either­team­shall­be­served­as­regular
penalties.
70.10
Fines and Suspensions –­The­first­player­or­goalkeeper­to­leave­the­players’­or
penalty­bench,­whether­play­is­in­progress­or­not,­from­either­or­both­teams­during­an
altercation­and­for­the­purpose­of­starting­an­altercation,­shall­be­suspended­automatically­for­the­next­five­(5)­regular­League­and/or­Play-off­games­of­his­team.
The­second­player­or­goalkeeper­to­leave­the­players’­or­penalty­bench­during
an­altercation­or­for­the­purpose­of­starting­an­altercation­from­either­or­both­teams
shall­be­suspended­automatically­for­the­next­two­(2)­regular­League­and/or­Play-off
games.
The­determination­as­to­which­players­(or­goalkeepers)­shall­be­deemed­the
first­or­second­players­to­have­left­their­respective­players’­or­penalty­benches­shall
be­made­by­the­Referee­in­consultation­with­the­Linesmen­and­off-ice­officials.­In­the
event­that­they­are unable­to­identify­the­offending­players,­the­matter­will­be­referred
to­the­Commissioner­or­his­designee­and­such­determinations­may­be­made­subsequently­based­on­reports­and­other­information­including­but­not­limited­to­television
tapes.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
107
Any­team­that­has­a­player­or­goalkeeper­penalized­for­being­the­first­or­second
player­to­leave­the­players’­or­penalty­bench­during­an­altercation­or­for­the­purpose
of­starting­an­altercation,­shall­be­fined­two­hundred­and­fifty­dollars­($250)­for­the
first­instance.­This­fine­shall­be­increased­by­two­hundred­and­fifty­dollars­($250)­for
each­subsequent­occurrence.
All­players­(including­goalkeepers)­as­well­as­the­first­and­second­players­who
leave­the­bench­during­an­altercation­or­for­the­purpose­of­starting­an­altercation shall
be­subject­to­an­automatic­fine­of­forty­dollars­($40).
Any­player­who­leaves­the­penalty­bench­during­an­altercation­and­is­not­the
first­player­to­do­so,­shall­be­suspended­automatically­without­pay­for­the­next­two­(2)
regular­League­and/or­Play-off­games.
Any­Club­executive­or­non-playing­Club­personnel­not­normally­on­the­players’
bench,­who­gets­on­the­ice­after­the­start­of­a­period­and­before­that­period­is­ended,
will­be­automatically­fined­two­hundred­dollars­($200)­and­the­Referee­will­report­the
incident­to­the­Commissioner­for­disciplinary­action.
Any­player­or­goalkeeper­who­has­been­ordered­to­the­dressing­room­by­the­officials­and­returns­to­his­bench­or­to­the­ice­surface­for­any­reason­before­the­appropriate­time­shall­be­assessed­a­game­misconduct­and­shall­be­suspended
automatically­for­the­next­three­(3)­regular­League­and/or­Play-off­games.
The­Coach(es)­of­the­team(s)­whose­player(s)­(including­goalkeepers)­left­the
players’­bench(es)­or­penalty­bench(es) during­an­altercation­shall­be­suspended,
pending­a­review­by­the­Commissioner.­The­Coach(es)­also­will­be­fined­a­maximum
of­two­hundred­dollars­($200).
In­addition,­any­Club­that­is­deemed­by­the­Commissioner­to­pay­or­reimburse
to­the­player­or­goalkeeper­the­amount­of­the­fine­or­loss­of­salary­assessed­under
this­rule­shall­be­fined­automatically­five­hundred­dollars­($500).
In­the­event­that­suspensions­imposed­under­this­rule­cannot­be­completed­in
regular­League­and/or­Play-off­games­in­any­one­season,­the­remainder­of­the­suspension­shall­be­served­the­following­season.
108
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
Rule 71 – Premature Substitution
71.1
Premature Substitution -­When­a­goalkeeper­leaves­his­goal­area­and­proceeds­to
his­players’­bench­for­the­purpose­of­substituting­another­player,­the­skater­cannot
enter­the­playing­surface­before­the­goalkeeper­is­within­five­feet­(5’)­of­the­bench.­If
the­substitution­is­made­prematurely,­the­official­shall­stop­play­immediately­unless
the­non-offending­team­has­possession­of­the­puck­—­in­which­event­the­stoppage
will­be­delayed­until­the­puck­changes­possession.­
There­shall­be­no­time­penalty­to­the­team­making­the­premature­substitution,
but­the­resulting­face-off­will­take­place­at­the­center­ice­face-off­spot­when­play­is
stopped­beyond­the­center­red­line.­When­play­is­stopped­prior­to­the­center­red­line,
the­resulting­face-off­shall­be­conducted­at­the­nearest­face-off­spot­in­the­zone
where­the­play­was­stopped.­
In­all­other­situations­not­covered­in­the­above,­a­minor­penalty­may­result­for
“too­many­men­on­the­ice”­(see­Rule 74).
Announcement -­The­Referee­shall­request­that­the­public­address­announcer­make
the­following­announcement:­“Play­has­been­stopped­due­to­premature­substitution
for­the­goalkeeper.”
Rule 72 – Refusing to Play the Puck
72.1
Refusing or Abstaining from Playing the Puck -­The­purpose­of­this­section­is­to
enforce­continuous­action­and­both­Referee­and­Linesmen­should­interpret­and­apply
the­rule­to­produce­this­result.
72.2
Hand Pass –­When­a­hand­pass­has­been­initiated­by­one­player­to­a­teammate­and
the­teammate­elects­not­to­play­the­puck­to­avoid­the­stoppage­of­play,­and­the­opposing­team­also­abstains­from­playing­the­puck­(perhaps­to­allow­time­to­expire­on­a
penalty),­the­Referee­shall­stop­the­play­and­order­the­resulting­face-off­at­the­nearest
face-off­location­to­where­the­play­was­stopped­for­this­violation.
72.3
High Stick –­When­a­player­or­goalkeeper­contacts­the­puck­with­his­stick­above­the
normal­height­of­the­shoulders­and­a­teammate­elects­not­to­play­the­puck­to­avoid
the­stoppage­of­play,­and­the­opposing­team­also­abstains­from­playing­the­puck
(perhaps­to­allow­time­to­expire­on­a­penalty),­the­Referee­shall­stop­the­play­and
order­the­resulting­face-off­at­the­nearest­face-off­spot­in­the­zone­where­the­play­was
stopped­for­this­violation.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
109
72.4
Penalty –­When­the­Referee­signals­the­delayed­calling­of­a­penalty­to­one­team­and
a­player­or­goalkeeper­of­that­team­intentionally­abstains­from­playing­the­puck­in
order­to­allow­additional­time­to­expire­on­the­game­or­penalty­time­clocks,­the­Referee­shall­stop­the­play­and­order­the­resulting­face-off­at­one­of­the­face-off­spots­in
the­offending­team’s­end­zone.
Rule 73 – Refusing to Start Play
73.1
Refusing to Start Play –­This­rule­applies­to­teams­who­refuse­to­play­while­both
teams­are­on­the­ice­or­who­withdraws­from­the­ice­and­refuses­to­play­or­who­refuses­to­come­onto­the­ice­at­the­start­of­the­game­or­at­the­beginning­of­any­period
of­the­game,­when­ordered­to­do­so­by­the­Referee.­
73.2
Procedure – Team On Ice -­If,­when­both­teams­are­on­the­ice,­one­team­for­any
reason­shall­refuse­to­play­when­ordered­to­do­so­by­the­Referee,­he­shall­warn­the
Captain­and­allow­the­team­so­refusing­fifteen­(15)­seconds­within­which­to­begin­the
play­or­resume­play.­If­at­the­end­of­that­time,­the­team­shall­still­refuse­to­play,­the
Referee­shall­impose­a­bench­minor­penalty­for­delay­of­game­on­a­player­of­the­offending­team­to­be­designated­by­the­Coach­of­that­team­through­the­playing­Captain.­Should­there­be­a­repetition­of­the­same­incident;­the­Referee­shall­notify­the
Coach­that­he­has­been­fined­the­sum­of­two­hundred­dollars­($200).­The­offending
Coach­shall­be­removed­from­the­players’­bench­and­assessed­a­game­misconduct
penalty.
110
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
Should­the­offending­team­still­refuse­to­play,­the­Referee­shall­have­no­alternative
but­to­declare­that­the­game­be­forfeited­to­the­non-offending­Club­and­the­case­shall­be
reported­to­the­Commissioner­for­further­action (see Rule 66 –­Forfeit­of­Game).
First Violation
Second Violation
(i) Warn the Captain of the
offending team and allow 15
seconds within which to
resume play.
(i) Warn the Captain of the
offending team and
allow 15 seconds within
which to resume play.
(ii) If at the end of the 15
seconds the team still refuses
to resume play,assess a
bench minor penalty to the
offending team for delay
of game.
(ii) If at the end of the 15
seconds the team still
refuses to resume play,
assess a bench minor
penalty to the offending
team for delay of game.
(iii) Referee is to notify the
Coach of the offending
team that he has been
fined the sum of two
hundred dollars ($200)
and the Coach is to be
assessed a game
misconduct penalty.
Second Violation
(iv) If the team still refuses
to play, the Referee shall
declare the game be
forfeited to the non-offending
club (see Rule 66 – Forfeit of
Game).
73.3
Procedure – Team Off Ice -­If­a­team,­when­ordered­to­do­so­by­the­Referee­through
its­Club­Executive,­Manager­or­Coach,­fails­to­go­on­the­ice­and­start­play­within­five
(5)­minutes,­the­Club­Executive,­Manager­or­Coach­shall­be­fined­five­hundred­dollars
($500),­the­game­shall­be­forfeited­and­the­case­shall­be­reported­to­the­Commissioner­for­further­action­(see Rule 66 –­Forfeit­of­Game).
(i) Once it is apparent to the Referee that the team is refusing to come onto the
ice and begin play, a bench minor penalty is to be assessed to the offending
team for delay of game.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
111
(ii) Five (5) minutes will be provided for the offending team to return to the ice and
begin play.
(iii) After the five (5) minutes has elapsed and the offending team still has not returned to the ice to resume play, the game shall be forfeited. The Commissioner of the League shall issue instructions pertaining to records, etc., of a
forfeited game (see Rule 66 – Forfeit of Game).
(iv) Once the Club Executive, Manager or Coach has been notified of the five (5)
minute warning, and the team returns to the ice to resume play within that
time frame, a bench minor penalty for delay of game must be assessed to the
offending team.
(v) A fine of five hundred dollars ($500) shall be applied to the Coach, Manager,
or Club Executive responsible for the delay.
Rule 74 – Too Many Men on the Ice
74.1
Too Many Men on the Ice -­Players­and­goalkeepers­may­be­changed­at­any­time
during­the­play­from­the­players’­bench­provided­that­the­player­or­players­leaving­the
ice­shall­be­within­five­feet­(5’)­of­his­players’­bench­and­out­of­the­play­before­the
change­is­made.­Refer­also­to­Rule 71 –­Premature­Substitution.­At­the­discretion­of
the­on-ice­officials,­should­a­substituting­player­come­onto­the­ice­before­his­teammate­is­within­the­five­foot­(5’)­limit­of­the­players’­bench­(and­therefore­clearly­causing­his­team­to­have­too­many­players­on­the­ice),­then­a­bench­minor­penalty­may
be­assessed.­
When­a­player­or­goalkeeper­is­retiring­from­the­ice­surface­and­is­within­the
five­foot­(5’)­limit­of­his­players’­bench,­and­his­substitute­is­on­the­ice,­then­the­retiring­player­or­goalkeeper­shall­be­considered­off­the­ice­for­the­purpose­of­Rule­70 –
Leaving­Bench.­
If­in­the­course­of­making­a­substitution,­either­the­player­entering­the­game­or
the­player­(or­goalkeeper)­retiring­from­the­ice­surface­plays­the­puck­with­his­stick,
skates­or­hands­or­who­checks­or­makes­any­physical­contact­with­an­opposing
player­while­either­the­player­entering­the­game­or­the­retiring­player­is­actually­on
the­ice,­then­the­infraction­of­“too­many­men­on­the­ice”­will­be­called.
If­in­the­course­of­a­substitution­either­the­player(s)­entering­the­play­or­the
player(s)­retiring­is­struck­by­the­puck­accidentally,­the­play­will­not­be­stopped­and
no­penalty­will­be­called.
112
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
During­the­play,­the­player­retiring­from­the­ice­must­do­so­at­the­players’­bench
and­not­through­any­other­exit­leading­from­the­rink.­This­is­not­a­legal­player­change
and­therefore­when­a­violation­occurs,­a­bench­minor­penalty­shall­be­imposed.
A player­coming­onto­the­ice­as­a­substitute­player­is­considered­on­the­ice­once
both­of­his­skates­are­on­the­ice.­If­he­plays­the­puck­or­interferes­with­an­opponent
while­still­on­the­players’­bench,­he­shall­be­penalized­under­Rule­56 –­Interference.­
74.2
Bench Minor Penalty –­A­bench­minor­penalty­for­too­many­men­on­the­ice­shall­be
assessed­for­a­violation­of­this­rule.­This­penalty­can­be­assessed­by­the­Referee­or
the­Linesmen.­Should­a­goal­be­scored­by­the­offending­team­prior­to­the­Referee­or
Linesman­blowing­his­whistle­to­assess­the­bench­minor­penalty,­the­goal­shall­be
disallowed­and­the­penalty­assessed­for­too­many­men­on­the­ice.­
74.3
Penalty Bench -­A­player­serving­a­penalty­on­the­penalty­bench,­who­is­to­be
changed­after­the­penalty­has­been­served,­must­proceed­at­once­by­way­of­the­ice
and­be­within­five­feet­(5’)­of­his­own­players’­bench­before­any­change­can­be­made.
For­any­violation­of­this­rule,­ a­bench­minor­penalty­shall­be­imposed for­too­many
men­on­the­ice.
74.4
Deliberate Illegal Substitution -­If­by­reason­of­insufficient­playing­time­remaining,
or­by­reason­of­penalties­already­imposed,­a­bench­minor­penalty­is­imposed­for­deliberate­illegal­substitution­(too­many­men­on­the­ice)­which­cannot­be­served­in­its
entirety­within­the­legal­playing­time,­or­at­any­time­in­overtime,­a­penalty­shot­shall
be­awarded­against­the­offending­team.
74.5
Goalkeeper in Regular Season Overtime -­Once­the­goalkeeper­has­been­removed
for­an­extra­attacker­in­overtime­during­the­Regular­season;­he­must­wait­for­the­next
stoppage­of­play­before­returning­to­his­position.­Any­attempt­by­the­goalkeeper­to­return­to­his­position­prior­to­the­next­stoppage­of­play­(“on­the­fly”)­shall­be­deemed­to
be­an­illegal­substitution­and­a­bench­minor­penalty­shall­be­assessed­for­having­an
ineligible­player­would­apply.
Rule 75 – Unsportsmanlike Conduct
75.1
Unsportsmanlike Conduct –­Players,­goalkeepers­and­non-playing­Club­personnel
are­responsible­for­their­conduct­at­all­times­and­must­endeavor­to­prevent­disorderly
conduct­before,­during­or­after­the­game,­on­or­off­the­ice­and­any­place­in­the­rink.
The­Referee­may­assess­penalties­to­any­of­the­above­team­personnel­for­failure­to
do­so.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
113
NOTE: When­such­conduct­is­directed­at­an­official,­Rule­39 –­Abuse­of­Officials
shall­be­applied.
75.2
Minor Penalty -­A­minor­penalty­for­unsportsmanlike­conduct­shall­be­assessed
under­this­rule­for­the­following­infractions:
(i) Any identifiable player or goalkeeper who uses obscene, profane or abusive
language or gestures directed at any person.
(ii) Any player or goalkeeper who is guilty of unsportsmanlike conduct including,
but not limited to hair-pulling, biting, grabbing hold of a face mask, etc. If warranted, and specifically when injury results, the referee may apply Rule 21 –
Match Penalties.
(iii) Any player or goalkeeper who throws any object onto the ice from the players’
or penalty bench (or from any other off-ice location).
(iv) A player who deliberately removes his jersey prior to participating in an altercation or who is clearly wearing a jersey that has been modified and does not
conform to Rule 9 – Uniforms, shall be assessed a minor penalty for unsportsmanlike conduct and a game misconduct. If the altercation never materializes,
the player would receive a minor penalty for unsportsmanlike conduct and a
ten-minute misconduct for deliberately removing his jersey.
If­a­penalized­player­is­assessed­an­additional­unsportsmanlike­conduct­penalty
either­before­or­after­he­begins­serving­his­original­penalty(ies),­the­additional­minor
penalty­is­added­to­his­unexpired­time­and­served­consecutively.­
75.3
Bench Minor Penalty -­A­bench­minor­penalty­for­unsportsmanlike­conduct­shall­be
assessed­under­this­rule­for­the­following­infractions:
(i) When a player, goalkeeper, Coach or non-playing Club personnel throws any
object onto the ice from the players’ or penalty bench (or from any other office location) during the progress of the game or during a stoppage of play.
(ii) Any unidentifiable player or goalkeeper, or any Coach or non-playing Club
personnel uses obscene, profane or abusive language or gesture directed towards any person.
(iii) Whenever Coaches and/or non-playing Club personnel uses obscene or profane language or gestures anywhere in the rink.
114
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
75.4
Misconduct Penalty -­Misconduct­penalties­shall­be­assessed­under­this­rule­for­the
following­infractions:
(i) Any player or goalkeeper who persists in using obscene, profane or abusive
language directed towards any person after being assessed a minor or bench
minor penalty under this Rule.
(ii) Any player or goalkeeper who deliberately throws any equipment out of the
playing area. At the discretion of the Referee, a game misconduct may be imposed.
(iii) Any player or goalkeeper who, persists in any course of conduct (including
threatening or abusive language or gestures or similar actions) designed to
incite an opponent into incurring a penalty.
(iv) When a penalized player challenges or disputes the ruling of an official after
he has already entered the penalty bench and play has resumed.
75.5
Game Misconduct Penalty –­Game­misconduct­penalties­shall­be­assessed­under
this­rule­for­the­following­infractions:
(i) If a player or goalkeeper persists in any course of conduct for which he was
previously assessed a misconduct penalty.
(ii) Any player or goalkeeper who uses obscene gestures on the ice or anywhere
in the rink before, during or after the game. The Referee shall report the circumstances to the Commissioner of the League for further disciplinary action.
(iii) Coaches and non-playing Club personnel who have previously been assessed
a bench minor penalty for the use obscene or profane language or gestures
anywhere in the rink. A confidential report to the Commissioner shall be completed and filed with the League for possible further disciplinary action.
(iv) Any player or goalkeeper who attempts to or deliberately injures a Manager,
Coach or other non-playing Club personnel in any manner. Details of such
incident must be reported immediately to the Commissioner and may be subject to additional sanctions as per Rule 28 – Supplementary Discipline.
(v) Any player, goalkeeper or non-playing Club personnel who directs obscene,
profane or abusive language or gestures to any person after the expiration of
the game. This action may occur on or off the ice.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
115
Any­player,­goalkeeper­or­non-playing­Club­personnel­penalized­under­this­section­may­be­subject­to­supplemental­discipline­under­Rule­28.
75.6
Reports -­It­is­the­responsibility­of­all­game­officials­and­all­Club­officials­to­send­a
confidential­report­to­the­Commissioner­setting­out­the­full­details­concerning­the­use
of­obscene­gestures­or­language­by­any­player,­goalkeeper,­Coach­or­other­team­official.­The­Commissioner­shall­take­such­further­disciplinary­action­as­he­shall­deem
appropriate. See 40.6.
SECTION 10 – GAME FLOW
Rule 76 – Face-offs
76.1
Face-off –­The­action­of­the­Referee­or­Linesman­in­dropping­the­puck­between­the
sticks­of­two­opposing­players­to­start­or­resume­play.­A­face-off­begins­when­the­official­indicates­the­location­of­the­face-off­and­the­officials­and­players­take­their­appropriate­positions.­The­face-off­ends­when­the­puck­has­been­legally­dropped.
A­goalkeeper­may­not­participate­in­a­face-off.­
76.2
Face-off Locations –­All­face-offs­must­be­conducted­on­one­of­the­nine­(9)­face-off
spots­located­on­the­rink.
When­a­stoppage­of­play­has­been­caused­by­any­player­of­the­attacking­side­in
the­attacking­zone,­the­ensuing­face-off­shall­be­made­in­the­neutral­zone­on­the­nearest­face-off­spot.­If­two­rule­violations­are­the­reason­for­the­stoppage­of­play­(ie.­Highsticking­the­puck­and­intentional­off-side),­the­ensuing­face-off­location­shall­be
determined­as­the­spot­that­provides­the­least­amount­of­territorial­advantage­to­the­offending­team.
When­the­play­is­stopped­for­any­reason­not­specifically­attributable­to­either
team­while­the­puck­is­in­the­neutral­zone,­the­ensuing­face-off­shall­be­conducted­at
the­nearest­face-off­spot­outside­the­blue­line­whenever­possible.­When­it­is­unclear
as­to­which­of­the­four­face-off­spots­is­the­nearest,­the­spot­that­gives­the­home
team­the­greatest­territorial­advantage­in­the­neutral­zone­will­be­selected­for­the­ensuing­face-off.
116
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
When­players­are­penalized­at­a­stoppage­of­play­so­as­to­result­in­penalties
being­placed­on­the­penalty­time­clock­to­one­team,­the­ensuing­face-off­shall­be­conducted­at­one­of­the­two­face-off­spots­in­the­offending­team’s­end­zone.­There­are
only­four­exceptions­to­this­application:
(i) When a penalty is assessed after the scoring of a goal (face-off at center ice)
(ii) When a penalty is assessed at the end (or start) of a period – face-off at center ice
(iii) When the defending team is about to be penalized and the attacking zone beyond the outer edge of the end zone face-off circle – face-off in the neutral
zone (see paragraph 11 of this section).
(iv) When the team not being penalized ices the puck – face-off in the neutral
zone outside the blue line of the team icing the puck.
When­an­infringement­of­a­rule­has­been­committed­by­players­of­both­sides­in
the­play­resulting­in­the­stoppage,­the­ensuing­face-off­will­be­made­at­the­nearest
face-off­spot­in­that­zone.
When­stoppage­occurs­between­the­end­face-off­spots­and­near­end­of­the­rink,
the­puck­shall­be­faced-off­at­the­end­face-off­spot­on­the­side­where­the­stoppage
occurs­unless­otherwise­expressly­provided­by­these­rules.
No­face-off­shall­be­made­within­fifteen­feet­(15’)­of­the­goal­or­side­boards­nor
anywhere­other­than­at­a­face-off­spot.
When­a­goal­is­illegally­scored­as­a­result­of­a­puck­being­deflected­directly­off
an­official,­the­resulting­face-off­shall­be­made­at­the­nearest­face-off­spot­in­the­zone
where­the­puck­deflected­off­the­official.
When­a­goal­is­illegally­scored­by­the­attacking­team­by­directing,­batting,­kicking­or­high-sticking­the­puck­into­the­goal,­the­resulting­face-off­shall­take­place­in­the
neutral­zone­at­the­nearest­face-off­spot.
When­the­game­is­stopped­for­any­reason­not­specifically­covered­in­the­official
rules,­the­puck­must­be­faced-off­at­a­face-off­spot­in­the­zone­nearest­to­where­it
was­last­played.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
117
Following­a­stoppage­of­play,­should­one­or­both­defensemen­who­are­the­point
players­or­any­player­coming­from­the­bench­of­the­attacking­team,­enter­into­the­attacking­zone­beyond­the­outer­edge­of­the­end­zone­face-off­circle­during­an­altercation,­gathering­or­“scrum,”­the­ensuing­face-off­shall­take­place­in­the­neutral­zone
near­the­blue­line­of­the­defending­team.­This­rule­also­applies­when­an­icing,­an­intentional­off-side,­or­a­high-sticking­the­puck­violation­(by­the­team­of­greater­numerical­strength­of­its­opponent)­has­occurred,­and­the­ensuing­face-off­is­to­be­in­the
offending­team’s­defending­zone.­Should­any­of­the­non-offending­players­enter­into
the­attacking­zone­beyond­the­outer­edge­of­the­end­zone­face-off­circle­during­an­altercation,­gathering­or­“scrum,”­the­ensuing­face-off­shall­take­place­in­the­neutral
zone­near­the­blue­line­of­the­defending­team.­
For­a­violation­of Rule­71 –­Premature­Substitution,­the­resulting­face-off­will
take­place­at­the­center­ice­face-off­spot­when­play­is­stopped­beyond­the­center­red
line.­When­play­is­stopped­prior­to­the­center­red­line,­the­resulting­face-off­shall­be
conducted­at­the­nearest­face-off­spot­in­the­zone­where­the­play­was­stopped.
When­play­is­stopped­for­an­injured­player,­the­ensuing­face-off­shall­be­conducted­at­the­face-off­spot­in­the­zone­nearest­the­location­of­the­puck­when­the­play
was­stopped.­­When­the­injured­player’s­team­has­possession­of­the­puck­in­the­attacking­zone,­the­face-off­shall­be­conducted­at­one­of­the­face-off­spots­outside­the
blue­line­in­the­neutral­zone.­­When­the­injured­player­is­in­his­defending­zone­and
the­attacking­team­is­in­possession­of­the­puck­in­the­attacking­zone,­the­face-off
shall­be­conducted­at­one­of­the­defending­team’s­end-zone­face-off­spots.
76.3
Procedure – As­soon­as­the­line­change­procedure­has­been­completed­by­the­Referee­and­he­lowers­his­hand­to­indicate­no­further­changes,­the­Linesman­conducting
the­face-off­shall­blow­his­whistle.­This­will­signal­to­both­teams­that­they­have­no
more­than­five­(5)­seconds­to­line­up­for­the­ensuing­face-off.­At­the­end­of­the­five­(5)
seconds­(or­sooner­if­both­centers­are­ready),­the­Linesman­will­conduct­a­proper
face-off.­If,­however:
(i) One or both centers are not positioned for the face-off,
(ii) One or both centers refrain from placing their stick on the ice,
(iii) Any player has encroached into the face-off circle,
(iv) Any player makes physical contact with an opponent, or
(v) Any player is in an off-side position,
118
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
the­Linesman­shall­have­the­offending­center(s)­replaced­immediately­prior­to­dropping­the­puck.­
In­the­last­two­(2)­minutes­of­regulation­time­or­any­time­in­overtime,­the­Linesman­will­still­blow­his­whistle­to­initiate­the­face-off,­but­the­five­(5)­second­time­limit
will­not­be­enforced.­However,­players­must­abide­by­the­verbal­directions­given­by
the­Linesman­in­his­attempt­to­conduct­a­fast­and­fair­face-off.
76.4
Procedure – Centers –­The­puck­shall­be­faced-off­by­the­Referee­or­the­Linesman
dropping­the­puck­on­the­ice­between­the­sticks­of­the­players­facing-off.­Players­facing-off­will­stand­squarely­facing­their­opponent’s­end­of­the­rink­approximately­one
stick­length­apart­with­the­blade­of­their­sticks­on­the­ice.
When­the­face-off­takes­place­in­any­of­the­end­face-off­circles,­the­players­taking­part­shall­take­their­position­so­that­they­will­stand­squarely­facing­their­opponent’s­end­of­the­rink,­and­clear­of­the­ice­markings.­The­sticks­of­both­players
facing-off­shall­have­the­blade­on­the­ice,­within­the­designated­white­area.­The­visiting­player­shall­place­his­stick­within­the­designated­white­area­first­followed­immediately­by­the­home­player.
If­a­player­facing-off­fails­to­take­his­proper­position­immediately­when­directed
by­the­official,­the­official­may­order­him­replaced­for­that­face-off­by­any­teammate
then­on­the­ice.
If­a­center­is­not­at­the­designated­face-off­area­once­the­five­(5)­second­time
limit­has­elapsed,­the­Linesman­will­drop­the­puck­immediately.­If­the­center­is­back
from­the­face-off­spot,­is­“quarterbacking”­or­refuses­to­come­into­the­face-off­area
when­instructed­to­do­so­by­the­Linesman,­or­the­center­is­simply­slow­getting­to­the
face-off­spot­when­the­five­(5)­seconds­has­elapsed,­the­puck­shall­be­dropped.­If­the
center­attempts­to­arrive­at­the­face-off­spot­just­as­the­five­seconds­elapses­in­an­attempt­to­gain­an­advantage­to­win­the­face-off,­he­is­to­be­removed­from­the­face-off
and­replaced,­resulting­in­a­face-off­violation.
If­a­player­is­ejected­from­the­face-off,­his­replacement­must­come­into­position
quickly­or­risk­having­the­puck­dropped­by­the­Linesman­without­the­player­being­set,
or­ejected­from­the­face-off­by­the­Linesman­resulting­in­a­bench­minor­penalty­for
delay­of­game­for­a­second­face-off­violation­during­the­same­face-off.
76.5
Procedure – Other Players –­No­other­player­shall­be­allowed­to­enter­the­face-off
circle­or­come­within­fifteen­feet­(15’)­of­the­players­facing-off.­All­players­must­stand
on-side­on­all­face-offs.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
119
During­end-zone­face-offs,­all­other­players­on­the­ice­must­position­their­bodies­on
their­own­side­of­the­restraining­lines­marked­on­the­outer­edge­of­the­face-off­circles.
If­a­player­other­than­the­player­taking­the­face-off­moves­into­the­face-off­circle
prior­to­the­dropping­of­the­puck,­then­the­offending­team’s­player­taking­the­face-off
shall­be­ejected­from­the­face-off­circle.­This­shall­be­considered­a­face-off­violation.
Players­on­the­attacking­team­(exclusive­of­the­center)­must­establish­their­position­first­and­then­the­defending­team­may­counter­and­hold­its­position­until­the­puck
is­dropped.­A­violation­of­this­procedure­shall­be­treated­as­face-off­encroachment
and­the­Linesman­shall­order­the­center­of­the­offending­team­replaced.­Should­an­attacking­player­attempt­to­establish­a­new­position­prior­to­the­face-off,­and­the­defending­center­steps­back­from­the­face-off­dot­in­order­to­reposition­his­teammates,
the­face-off­violation­shall­be­charged­to­the­attacking­team­as­they­must­establish
their­position­first.­
76.6
Violations –­If­a­center­should­move­prematurely­prior­to­the­face-off,­or­if­the­Referee­or­Linesman­shall­have­dropped­the­puck­unfairly,­the­face-off­shall­be­considered­a­face-off­violation­and­it­must­be­conducted­again.
When­a­least­two­face-off­violations­have­been­committed­by­the­same­team
during­the­same­face-off,­this­team­shall­be­penalized­with­a­bench­minor­penalty­to
the­offending­team.­This­penalty­shall­be­announced­as­a­“Bench­Minor­Penalty­for
Delay­of­Game­–­Face-off­Violation.”­­
Face-off­violations­shall­be­summarized­as­follows­(any­of­the­three­(3)­on-ice
officials­may­identify­a­face-off­violation):
(i) Encroachment by any player other than the center into the face-off area prior
to the puck being dropped. Players on the perimeter of the face-off circle must
keep both skates outside the face-off circle (skate contact with the line is permitted). If a player’s skate crosses the line into the face-off circle prior to the
drop of the puck, this shall be deemed as a face-off violation. A player’s stick
may be inside the face-off circle provided there is no physical contact with his
opponent or his opponent’s stick.
120
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
(ii) Encroachment by any player into the area between the hash marks on the
outer edges of the face-off circle prior to the puck being dropped. Players
must also ensure that both of their skates do not cross their respective hash
marks. Contact with the line with their skate is permitted. If a player’s skate
crosses the line into the area between the hash marks prior to the drop of the
puck, this shall be deemed as a face-off violation. A player’s stick may be inside the area between the hash marks provided there is no physical contact
with his opponent or his opponent’s stick.
(iii) Any physical contact with an opponent prior to the puck being dropped.
(iv) Failure by either center taking the face-off to properly position himself behind
the restraining lines or place his stick on the ice (as outlined in Rule 76.4).
“Properly position himself behind the restraining lines” shall mean that the
center must place his feet on either side of the restraining lines that are parallel to the side boards (contact with the lines is permissible), and the toe of the
blade of his skates must not cross over the restraining lines that are perpendicular to the side boards as he approaches the face-off spot.
The blade of the stick must then be placed on the ice (at least the toe of
the blade of the stick) in the designated white area of the face-off spot and
must remain there until the puck is dropped.
Failure to comply with this positioning and face-off procedure will result
in a face-off violation.
Whenever­a­team­has­committed­two­face-off­violations­during­the­same­faceoff,­the­Referee­shall­immediately­assess­the­offending­team­a­bench­minor­penalty
for­delay­of­game.­This­penalty­shall­be­announced­as­a­“Bench­Minor­Penalty­for
Delay­of­Game­–­Face-off­Violation.”
Players­who­are­in­an­off-side­position­for­the­ensuing­face-off­will­be­warned
once­in­the­game­by­the­Referee.­This­warning­will­also­be­given­to­the­offending
team’s­Coach.­In­this­situation,­the­offending­team’s­center­is­not­ejected­from­the
face-off.­­Any­subsequent­violation­shall­result­in­a­bench­minor­penalty­for­delay­of
game­being­assessed­to­the­offending­team.­This­penalty­shall­be­announced­as­a
“Bench­Minor­Penalty­for­Delay­of­Game­–­Slow­Proceeding­to­Face-off­Location.”
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
121
In­the­conduct­of­any­face-off­at­any­of­the­nine­(9)­face-off­spots­on­the­playing
surface,­no­player­facing-off­shall­make­any­physical­contact­with­his­opponent’s­body
by­means­of­his­own­body­or­by­his­stick­except­in­the­course­of­playing­the­puck
after­the­face-off­has­been­completed.
For­violation­of­this­rule,­the­Referee­may,­at­his­discretion­impose­a­minor
penalty­or­penalties­on­the­player(s)­whose­action(s)­caused­the­physical­contact.
Nonetheless,­this­physical­contact­prior­to­the­dropping­of­the­puck­shall­be­deemed
as­a­face-off­violation­and­the­Linesman­shall­order­the­center­of­the­offending­team
replaced.
Face-off­encroachment­may­be­applied­during­face-offs­at­any­of­the­nine­(9)
face-off­spots­on­the­playing­surface.­However,­since­no­such­lines­are­painted­on­the
ice­at­the­four­(4)­face-off­spots­adjacent­to­the­blue­lines,­Linesmen­shall­use­their
judgment­as­to­whether­or­not­a­violation­has­occurred.­All­players,­other­than­the
centers,­shall­be­uniformly­back­from­the­face-off­location­similar­to­being­outside­the
face-off­circle­for­face-offs­in­the­end­zones.
76.7
Line Changes –­No­substitution­of­players­shall­be­permitted­until­the­face-off­has
been­completed­and­play­has­resumed­except­when­a­penalty­is­imposed­which­affects­the­on-ice­strength­of­either­team.
Should­an­on-ice­official­notice­that­the­defending­team­has­not­placed­enough
players­on­the­ice­for­the­ensuing­face-off,­the­Referee­shall­be­notified­and­he­will­instruct­the­offending­team­to­place­another­player(s)­on­the­ice.­If,­in­the­opinion­of­the
Referee­that­this­is­being­done­as­a­stalling­tactic,­he­will­issue­a­warning­to­the­offending­team’s­Coach­and­any­subsequent­violations­shall­result­in­the­assessment­of
a­bench­minor­penalty­for­delay­of­game.­
Should­an­on-ice­official­notice­that­the­attacking­team­has­not­placed­enough
players­on­the­ice­for­the­ensuing­face-off,­the­Linesman­will­proceed­with­conducting
the­face-off­in­the­normal­manner.­The­attacking­team­must­ensure­they­put­the­appropriate­number­of­players­on­the­ice­at­all­times.­
76.8
Verification of Time -­Any­loss­of­time­on­the­game­or­penalty­clocks­due­to­a­false
face-off­or­face-off­violation must­be­replaced.­
The­whistle­will­not­be­blown­by­the­official­to­start­play.­Playing­time­will­commence­from­the­instant­the­puck­is­faced-off­and­will­stop­when­the­whistle­is­blown­or
a­goal­is­scored.
122
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
Rule 77 – Game and Intermission Timing
77.1
Game Timing –­The­time­allowed­for­a­game­shall­be­three­(3)­twenty-minute­periods
of­actual­play­with­a­rest­intermission­between­periods.
77.2
Intermission Timing –­Play­shall­be­resumed­promptly­following­each­intermission
upon­the­expiration­of­eighteen­(18)­minutes­or­a­length­of­time­designated­by­the
League­from­the­completion­of­play­in­the­preceding­period.­Timing­of­the­intermission­commences­immediately­upon­the­conclusion­of­the­period.­(See­Rule­34 –
Game­Timekeeper.)­­Preliminary­warnings­shall­be­given­by­the­Game­Timekeeper­to
the­officials­and­to­both­teams­five­(5)­minutes­and­two­(2)­minutes­prior­to­the­resumption­of­play­in­each­period­to­enable­the­teams­to­start­play­promptly.
For­the­purpose­of­keeping­the­spectators­informed­as­to­the­time­remaining
during­intermissions,­the­Game­Timekeeper­will­use­the­electronic­clock­to­record
length­of­intermissions.
77.3
Delays -­If­any­unusual­delay­occurs­within­five­(5)­minutes­of­the­end­of­the­first­or
second­periods,­the­Referee­may­order­the­next­regular­intermission­to­be­taken­immediately.­The­balance­of­the­period­will­be­completed­on­the­resumption­of­play­with
the­teams­defending­the­same­goals­after­which­the­teams­will­change­ends­and­resume­play­of­the­ensuing­period­without­delay.
If­a­delay­takes­place­with­more­than­five­(5)­minutes­remaining­in­the­first­or
second­period,­the­Referee­will­order­the­next­regular­intermission­to­be­taken­immediately­only­when­requested­to­do­so­by­the­home­Club.
Rule 78 – Goals
78.1
Goals and Assists -­It­is­the­responsibility­of­the­Official­Scorer­to­award­goals­and
assists,­and­his­decision­in­this­respect­is­final,­notwithstanding­the­report­of­the­Referee­or­any­other­game­official.­Such­awards­shall­be­made­or­withheld­strictly­in­accordance­with­the­provisions­of­this­rule.­Therefore,­it­is­essential­that­the­Official
Scorer­be­thoroughly­familiar­with­every­aspect­of­this­rule;­be­alert­to­observe­all­actions­which­could­affect­the­awarding­of­a­goal­or­assist;­and,­above­all,­give­or­withhold­awards­with­absolute­impartiality.
In­case­of­an­obvious­error­in­awarding­a­goal­or­an­assist­that­has­been­announced,­it­should­be­corrected­promptly,­but­changes­should­not­be­made­in­the­official­scoring­summary­after­the­Referee­has­signed­the­game­report­(except­by­the
League’s­Chief­Statistician).
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
123
The­team­scoring­the­greatest­number­of­goals­during­the­three­(3)­twentyminute­periods­shall­be­the­winner­and­shall­be­credited­with­two­points­in­the­League
standings.­In­the­event­a­winner­during­the­regular­season­is­determined­in­the­overtime­period­or­the­shootout,­the­winning­team­shall­be­credited­with­two­points­in­the
League­standings­and­the­losing­team­will­be­credited­with­one­point­in­the­League
standings.
78.2
Crediting Goals -­A­“goal”­shall­be­credited­in­the­scoring­records­to­a­player­who
shall­have­propelled­the­puck­into­the­opponent’s­goal.­Each­“goal”­shall­count­one
point­in­the­player’s­record.­Only­one­point­can­be­credited­to­any­one­player­on­a
goal.
78.3
Crediting Assists -­When­a­player­scores­a­goal,­an­“assist”­shall­be­credited­to­the
player­or­players­taking­part­in­the­play­immediately­preceding­the­goal,­but­no­more
than­two­assists­can­be­given­on­any­goal.­Each­“assist”­shall­count­one­point­in­the
player’s­record.­Only­one­point­can­be­credited­to­any­one­player­on­a­goal.
78.4
Scoring a Goal -­A­goal­shall­be­scored­when­the­puck­shall­have­been­put­between
the­goal­posts­by­the­stick­of­a­player­of­the­attacking­side,­from­in­front­and­below
the­crossbar,­and­entirely­across­a­red­line­the­width­of­the­diameter­of­the­goal­posts
drawn­on­the­ice­from­one­goal­post­to­the­other­with­the­goal­frame­in­its­proper­position.­The­goal­frame­shall­be­considered­in­its­proper­position­when­the­flexible­peg(s)
are­still­in­contact­with­both­the­goal­post­and­the­hole­in­the­ice.­The­flexible­pegs
could­be­bent,­but­as­long­as­they­are­still­making­contact­with­both­the­hole­in­the­ice
and­the­goal­post,­the­goal­frame­shall­be­deemed­to­be­in­its­proper­position.­The
goal­frame­could­be­raised­somewhat­on­one­post­(or­both),­but­as­long­as­the­flexible­pegs­are­still­in­contact­with­the­holes­in­the­ice­and­the­goal­posts,­the­goal­frame
shall­not­be­deemed­to­be­displaced.­
A­goal­shall­be­scored­if­the­puck­is­put­into­the­goal­in­any­way­by­a­player­of
the­defending­side.­The­player­of­the­attacking­side­who­last­played­the­puck­shall­be
credited­with­the­goal­but­no­assist­shall­be­awarded.
If­an­attacking­player­has­the­puck­deflect­into­the­net,­off­his­skate­or­body,­in
any­manner,­the­goal­shall­be­allowed.­The­player­who­deflected­the­puck­shall­be
credited­with­the­goal.
Should­a­player­legally­propel­a­puck­into­the­goal­crease­of­the­opponent­Club
and­the­puck­should­become­loose­and­available­to­another­player­of­the­attacking
side,­a­goal­scored­on­the­play­shall­be­legal.
124
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
78.5
Disallowed Goals –­Apparent­goals­shall­be­disallowed­by­the­Referee­and­the­appropriate­announcement­made­by­the­Public­Address­Announcer­for­the­following
reasons:
(i) When the puck has been directed, batted or thrown into the net by an attacking player other than with a stick.
(ii) When the puck has been kicked using a distinct kicking motion.
(iii) When the puck has deflected directly into the net off an official.
(iv) When a goal has been scored and an ineligible player is on the ice.
(v) When an attacking player has interfered with a goalkeeper in his goal crease.
(vi) When the puck has entered the net after making contact with an attacking
player’s stick that is above the height of the crossbar. When the puck makes
contact with the stick is the determining factor.
(vii) When the scoring of a goal at one end of the ice, any goal scored at the other
end on the same play must be disallowed.
(viii) When a Linesman reports a double-minor penalty for high-sticking, a major
penalty or a match penalty to the Referee following the scoring of a goal by
the offending team, the goal must be disallowed and the appropriate penalty
assessed.
(ix) When a goalkeeper has been pushed into the net together with the puck after
making a save.See 69.6.
(x) When the net becomes displaced accidentally. The goal frame is considered
to be displaced if either or both goal pegs are no longer in their respective
holes in the ice, or the net has come completely off one or both pegs, prior to
or as the puck enters the goal.
(xi) During the delayed calling of a penalty, the offending team cannot score unless the non-offending team shoots the puck into their own net. This shall
mean that a deflection off an offending player or goalkeeper, or any physical
action by an offending player that may cause the puck to enter the non-offending team’s goal, shall not be considered a legal goal. Play shall be
stopped before the puck enters the net (whenever possible) and the signaled
penalty assessed to the offending team.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
125
(xii) When the Referee deems the play has been stopped, even if he had not
physically had the opportunity to stop play by blowing his whistle.
(xiii) Any goal scored, other than as covered by the official rules, shall not be allowed.
Rule 79 – Hand Pass
79.1
Hand Pass -­A­player­shall­be­permitted­to­stop­or­“bat”­a­puck­in­the­air­with­his
open­hand,­or­push­it­along­the­ice­with­his­hand,­and­the­play­shall­not­be­stopped
unless,­in­the­opinion­of­the­on-ice­officials,­he­has­directed­the­puck­to­a­teammate,
or­has­allowed­his­team­to­gain­an­advantage,­and­subsequently­possession­and
control­of­the­puck­is­obtained­by­a­player­of­the­offending­team,­either­directly­or­deflected­off­any­player­or­official.
A­player­shall­be­permitted­to­catch­the­puck­out­of­the­air­but­must­immediately
place­it­or­knock­it­down­to­the­ice.­If­he­catches­it­and­skates­with­it,­either­to­avoid­a
check­or­to­gain­a­territorial­advantage­over­his­opponent,­a­minor­penalty­shall­be
assessed­for­“closing­his­hand­on­the­puck”­under­Rule 67 –­Handling­Puck.
79.2
Defending Zone -­Play­will­not­be­stopped­for­any­hand­pass­by­players­in­their­own
defending­zone.­A­hand­pass­in­the­defending­zone­is­considered­to­have­occurred
when­both­the­player­making­the­pass­and­the­player­receiving­the­pass­have­both­of
their­skates­inside­their­defending­zone.
79.3
Face-Off Location –­When­a­hand­pass­violation­has­occurred,­the­ensuing­face-off
shall­take­place­at­the­nearest­face-off­spot­in­the­zone­where­offense­occurred,­unless­the­offending­team­gains­a­territorial­advantage,­then­the­face-off­shall­be­at­the
nearest­face-off­spot­in­the­zone­where­the­stoppage­of­play­occurred,­unless­otherwise­covered­in­the­rules.­When­a­hand­pass­violation­occurs­by­a­team­in­their­attacking­zone,­the­ensuing­face-off­shall­be­conducted­at­one­of­the­face-off­spots
outside­the­defending­team’s­blue­line­in­the­neutral­zone
Rule 80 – High-sticking the Puck
80.1
126
High-sticking the Puck –­Batting­the­puck­above­the­normal­height­of­the­shoulders
with­a­stick­is­prohibited.­When­a­puck­is­struck­with­a­high­stick­and­subsequently
comes­into­the­possession­and­control­of­a­player­from­the­offending­team­(including
the­player­who­made­contact­with­the­puck),­either­directly­or­deflected­off­any­player
or­official, there­shall­be­a­whistle.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
When­a­puck­has­been­contacted­by­a­high­stick,­the­play­shall­be­permitted­to
continue,­provided­that:­
(i) the puck has been batted to an opponent (when a player bats the puck to an
opponent, the Referee shall give the “washout” signal immediately. Otherwise, he
will stop the play).
(ii) a player of the defending side shall bat the puck into his own goal in which
case the goal shall be allowed.
Cradling­the­puck­on­the­blade­of­the­stick­(like­lacrosse)­above­the­normal
height­of­the­shoulders­shall­be­prohibited­and­a­stoppage­of­play­shall­result.­­If­this
is­done­by­a­player­on­a­penalty­shot­or­shootout­attempt,­the­shot­shall­be­stopped
immediately­and­considered­complete.
80.2
Face-Off Location –­When­the­play­is­stopped­for­the­high-sticking­the­puck­violation,­the­ensuing­face-off­must­take­place­at­the­spot­that­provides­the­least­amount
of­territorial­advantage­to­the­team­striking­the­puck,­either­where­the­puck­was­contacted­illegally,­or­where­it­was­last­played­by­the­offending­team.­If­the­attacking
team­is­at­fault­and­the­play­is­stopped­while­the­puck­is­in­the­attacking­zone,­the­ensuing­face-off­must­be­moved­to­the­nearest­face-off­spot­in­the­neutral­zone­(except
when­80.4­is­applicable).
80.3
Disallowed Goal –­When­an­attacking­player­causes­the­puck­to­enter­the­opponent’s­goal­by­contacting­the­puck­above­the­height­of­the­crossbar,­either­directly­or
deflected­off­any­player­or­official,­the­goal­shall­not­be­allowed.­The­determining­factor­is­where­the­puck­makes­contact­with­the­stick­in­relation­to­the­crossbar.­If­the
puck­makes­contact­with­the­portion­of­the­stick­that­is­at­or­below­the­level­of­the
crossbar­and­enters­the­goal,­this­goal­shall­be­allowed.
A­goal­scored­as­a­result­of­a­defending­player­or­goalkeeper­striking­the­puck
with­his­stick­carried­above­the­height­of­the­crossbar­of­the­goal­frame­into­his­own
goal­shall­be­allowed.
80.4
Numerical Advantage -­When­either­team­is­below­the­numerical­strength­(shorthanded)­of­its­opponent­and­a­player­of­the­team­of­greater­numerical­strength
(power-play)­causes­a­stoppage­of­play­by­striking­the­puck­with­his­stick­above­the
height­of­his­shoulder,­the­resulting­face-off­shall­be­made­at­one­of­the­end­zone
face-off­spots­adjacent­to­the­goal­of­the­team­causing­the­stoppage.­The­numerical
strength­is­determined­at­the­time­the­play­is­stopped­(not­necessarily­when­the­puck
was­struck­with­the­high­stick).­­
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
127
Should­a­player­of­the­team­of­greater­numerical­strength­(power-play)­cause­a
stoppage­of­play­by­striking­the­puck­with­his­stick­above­the­height­of­his­shoulder,
and­in­so­doing­causes­the­puck­to­go­out­of­play,­the­resulting­face-off­shall­still­be
made­at­one­of­the­end­zone­face-off­spots­adjacent­to­the­goal­of­the­team­causing
the­stoppage.­
Should­a­player­of­the­team­of­greater­numerical­strength­(power-play)­cause­a
stoppage­of­play­by­striking­the­puck­with­his­stick­above­the­height­of­the­crossbar,
and­in­so­doing­causes­the­puck­to­enter­the­goal,­the­goal­shall­be­disallowed­and
the­resulting­face-off­shall­still­be­made­at­one­of­the­end­zone­face-off­spots­adjacent
to­the­goal­of­the­team­causing­the­stoppage.
Rule 81 – Icing
81.1
Icing –­For­the­purpose­of­this­rule,­the­center­red­line­will­divide­the­ice­into­halves.
Should­any­player­or­goalkeeper­of­a­team,­equal­or­superior­in­numerical­strength
(power-play)­to­the­opposing­team,­shoot,­bat­or­deflect­the­puck­from­his­own­half­of
the­ice­beyond­the­goal­line­of­the­opposing­team,­play­shall­be­stopped.­For­the­purpose­of­deflected­pucks,­this­only­applies­when­the­puck­was­originally­propelled
down­the­ice­by­the­offending­team.
For­the­purpose­of­this­rule,­the­point­of­last­contact­with­the­puck­by­the­team
in­possession­shall­be­used­to­determine­whether­icing­has­occurred­or­not.­As­such,
the­team­in­possession­must­“gain­the­line”­in­order­for­the­icing­to­be­nullified.­“Gaining­the­line”­shall­mean­that­the­puck,­while­on­the­player’s­stick­(not­the­player’s
skate)­must­make­contact­with­the­center­red­line­in­order­to­nullify­a­potential­icing.
For the­purpose­of­interpretation­of­the­rule,­“icing­the­puck”­is­completed­the­instant­the­puck­is­touched­first­by­a­defending­player­(other­than­the­goalkeeper)­after
it­has­crossed­the­goal­line­and­if­in­the­action­of­so­touching­the­puck,­it­is­knocked
or­deflected­into­the­net,­it­is­no­goal.
The­puck­striking­or­deflecting­off­an­official­does­not­automatically­nullify­a­potential­icing.­
81.2
128
Face-Off Location –­The­resulting­face-off­following­an­icing­call­shall­be­at­the­end
face-off­spot­of­the­offending­team,­unless­on­the­play,­the­puck­shall­have­entered
the­net­of­the­opposing­team,­in­which­case­the­goal­shall­be­allowed.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
If­during­the­period­of­a­delayed­whistle­due­to­a­foul­by­a­player­or­goalkeeper
of­the­side­not­in­possession,­the­side­in­possession­“ices”­the­puck,­then­the­face-off
following­the­stoppage­of­play­shall­take­place­in­the­neutral­zone­near­the­defending
blue­line­of­the­team­icing­the­puck.
If­the­Linesman­shall­have­erred­in­calling­an­“icing­the­puck”­infraction­(regardless­of­whether­either­team­is­short-handed),­the­puck­shall­be­faced-off­on­the­center
ice­face-off­spot.
81.3
Goalkeeper -­If,­in­the­opinion­of­the­Linesman,­the­goalkeeper­feigns­playing­the
puck,­attempts­to­play­the­puck,­or­skates­in­the­direction­of­the­puck­on­an­icing­at
any­time,­the­potential­icing­shall­not­be­called­and­play­shall­continue.
If,­however,­a­goalkeeper­is­legitimately­out­of­the­crease­in­an­attempt­to­go­to
the­players’­bench­to­be­substituted­for­an­extra­attacker­and­in­no­way­makes­an­attempt­to­play­the­puck,­the­icing­should­not­be­nullified­under­this­section.
If­the­goalkeeper­is­out­of­his­crease­prior­to­the­shot­being­taken,­and­simply
retreats­to­his­crease­making­no­attempt­to­play­the­puck­or­feign­playing­the­puck,
the­potential­icing­shall­remain­in­effect.­
81.4
Line Change on Icing -­A­team­that­is­in­violation­of­this­rule­shall­not­be­permitted­to
make­any­player­substitutions­prior­to­the­ensuing­face-off.­Should­the­stoppage­of
play­following­the­icing­infraction­coincide­with­a­commercial­time-out,­or­should­the
offending­team­elect­to­utilize­their­team­time-out­at­this­stoppage­of­play,­they­are
still­not­permitted­to­make­any­player­substitutions.­However,­a­team­shall­be­permitted­to­make­a­player­substitution­to­replace­a­goalkeeper­who­had­been­substituted
for­an­extra­attacker,­to­replace­an­injured­player­or­goalkeeper,­or­when­a­penalty
has­been­assessed­which­affects­the­on-ice­strength­of­either­team.­The­determination­of­players­on­ice­will­be­made­when­the­puck­leaves­the­offending­player’s­stick.
81.5
No Icing –­When­the­puck­is­shot­and­rebounds­from­the­body­or­stick­of­an­opponent­in­his­own­half­of­the­ice­so­as­to­cross­the­goal­line­of­the­player­shooting,­it
shall­not­be­considered­“icing.”
When­a­puck­is­shot­by­a­team­from­their­own­half­of­the­ice­and­is­deflected
several­times­before­crossing­the­center­red­line,­icing­shall­be­nullified­if­at­least­one
of­these­deflections­was­off­an­opposing­player.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
129
If­a­player­of­the­side­shooting­the­puck­down­the­ice­who­is­on-side­and­eligible
to­play­the­puck­does­so­before­it­is­touched­by­an­opposing­player,­the­play­shall
continue­and­it­shall­not­be­considered­a­violation­of­this­rule.
If­the­puck­shall­go­beyond­the­goal­line­in­the­opposite­half­of­the­ice­directly
from­either­of­the­players­while­facing-off,­it­shall­not­be­considered­a­violation­of­this
rule.
If,­in­the­opinion­of­the­Linesman,­any­player­(other­than­the­goalkeeper)­of­the
opposing­team­is­able­to­play­the­puck­before­it­passes­his­goal­line,­but­has­not
done­so,­play­shall­continue­and­the­icing­violation­shall­not­be­called.­This­includes
the­situation­whereby­the­opposing­team,­while­in­the­process­of­making­player­substitutions­during­the­play,­are­able­to­play­the­puck,­but­choose­not­to­do­so­to­avoid
being­called­for­too­many­men­on­the­ice.­Icing­should­not­be­called.­
If­the­puck­touches­any­part­of­a­player­of­the­opposing­side,­including­his
skates­or­his­stick,­or­if­it­touches­any­part­of­the­opposing­team’s­goalkeeper,­including­his­skates­or­his­stick,­at­any­time­before­or­after­crossing­the­goal­line,­it­shall­not
be­considered­icing.
During­an­icing­situation,­any­player­who­makes­unnecessary­contact­with­an
opponent­shall­be­assessed­a­minor­or­major­penalty­plus­a­game­misconduct
penalty.­This­may­also­be­treated­under­Rule­21.1­(Attempt­to­Injure­or­Deliberate­Injury­of­Opponents).
81.6
Numerical Strength –­If­the­puck­was­so­shot­by­a­player­or­goalkeeper­of­a­side
below­the­numerical­strength­of­the­opposing­team,­play­shall­continue­and­the­icing
violation­shall­not­be­called.
When­a­team­is­“short-handed”­as­the­result­of­a­penalty­and­the­penalty­is
about­to­expire,­the­decision­as­to­whether­there­has­been­an­“icing”­shall­be­determined­at­the­instant­the­penalty­expires.­The­action­of­the­penalized­player­remaining
in­the­penalty­box­will­not­alter­the­ruling.
When­a­team­is­“short-handed”­by­reason­of­a­major­penalty,­and­they­have
neglected­to­ensure­there­is­a­player­on­the­penalty­bench­to­exit­upon­the­expiry­of
the­penalty,­they­will­continue­to­play­short-handed­but­are­not­permitted­to­ice­the
puck.­Icing­will­be­called.­They­may­substitute­for­this­penalized­player­at­the­next
stoppage­of­play.­See­Rule 20.3 –­Major­Penalties.
130
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
Rule 82 – Line Changes
82.1
Line Change -­Following­the­stoppage­of­play,­the­visiting­team­shall­promptly­place
a­line-up­on­the­ice­ready­for­play­and­no­substitution­shall­be­made­from­that­time
until­play­has­been­resumed.­The­home­team­may­then­make­any­desired­substitution,­except­in­cases­following­an­icing,­which­does­not­result­in­the­delay­of­the
game.
“Placing­a­line-up­on­the­ice”­shall­mean­that­both­teams­shall­place­the­full
complement­of­players­(and­not­exceed)­to­which­they­are­entitled­within­the­line
change­time­frame.
If­there­is­any­undue­delay­by­either­team­in­changing­players,­the­Referee­shall
order­the­offending­team­or­teams­to­take­their­positions­immediately­and­not­permit
any­further­player­changes.
When­a­substitution­has­been­made­under­the­above­rule,­no­additional­substitution­may­be­made­until­play­commences.
Once­the­line­change­procedure­has­been­completed­(82.2),­no­additional
player­substitutions­shall­be­permitted­until­the­face-off­has­been­completed­legally
and­play­has­resumed,­except­when­a­penalty­or­penalties­are­imposed­that­affect­the
on-ice­strength­of­either­or­both­teams.­This­may­include­penalties­imposed­following
the­completion­of­the­line­change­and­prior­to­the­face-off,­or­due­to­a­penalty­assessed­for­a­face-off­violation.­
A­team­that­is­in­violation­of­Rule 81 –­Icing, shall­not­be­permitted­to­make­any
player­substitutions­prior­to­the­ensuing­face-off.­However,­a­team­shall­be­permitted
to­make­a­player­substitution­to­replace­a­goalkeeper­who­had­been­substituted­for
an­extra­attacker,­to­replace­an­injured­player­or­goalkeeper,­or­when­a­penalty­has
been­assessed­which­affects­the­on-ice­strength­of­either­team.­The­determination­of
players­on­ice­will­be­made­when­the­puck­leaves­the­offending­player’s­stick.
Goalkeepers’­substitution­during­a­game­will­be­conducted­within­the­same­time
frame­as­a­regular­line­change.­No­extra­time­will­be­allotted­to­the­goalkeeper­coming­off­the­bench,­except­in­the­case­where­an­injury­to­a­goalkeeper­occurs.
82.2
Procedure -­Following­a­stoppage­of­play,­the­Referee­will­enforce­the­following­line
change­procedure­once­he­has­determined­that­this­procedure­may­begin:
(i) The Referee shall give the visiting team up to five (5) seconds to make its line
change.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
131
(ii) The Referee shall raise his hand to indicate no further changes by the visiting
team and to commence the home team’s line change.
(iii) The Referee shall give the home team up to eight (8) seconds to make its line
change.
(iv) The Referee shall lower his hand to indicate no further changes by the home
team.
(v) Any attempt by the either team to make a change after the Referee’s signal,
attempt to place too many men on the ice for the subsequent line change, or
attempt to make additional personnel changes, shall not be permitted and the
Referee will send the players who have attempted to change back to their
players’ bench. The Referee will then issue a warning to the offending team
(through the Coach) indicating that any subsequent violations during the rest
of the game (including overtime), shall result in a bench minor penalty for delaying the game. This penalty shall be announced as a “Bench Minor Penalty
for Delay of Game – Improper Line Change.”
(vi) The Linesman conducting the face-off will blow his whistle (once the Referee
has lowered his hand for the line changes) to indicate that all players must be
in position and on-side for the face-off within five (5) seconds. The face-off will
then be conducted in accordance with Rule 76 – Face-offs.
(vii) Players who are slow (after the five-second warning whistle given by the
Linesman) getting to the face-off location or who are in an off-side position for
the ensuing face-off will be warned once in the game by the Referee. This
warning will also be given to the offending team’s Coach. In this situation, the
offending team’s center is not ejected from the face-off. Any subsequent violation shall result in a bench minor penalty for delay of game being assessed to
the offending team.
(viii) In the last two (2) minutes of regulation time and any time in the overtime period(s), points (6) and (7) above are not applicable. The Linesman shall give
the teams a reasonable amount of time to set up for the ensuing face-off
after points (1) through (5) above have been enforced.
82.3
132
Bench Minor Penalty -­Any­attempt­by­the­visiting­team­to­make­a­change­after­the
Referee’s­signal­shall­result­in­the­assessment­of­a­bench­minor­penalty­for­delay­of
game.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
Players­must­proceed­directly­to­the­location­of­the­face-off­to­participate­in­the
ensuing­face-off.­Any­attempts­to­delay­the­game­by­stalling­or­otherwise­unnecessary­actions­by­either­team­shall­result­in­the­assessment­of­a­bench­minor­penalty
for­delaying­the­game.­This­penalty­shall­be­announced­as­a­“Bench­Minor­Penalty
for­Delay­of­Game­–­Slow­Proceeding­to­Face-off­Location­(or,­Slow­Proceeding­to
Players’­Bench).”
Rule 83 – Off-side
83.1
Off-side -­Players­of­the­attacking­team­must­not­precede­the­puck­into­the­attacking
zone.
The­position­of­the­player’s­skates­and­not­that­of­his­stick­shall­be­the­determining­factor­in­all­instances­in­deciding­an­off-side.­A­player­is­off-side­when­both
skates­are­completely­over­the­leading edge­of­the­blue­line­involved­in­the­play.
A­player­is­on-side­when­either­of­his­skates­are­in­contact­with,­or­on­his­own
side­of­the­line,­at­the­instant­the­puck­completely­crosses­the­leading edge­of­the
blue line­regardless­of­the­position­of­his­stick.­­However,­a­player­actually­controlling
the­puck­who­shall­cross­the­line­ahead­of­the­puck­shall­not­be­considered­“off-side,”
provided­he­had­possession­and­control­of­the­puck­prior­to­his­skates­crossing­the
blue­line.
It­should­be­noted­that­while­the­position­of­the­player’s­skates­is­what­determines­whether­a­player­is­“off-side,”­nevertheless­the­question­of­an­“off-side”­never
arises­until­the­puck­has­completely­crossed­the­leading­edge­of­the­blue line­at
which­time­the­decision­is­to­be­made.
If­a­player­legally­carries­or­passes­the­puck­back­into­his­own­defending­zone
while­a­player­of­the­opposing­team­is­in­such­defending­zone,­the­off-side­shall­be­ignored­and­play­permitted­to­continue.
83.2
Deflections / Rebounds –­If­a­puck­clearly­rebounds­off­a­defending­player­in­the
neutral­zone­back­into­the­defending­zone,­all­attacking­players­are­eligible­to­play
the­puck.­However,­any­action­by­an­attacking­player­that­causes­a­deflection/rebound­off­a­defending­player­in­the­neutral­zone­back­into­the­defending­zone­(i.e.
stick­check,­body­check,­physical­contact),­a­delayed­off-side­shall­be­signaled­by­the
Linesman.
A­puck­that­deflects­back­into­the­defending­zone­off­an­official­who­is­in­the
neutral­zone­will­be­off-side­(or­delayed­off-side,­as­appropriate).
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
133
83.3
Delayed Off-Side –­A­situation­where­an­attacking­player­(or­players)­has­preceded
the­puck­across­the­attacking­blue­line,­but­the­defending­team­is­in­a­position­to
bring­the­puck­back­out­of­its­defending­zone­without­any­delay­or­contact­with­an­attacking­player,­or,­the­attacking­players­are­in­the­process­of­clearing­the­attacking
zone.
If­an­off-side­call­is­delayed,­the­Linesman­shall­drop­his­arm­to­nullify­the­offside­violation­and­allow­play­to­continue­if:
(i) All players of the offending team clear the zone at the same instant (skate
contact with the blue line) permitting the attacking players to re-enter the
attacking zone, or
(ii) The defending team passes or carries the puck into the neutral zone.
If,­during­the­course­of­the­delayed­off-side,­any­member­of­the­attacking­team
touches­the­puck,­attempts­to­gain­possession­of­a­loose­puck,­forces­the­defending
puck­carrier­further­back­into­his­own­zone,­or­who­is­about­to­make­physical­contact
with­the­defending­puck­carrier,­the­Linesman­shall­stop­play­for­the­off-side­violation.
See 83.6.
If,­during­a­delayed­off-side,­an­attacking­player­in­the­attacking­zone­elects­to
proceed­to­his­players’­bench­(which­extends­into­the­attacking­zone)­to­be­replaced
by­a­teammate,­he­shall­be­considered­to­have­cleared­the­zone­provided­he­is­completely­off­the­ice­and­his­replacement­comes­onto­the­ice­in­the­neutral­zone.­If­his
replacement­comes­onto­the­ice­in­the­attacking­zone,­if­the­delayed­off-side­is­still­in
effect,­he­too­must­clear­the­attacking­zone.­If­the­remaining­attacking­players­have
cleared­the­attacking­zone­and­the­Linesman­has­lowered­his­arm­for­the­delayed­offside,­he­shall­be­considered­on-side.­
83.4
Disallowed Goal –­If­the­puck­is­shot­on­goal­during­a­delayed­off-side,­the­play­shall
be­allowed­to­continue­under­the­normal­clearing-the-zone­rules.­Should­the­puck,­as
a­result­of­this­shot,­enter­the­defending­team’s­goal­during­a­delayed­off-side,­either
directly­or­off­the­goalkeeper,­a­player­or­an­official­on­the­ice,­the­goal­shall­be­disallowed­as­the­original­shot­was­off-side.­The­face-off­will­be­conducted­at­the­face-off
spot­in­the­zone­closest­to­the­point­of­origin­of­the­shot­or­at­the­nearest­face-off­spot
in­the­neutral­zone­adjacent­to­the­attacking­zone­of­the­offending­team.
The­only­way­an­attacking­team­can­score­a­goal­on­a­delayed­off-side­situation
is­if­the­defending­team­shoots­or­puts­the­puck­into­their­own­net­without­action­or
contact­by­the­offending­team.
134
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
Other­than­in­situations­involving­a­delayed­off-side­and­the­puck­being­shot­on
goal,­no­goal­can­be­disallowed­after­the­fact­for­an­off-side­violation,­except­for­the
human­factor­involved­in­blowing­the­whistle.­
83.5
Face-Off Location -­For­violation­of­this­rule,­the­play­is­stopped­and­the­puck­shall
be­faced-off­in­the­neutral­zone­at­the­face-off­spot­nearest­the­attacking­zone­of­the
offending­team,­or­from­the­face-off­spot­in­the­zone­closest­to­the­point­of­origin­of
the­shot­or­pass­(even­if­deflected­off­an­attacking­or­defending­player­or­an­official).­
For­every­delayed­off-side­situation,­including­an­intentional­off-side,­the­Linesman­will­raise­his­non-whistle­arm.­He­will­allow­play­to­continue­and,­if­a­stoppage­of
play­occurs,­there­will­be­three­possible­face-off­locations:
(i) When an intentional off-side has been called, the face-off location will be on
the face-off spot of the offending team’s defending zone.
(ii) If an errant pass or shoot-in by an attacking player makes unintentional contact with another attacking player who preceded the puck into the attacking
zone, or if the pass or shoot-in goes out of playing area, the whistle shall be
blown and the ensuing face-off shall take place at the nearest face-off spot in
the zone closest to the location from where the pass or shot originated.
(iii) If the defending player is about to be checked by an attacking player who is
unaware that he is in an off-side position, the ensuing face-off shall take place
on a neutral zone face-off spot nearest to the defending team’s blue line.
When­the­Linesman­signals­a­delayed­off-side­and­a­defending­player­or­goalkeeper­shoots­the­puck­which­goes­over­the­glass­and­out­of­play,­the­ensuing­faceoff­shall­be­conducted­at­one­of­the­defending­zone­end­zone­face-off­spots­from
where­the­puck­was­shot.­
When­the­Linesman­signals­a­delayed­off-side­and­the­original­shot­deflects­off
a­defending­player­and­out­of­play,­the­ensuing­face-off­shall­take­place­at­the­nearest
face-off­spot­in­the­zone­from­where­the­puck­was­shot.
When­the­defending­team­is­about­to­be­penalized­in­the­defending­zone­and
the­Linesman­has­a­delayed­off-side­signaled­against­the­attacking­team­on­the­same
play,­the­ensuing­face-off­shall­be­conducted­at­one­of­the­defending­zone­end­zone
face-off­spots.­­­
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
135
83.6
Intentional Off-Side -­An­intentional­off-side­is­one­which­is­made­for­the­purpose­of
securing­a­stoppage­of­play­regardless­of­the­reason,­whether­either­team­is­shorthanded.­
If­in­the­opinion­of­the­Linesman,­an­intentional­off-side­play­has­been­made,
the­puck­shall­be­faced-off­at­the­end­face-off­spot­in­the­defending­zone­of­the­offending­team.
If,­while­an­off-side­call­is­delayed,­a­player­of­the­offending­team­deliberately
touches­the­puck­to­create­a­stoppage­of­play,­the­Linesman­will­signal­an­intentional
off-side.
If,­in­the­judgement­of­the­Linesman,­the­attacking­player(s)­are­making­an­effort­to­exit­the­attacking­zone­and­are­in­close­proximity­to­the­blue­line­at­the­time­the
puck­is­shot­into­the­zone,­the­play­will­not­be­deemed­to­be­an­intentional­off-side.
Rule 84 – Overtime
84.1
Overtime – Regular Season -­For­all­regular­season­games,­if­at­the­end­of­the
three­(3)­regular­twenty­(20)­minute­periods,­the­score­shall­be­tied,­teams­will­then
play­an­overtime­period­of­than­five­(5)­minutes­with­the­team­scoring­first­declared
the­winner­and­being­awarded­an­two­points­and­the­losing­team­receiving­no­points.
The­overtime­period­shall­be­played­with­each­team­at­a­numerical­strength­of­three
(3)­skaters­and­one­(1)­goaltender.­­Additional­penalties­to­be­assessed­consistent
with­the­rules­in­regulation­time.
The­overtime­period­will­be­commenced­immediately­following­a­one­(1)­minute
rest­period­during­which­the­players­will­remain­on­the­ice.­The­teams­will­not­change
ends­for­the­overtime­period.­Goalkeepers­may­go­to­their­respective­players’
benches­during­this­rest­period,­however,­penalized­players­must­remain­on­the
penalty­bench.­Should­a­penalized­player­exit­the­penalty­bench­during­this­rest­period,­he­shall­be­returned­immediately­by­the­officials­with­no­additional­penalty­being
assessed,­unless­he­commits­an­infraction­of­any­other­rule.­
136
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
84.2
Overtime – Regular Season – Extra Attacker -­A­team­shall­be­allowed­to­pull­its
goalkeeper­in­favor­of­an­additional­skater­in­the­overtime­period.­However,­should
that­team­lose­the­game­during­the­time­in­which­the­goalkeeper­has­been­removed,
it­would­forfeit­the­automatic­point­gained­in­the­tie­at­the­end­of­regulation­play,­except­if­the­goalkeeper­has­been­removed­at­the­call­of­a­delayed­penalty­against­the
other­team.­Should­the­goalkeeper­proceed­to­his­bench­for­an­extra­attacker­due­to
a­delayed­penalty­call­against­the­opposing­team,­and­should­the­non-offending­team
shoot­the­puck­directly­into­their­own­goal,­the­game­shall­be­over­and­the­team­that
was­to­be­penalized­declared­the­winner.­
Once­the­goalkeeper­has­been­removed­for­an­extra­attacker­in­overtime­during
the­regular-season,­he­must­wait­for­the­next­stoppage­of­play­before­returning­to­his
position.­He­cannot­change­“on­the­fly.”­­If­he­does,­a­bench­minor­penalty­shall­be
assessed­for­having­an­ineligible­player.
84.3
Overtime – Regular Season – Penalties –­When­regulation­time­ends­and­the
teams­are­5­on­3,­teams­will­start­overtime­5­on­3.­Once­player­strength­reaches­5­on
4­or­5­on­5,­at­the­next­stoppage­of­play,­player­strength­is­adjusted­to­4­on­3­or­3­on
3,­as­appropriate.
When­regulation­ends­and­teams­are­4­on­4­teams­will­start­overtime­3­on­3.
If­at­the­end­of­regulation­time­teams­are­three­(3)­skaters­on­three­(3)­skaters,
overtime­starts­three­(3)­skaters­on­three­(3)­skaters.­Once­player­strength­reaches
five­(5)­skaters­on­four­(4)­skaters­or­five­(5)­skaters­on­five­(5)­skaters,­at­the­next
stoppage­player­strength­is­adjusted­to­four­(4)­skaters­on­three­(3)­skaters­or­four­(4)
skaters­on­four­(4)­skaters,­as­appropriate.
At­no­time­will­a­team­have­less­than­three­players­on­the­ice.­This­may­require
a­fifth­skater­to­be­added­if­a­two-man­advantage­occurs.
Refer­to­Reference­Tables­–­Table­20­–­Penalties­In­Effect­Prior­to­the­Start­of
Overtime­–­Regular­Season­on­page­160.
If­a­team­is­penalized­in­overtime,­teams­play­four­(4)­skaters­against­three­(3)
skaters.­If­both­teams­are­penalized­with­minor­penalties­at­the­same­stoppage­of
play­(with­no­other­penalties­in­effect),­teams­will­play­three­(3)­skaters­against­three
(3)­skaters.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
137
In­overtime,­if­a­team­is­penalized­such­that­a­two-man­advantage­is­called­for,
then­the­offending­team­will­remain­at­three­(3)­skaters­while­the­non-offending­team
will­be­permitted­a­fifth­skater.
At­the­first­stoppage­of­play­after­the­two-man­advantage­is­no­longer­in­effect,
the­numerical­strength­of­the­team­will­revert­back­to­either­a­four­(4)­skaters­on­four
(4)­skaters­or­a­four­(4)­skaters­on­three­(3)­skaters­situation,­as­appropriate.
Refer­to­Reference­Tables­–­Table­21 –­Penalties­Assessed­in­Overtime­–­Regular­Season­on­page­162.
84.4
Shootout -­During­regular-season­games,­if­the­game­remains­tied­at­the­end­of­the
five­(5)­minute­overtime­period,­the­teams­will­proceed­to­a­shootout.­The­rules­governing­the­shootout­shall­be­the­same­as­those­listed­under­Rule 25 - Penalty Shot.
The­teams­will­not­change­ends­for­the­shootout.­The­home­team­shall­have­the
choice­of­shooting­first­or­second.­The­teams­shall­alternate­shots.
Five­(5)­players­from­each­team­shall­participate­in­the­shootout­and­they­shall
proceed­in­such­order­as­selected­by­the­Head­Coach.­All­players­are­eligible­to­participate­in­the­shootout­unless­they­have­been­assessed­a­game­misconduct­or
match­penalty.­­When­a­goalkeeper­has­been­assessed­a­misconduct,­the­player­designated­to­serve­the­misconduct­penalty­becomes­ineligible­for­the­shootout.­If­the
misconduct­is­assessed­to­the­goalkeeper­during­the­course­of­the­shootout,­the
player­designated­to­serve­the­misconduct­must­be­player­who­has­yet­to­shoot­and
thus­becomes­ineligible­to­shoot.­All­players­not­participating­in­the­shootout­must­be
seated­on­their­respective­team­benches.
Once­the­shootout­begins,­the­goalkeeper­cannot­be­replaced­unless­he­is­injured.­No­warm­up­shall­be­permitted­for­a­substitute­goalkeeper.
Goaltenders­shall­remain­in­position­and­may­not­go­to­their­bench­for­rest,
water,­etc.­Violations­may­result­in­a­fine­to­both­the­goaltender­and­team.­
138
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
Each­team­will­be­given­five­shots,­unless­the­outcome­is­determined­earlier­in
the­shootout.­The­first­shooting­team­player­shall­take­a­penalty­shot­on­the­opposing
goaltender.­­The­other­team’s­player­shall­follow­and­the­procedure­shall­be­repeated
until­all­five­players­from­each­team­have­taken­a­shot.­The­team­with­the­most­goals
scored­shall­be­the­winner.­If­the­score­remains­tied­after­each­team­has­taken­five
shots,­the­shootout­will­proceed­to­a­“sudden­death”­format.­Each­coach­shall­then
designate­one­skater­to­take­a­penalty­shot­(this­skater­cannot­be­one­of­the­original
five­skaters).­Should­either­player­score,­and­the­opposing­team­fail­to­score,­the
game­will­be­over­with­the­scoring­team­declared­the­winner.­If­no­game­winner­has
been­declared­after­each­such­player­has­shot,­this­procedure­will­continue­until­a
winner­is­declared.
If­the­score­is­still­tied­after­all­eligible­players­on­both­teams­have­been­used,
the­sudden­death­procedure­shall­continue,­with­the­players­shooting­in­the­original
order,­until­a­winner­has­been­declared.
Regardless­of­the­number­of­goals­scored­during­the­shootout­portion­of­overtime,­the­final­score­recorded­for­the­game­will­give­the­winning­team­one­more­goal
than­its­opponent,­based­on­the­score­at­the­end­of­overtime.­One­extra­shot­on­goal
will­also­be­recorded.
Each­goaltender­shall­be­credited­with­sixty-five­(65)­minutes­played,­though­the
losing­goalkeeper­will­not­be­charged­with­the­extra­goal­against.­The­player­scoring
the­game-winning­goal­in­the­shootout­will­not­be­credited­with­a­goal­scored­in­his
personal­statistics.
If­a­team­declines­to­participate­in­the­shootout­procedure,­the­game­will­be­declared­as­a­loss­for­that­team.­If­a­team­declines­to­take­a­shot­it­will­be­declared­as
“no­goal.”
84.5
Overtime – Playoffs – In­the­President­Cup­Playoffs,­when­a­game­is­tied­after­three
(3),­twenty­(20)­minute­regular­periods­of­play,­the­teams­shall­take­a­fifteen­(15)
minute­intermission­and­resume­playing­twenty­(20)­minute­periods.­Teams­shall­start
overtime­in­the­same­end­they­started­the­game­but­will­change­end­to­start­each
subsequent­overtime­period.­The­team­scoring­the­first­goal­in­overtime­shall­be­declared­the­winner­of­the­game.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
139
Rule 85 – Puck Out of Bounds
85.1
Puck Out of Bounds -­When­a­puck­goes­outside­the­playing­area­at­either­end­or
either­side­of­the­rink,­strikes­any­obstacles­above­the­playing­surface­other­than­the
boards­or­glass,­causes­the­glass,­lighting,­timing­device­or­the­supports­to­break,­it
shall­be­faced-off­at­the­nearest­face-off­spot­in­the­zone­from­where­it­was­shot­or
deflected­out­of­play,­except­when­the­attacking­team­in­the­attacking­zone­is­responsible­for­causing­the­puck­to­go­out­of­play,­the­ensuing­face-off­shall­take­place­at­the
nearest­face-off­spot­in­the­neutral­zone­outside­the­offending­team’s­attacking­zone.
One­exception­to­the­above­shall­be­when­the­puck­deflects­off­the­goal­frame,­including­the­goal­post­or­crossbar,­when­caused­by­either­team,­either­shot­directly­or
deflected­off­any­player­or­official,­the­face-off­shall­always­be­conducted­in­that­end
zone­at­the­nearest­face-off­spot.
If­the­puck­comes­to­rest­on­top­of­the­boards­surrounding­the­playing­area,­it
shall­be­considered­to­be­in­play­and­may­be­played­legally­by­hand­or­stick.
When­the­puck­goes­outside­the­playing­are­directly­off­the­face-off,­regardless
as­to­which­player­may­have­last­contacted­the­puck,­the­face-off­shall­remain­in­the
same­spot­and­no­penalty­will­be­assessed­to­either­team­for­delaying­the­game.
When­the­puck­is­shot­and­it­makes­contact­with­the­gloves­or­the­body­of­a
player­hanging­over­the­players’­bench,­or­if­the­puck­enters­the­players’­bench
through­an­open­bench­door,­the­face-off­shall­take­place­at­the­nearest­face-off­spot
in­the­zone­from­where­the­puck­was­shot,­however,­if­the­puck­hits­an­opposing
player’s­glove­or­body­that­is­hanging­over­the­opposing­team’s­players’­bench­or­enters­the­opposing­team’s­players’­bench­through­an­open­bench­door,­the­face-off
shall­take­place­in­the­neutral­zone­adjacent­to­the­opponent’s­players’­bench.­
Should­the­puck­strike­the­spectator­netting­at­the­ends­and­the­corners­of­the
arena,­play­shall­be­stopped­and­the­ensuing­face-off­shall­be­determined­as­if­the
puck­went­outside­the­playing­area.­However,­if­the­puck­striking­the­spectator­netting
goes­unnoticed­by­the­on-ice­officials,­play­shall­continue­as­normal­and­resulting
play­with­the­puck­shall­be­deemed­a­legitimate­play.­Players­must­not­stop­playing
the­game­until­they­hear­the­whistle­to­do­so.
85.2
140
Puck Unplayable -­When­the­puck­becomes­lodged­in­the­netting­on­the­outside­of
either­goal­so­as­to­make­it­unplayable,­or­if­it­is­“frozen”­between­opposing­players
intentionally­or­otherwise,­the­Referee­shall­stop­the­play.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
The­puck­may­be­played­off­the­goal­netting­by­either­team.­However,­should
the­puck­remain­on­the­goal­netting­for­more­than­three­(3)­seconds,­play­shall­be
stopped.­Should­the­goalkeeper­use­his­stick­or­glove­to­freeze­the­puck­on­the­back
of­the­net­or­should­a­defending­player­shield­an­attacking­player­from­playing­the
puck­off­the­back­of­the­net,­the­face-off­shall­take­place­at­one­of­the­face-off­spots­in
the­defending­zone.­
Should­the­puck­go­under­the­goal­either­from­behind­or­the­side,­or­though­the
mesh­from­behind­or­the­side,­if­this­is­witnessed­by­an­on-ice­official,­play­should­be
stopped­immediately­and­the­ensuing­face-off­should­take­place­at­the­nearest­faceoff­spot­in­the­zone­nearest­to­the­location­where­the­play­was­stopped.
85.3
Puck Out of Sight -­Should­a­scramble­take­place­or­a­player­accidentally­fall­on­the
puck­and­the­puck­be­out­of­sight­of­the­Referee,­he­shall­immediately­blow­his­whistle­and­stop­the­play.­The­puck­shall­then­be­faced-off­at­the­nearest­face-off­spot­in
the­zone­where­the­play­was­stopped­unless­otherwise­provided­for­in­the­rules.
85.4
Puck Striking Official -­Play­shall­not­be­stopped­if­the­puck­touches­an­official­anywhere­on­the­rink,­regardless­of­whether­a­team­is­short-handed­or­not.­
A­puck­that­deflects­back­into­the­defending­zone­off­an­official­who­is­in­the
neutral­zone,­will­be­deemed­to­be­off-side­as­per­Rule­83 –­Off-side.
The­puck­striking­or­deflecting­off­an­official­does­not­automatically­nullify­a­potential­icing.­
When­a­puck­deflects­off­an­official­and­goes­out­of­play,­the­ensuing­face-off
will­take­place­at­the­face-off­spot­in­the­zone­nearest­to­where­the­puck­deflected­off
the­official.
If­a­goal­is­scored­as­a­result­of­being­deflected­directly­into­the­net­off­an­official,­the­goal­shall­not­be­allowed.
85.5
Face-Off Location -­Notwithstanding­this­rule,­should­an­attacking­player­cause­the
puck­to­go­out­of­play­or­become­unplayable­in­the­attacking­zone,­the­face-off­shall
take­place­at­a­neutral­zone­face-off­spot­or­at­a­face-off­spot­in­the­zone­from­which
the­puck­left­the­ice,­whichever­is­less­advantageous­to­the­attacking­team.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
141
For­a­puck­that­is­unplayable­due­to­being­lodged­in­the­netting­or­as­a­result­of
it­being­frozen­between­opposing­players,­the­resulting­face-off­shall­be­at­either­of
the­adjacent­face-off­spots­unless­in­the­opinion­of­the­Referee,­the­stoppage­was
caused­by­the­attacking­team,­in­which­case­the­resulting­face-off­shall­be­conducted
in­the­neutral­zone­or­at­the­nearest­face-off­spot­in­the­zone­from­which­the­puck
was­shot,­whichever­gives­the­offending­team­the­least­amount­of­territorial­advantage.
When­the­puck­hits­the­goal­frame,­goal­post­or­crossbar­and­goes­out­of­play,
regardless­which­team­shot­the­puck,­the­ensuing­face-off­shall­take­place­at­one­of
the­end­zone­face-off­spots­in­the­zone­where­the­puck­went­out­of­play.
85.6
Minor Penalty –­A­minor­penalty­for­delay­of­game shall­be­imposed­on­a­goalkeeper
who­deliberately­drops­the­puck­on­the­goal­netting­to­cause­a­stoppage­of­play.
85.7
Verification of Time -­Any­loss­of­time­on­the­game­or­penalty­clocks­due­to­the­puck
going­out­of­play­must­be­replaced.­
Rule 86 – Start of Game and Periods
86.1
Start of Game and Periods -­The­game­shall­be­commenced­at­the­time­scheduled
by­a­“face-off”­in­the­center­of­the­rink­and­shall­be­renewed­promptly­at­the­conclusion­of­each­intermission­in­the­same­manner.
86.2
Bench Minor Penalty –­A­bench­minor­penalty­shall­be­imposed­on­either­or­both
teams­if­they­are­not­on­the­ice­or­cannot­be­seen­proceeding­to­the­ice­to­start­the­second,­third­or­any­overtime­period­when­the­intermission­time­on­the­clock­has­expired.
At­the­start­of­the­second,­third­and­any­overtime­period,­all­players­with­the­exception­of­the­starting­players­must­proceed­directly­to­their­respective­players’
benches.­Skating,­warm-ups­or­on-ice­activities­by­non-starters­will­result­in­a­bench
minor­penalty­for delay­of­game­to­the­offending­team.
When­the­visiting­team­must­proceed­by­the­way­of­the­ice­to­their­dressing
room­at­the­end­of­a­period,­they­must­wait­for­a­signal­from­one­of­the­officials­before
proceeding.­Failure­to­wait­for­the­official’s­signal­shall­result­in­the­assessment­of­a
bench­minor­penalty­for­delay­of­game.
142
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
86.3
Choice of Ends -­Home­clubs­shall­have­the­choice­of­goals­to­defend­at­the­start­of
the­game­except­where­both­players’­benches­are­on­the­same­side­of­the­rink,­in
which­case­the­home­club­shall­start­the­game­defending­the­goal­nearest­to­its­own
bench.­The­teams­shall­change­ends­for­each­period­of­regulation­time­and,­in­the
playoffs,­for­each­period­of­overtime.­(See­Rule­84 –­Overtime)
86.4
Delays -­No­delay­shall­be­permitted­by­reason­of­any­ceremony,­exhibition,­demonstration­or­presentation­unless­consented­to­reasonably­in­advance­by­the­visiting
team.
86.5
End of Periods -­At­the­end­of­each­period,­the­home­team­players­must­proceed­directly­to­their­dressing­room­while­the­visiting­team­players­must­wait­for­a­signal­from
the­official to­proceed­only­if­they­have­to­go­on­the­ice­to­reach­their­dressing­room.
Failure­to­comply­with­this­regulation­will­result­in­a­bench­minor­penalty­for­delay­of
game.
Players­shall­not­be­permitted­to­come­on­the­ice­during­a­stoppage­of­play­or­at
the­end­of­the­first­and­second­periods­for­the­purpose­of­warming-up.­The­Referee
will­report­any­violation­of­this­rule­to­the­Commissioner­for­disciplinary­action.
86.6
Pre-Game Warm-Up -­During­the­pre-game­warm-up­(which­shall­not­exceed­sixteen
(16)­minutes­in­duration)­and­before­the­commencement­of­play­in­any­period,­each
team­shall­confine­its­activity­to­its­own­end­of­the­rink.­Refer­to­Rule­46.8 -­Fighting.
The­Game­Timekeeper­shall­be­responsible­for­signaling­the­commencement
and­termination­of­the­pre-game­warm-up­and­any­violation­of­this­rule­by­the­players­shall­be­reported­to­the­Commissioner.­
Twenty­(20)­minutes­before­the­time­scheduled­for­the­start­of­the­game,­both
teams­shall­vacate­the­ice­and­proceed­to­their­dressing­rooms­while­the­ice­is­being
flooded.­Both­teams­shall­be­signaled­by­the­Game­Timekeeper­to­return­to­the­ice
together­in­time­for­the­scheduled­start­of­the­game.
Players­must­be­totally­off­the­ice­prior­to­the­sounding­of­the­horn­indicating­the
end­of­warm-up.­­Any­players­remaining­on­the­ice­will­be­fined­fifteen­dollars­($15)
for­the­first­offense,­twenty-five­dollars­($25)­for­the­second­offense­and­fifty­dollars
($50)­for­each­subsequent­offense.­­In­addition,­the­Coach­of­the­offending­player(s)
will­be­fined­no­less­than­fifty­dollars­($50)­per­player­incurring­a­third­offense.
Only­18­roster­players­can­be­on­the­ice­for­warm­ups.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
143
86.7
Start of Game -­At­the­beginning­of­the­game,­if­a­team­fails­to­appear­on­the­ice
promptly­without­proper­justification,­a­fine­shall­be­assessed­against­the­offending
team,­the­amount­of­the­fine­to­be­decided­by­the­Commissioner.
86.8
Start of Periods -­At­the­beginning­of­the­second­and­third­periods,­and­overtime­periods­in­playoffs­(0:00­on­the­clock),­clubs­must­be­on­the­ice­or­be­observed­to­be
proceeding­to­the­ice.­Failure­to­comply­with­this­regulation­will­result­in­a­bench
minor­penalty­for­delay­of­game.
Before­the­start­of­the­second­and­third­periods­(and­overtime­periods­in­the
playoffs),­the­teams­will­proceed­directly­to­their­respective­players’­benches.­Only­the
starting­line-up­will­be­allowed­on­the­ice.­The­visiting­team­will­immediately­place­its
starting­line-up­at­the­face-off­circle,­then­the­home­team­will­follow,­with­the­Referee
allowing­the­home­team­to­make­a­line­change­if­so­desired­prior­to­the­face-off.­Skating,­warm-ups­or­on-ice­activities­by­non-starters­will­result­in­a­bench­minor­penalty
for delay­of­game­to­the­offending­team.­
No­warm-up­involving­pucks­on­the­ice­shall­be­permitted­for­a­goalkeeper­at
the­start­of­any­period.­If,­after­one­warning,­this­continues,­the­Referee­shall­assess
a­delay­of­game­penalty­to­the­offending­team.­
Rule 87 – Time-outs
87.1
Time-out - Each­team­shall­be­permitted­to­take­one­(1)­thirty-second­time-out­during
the­course­of­any­game,­regular­season­or­playoffs.­All­players­including­goalkeepers
on­the­ice­at­the­time­of­the­time-out­will­be­allowed­to­go­to­their­respective­benches.
Any­player­designated­by­the­Coach­will­indicate­to­the­Referee­(prior­to­the
drop­of­the­puck)­that­his­team­is­exercising­its­option­and­the­Referee­will­report­the
time-out­to­the­Game­Timekeeper­who­shall­be­responsible­for­signaling­the­termination­of­the­time-out.
No­time-out­shall­be­granted­following­a­face-off­violation.
When­a­penalty­shot­has­been­awarded­to­either­team­by­the­Referee,­no­timeout­will­be­granted­once­instructions­have­been­given­to­the­player­taking­the­shot
and­the­goalkeeper­defending­the­shot.­No­time-out­will­be­granted­during­the
shootout.
144
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
No­warm-up­involving­pucks­on­the­ice­shall­be­permitted­for­a­goalkeeper­or
replacement­goalkeeper­during­a­time-out.­If,­after­one­warning,­this­continues,­the
Referee­shall­assess­a­delay­of­game­penalty­to­the­offending­team.­
87.2
Promotional Time-out - For­the­purpose­of­media­breaks­and­an­on-ice­promotional
sponsorship,­each­team­must­schedule­six­(6)­45-second­timeouts­per­game,­two­(2)
per­period.­These­timeouts­will­be­taken­near­the­14­and­7-minute­marks­of­the­1st,
2nd,­and­3rd­periods,­and­are­not­to­exceed­45­seconds.­These­breaks­shall­take
place­at­the­first­stoppage­following­the­14­and­7-minute­marks­of­the­period,­regardless­of­whether­teams­are­at­even­strength­or­not.
Only­one­time-out,­commercial­or­team,­shall­be­permitted­at­any­one­stoppage
of­play.­For­the­purpose­of­this­rule,­a­commercial­time-out­is­deemed­an­“official
time-out”­and­not­charged­to­either­team.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
145
TABLE 1
(Rule 15 – Calling of Penalties)
SUMMARY OF PENALTIES TO COACHES AND NON-PLAYING
CLUB PERSONNEL
Description
Rule
(i)
Hitting the boards with a stick
Rule 39.3
(ii)
Interference with an opponent on a
Rule 56.6
Rule 75.3
breakaway
(iii)
Interference with an opponent or the puck
Rule 56.3
while play is in progress
(iv)
Interference with an opponent or the puck
Rule 56.7
while the goalkeeper has been removed
(v)
Interfering with an official
Rule 39.3
(vi)
Leaving the bench by stepping onto the ice
Rule 70.5
before the end of the period
(vii)
Obscene language or gestures
Rule 39.3
Rule 75.3
Rule 39.5
Rule 75.5
(viii)
Physically abusing an official
Rule 40.7
(ix)
Refusing to start play (teams in their
Rule 73.3
dressing room)
(x)
Refusing to start play (teams on the ice)
Rule 73.2
(xi)
Throwing a stick on the ice to a player or
Rule 39.3
goalkeeper who has lost or broken a stick
146
(xii)
Throwing any object onto the ice
Rule 39.3
(xiii)
Throwing stick (breakaway on an open net)
Rule 53.7
(xiv)
Throwing stick (defending zone)
Rule 53.6
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
Rule 75.3
TABLE 2
(Rule 16 – Minor Penalties)
SUMMARY OF MINOR PENALTIES
Description
Rule
(i)
Boarding
Rule 41
(ii)
Broken stick
Rule 10
(iii)
Charging
Rule 42
(iv)
Clipping
Rule 44
(v)
Closing hand on puck
Rule 67
(vi)
Cross-checking
Rule 59
(vii)
Delay of game
Rule 63
(viii)
Elbowing
Rule 45
(ix)
Face-off violation
Rule 76
(x)
Goalkeeper interference
Rule 69
(xi)
High-sticking
Rule 60
(xii)
Holding
Rule 54
(xiii)
Holding the stick
Rule 54
(xiv)
Hooking
Rule 55
(xv)
Illegal equipment
Rule 12
(xvi)
Illegal stick
Rule 10
(xvii)
Instigator
Rule 46
(xviii)
Interference
Rule 56
(xix)
Kneeing
Rule 50
(xx)
Leaving penalty bench too early
Rule 70
(xxi)
Leaving the crease (goalkeeper)
Rule 27
(xxii)
Participating in the play beyond the center red line (goalkeeper)
Rule 27
(xxiii)
Roughing
Rule 51
(xxiv)
Slashing
Rule 61
(xxv)
Throwing puck towards opponent’s goal (goalkeeper)
Rule 67
(xxvi)
Throwing stick
Rule 53
(xxvii)
Tripping
Rule 57
(xxviii)
Unsportsmanlike conduct
Rule 75
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
147
TABLE 3
(Rule 17 – Bench Minor Penalties)
SUMMARY OF BENCH MINOR PENALTIES
Description
148
Rule
(i)
Delay of game
Rule 63
(ii)
Deliberate illegal substitution
Rule 74
(iii)
Illegal substitution
Rule 68
(iv)
Improper starting line-up
Rule 7
(v)
Interference from players’ or penalty bench
Rule 56
(vi)
Interference with an official
Rule 39
(vii)
Leaving bench at end of period
Rule 86
(viii)
Refusing to start play
Rule 73
(ix)
Stepping onto ice during period (Coach)
Rule 70
(x)
Throwing objects onto ice
Rule 63
(xi)
Too many men on the ice
Rule 74
(xii)
Unsportsmanlike conduct
Rule 75
(xiii)
Unsustained request for measurement
Rule 10
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
TABLE 4
(Rule 18 – Double-minor Penalties)
SUMMARY OF DOUBLE-MINOR PENALTIES
Description
Rule
(i)
Butt-ending
Rule 58
(ii)
Head-butting
Rule 47
(iii)
High-sticking
Rule 60
(iv)
Spearing
Rule 62
TABLE 5
(Rule 20 – Major Penalties)
SUMMARY OF MAJOR PENALTIES
Description
Rule
(i)
Boarding
Rule 41
(ii)
Butt-ending
Rule 58
(iii)
Charging
Rule 42
(iv)
Checking from behind
Rule 43
(v)
Clipping
Rule 44
(vi)
Cross-checking
Rule 59
(vii)
Elbowing
Rule 45
(viii)
Fighting
Rule 46
(ix)
Head-butting
Rule 47
(x)
Hooking
Rule 55
(xi)
Illegal check to the head
Rule 48
(xii)
Kneeing
Rule 50
(xiii)
Slashing
Rule 61
(xiv)
Spearing
Rule 62
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
149
TABLE 6
(Rule 20 – Major Penalties)
SUMMARY OF MAJOR PENALTIES THAT RESULT IN AN AUTOMATIC GAME
MISCONDUCT
Description
Rule
(i)
Butt-ending
Rule 58
(ii)
Checking from behind
Rule 43
(iii)
Clipping
Rule 44
(iv)
Cross-checking
Rule 59
(v)
Fighting (after original altercation)
Rule 46
(vi)
Fighting (when aggressor)
Rule 46
(vii)
Fighting (second instigator in game)
Rule 46
(viii)
Fighting (third instigator in season)
Rule 46
(ix)
Head-butting
Rule 47
(x)
Hooking
Rule 55
(xi)
Illegal check to the head
Rule 48
(xii)
Kneeing
Rule 50
(xiii)
Slashing
Rule 61
(xiv)
Spearing
Rule 62
TABLE 7
(Rule 20 – Major Penalties)
SUMMARY OF MAJOR PENALTIES THAT RESULT IN AN AUTOMATIC GAME
MISCONDUCT WHEN THERE IS AN INJURY TO THE FACE OR HEAD
Description
150
Rule
(i)
Boarding
Rule 41
(ii)
Charging
Rule 42
(iii)
Elbowing
Rule 45
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
TABLE 8
(Rule 21 – Match Penalties)
SUMMARY OF MATCH PENALTIES
Description
Rule
(i)
Attempt to injure (in any manner)
Rule 21
(ii)
Biting
Rule 21
(iii)
Boarding
Rule 41
(iv)
Butt-ending *
Rule 58
(v)
Charging
Rule 42
(vi)
Checking from behind
Rule 43
(vii)
Clipping
Rule 44
(viii)
Cross-checking
Rule 59
(ix)
Deliberate injury (in any manner)
Rule 21
(x)
Elbowing
Rule 45
(xi)
Goalkeeper who uses his blocking glove to
Rule 51
the head or face of an opponent*
(xii)
Grabbing of the face mask
Rule 21
(xiii)
Hair pulling
Rule 21
(xiv)
Head-butting *
Rule 47
(xv)
High-sticking
Rule 60
(xvi)
Kicking a player (or goalkeeper)
Rule 49
(xvii) Kneeing
Rule 50
(xviii) Illegal check to the head
Rule 48
(xix)
Punching and injuring an unsuspecting
Rule 46
opponent *
(xx)
Slashing
Rule 61
(xxi)
Slew-footing
Rule 52
(xxii) Spearing *
Rule 62
(xxiii) Throwing stick or any object
Rule 53
(xxiv) Wearing tape on hands in altercation *
Rule 46
* NOTE - match penalty must be assessed when injury results
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
151
TABLE 9
(Rule 22 – Misconduct Penalties)
SUMMARY OF MISCONDUCT PENALTIES
Description
(i)
Banging boards with stick in protest of an
Rule
Rule 39
official’s ruling
(ii)
Continuing or attempting to continue a fight
Rule 46
(iii)
Deliberately breaking stick or refusing to
Rule 10
surrender stick for measurement
(iv)
Deliberately throwing any equipment (including
Rule 39
stick) out of playing area
(v)
Entering or remaining in the referee’s crease
Rule 39
(vi)
Fighting off the playing surface (or with another
Rule 46
player or goalkeeper who is off the playing
surface)
(vii)
Inciting an opponent
Rule 75
(viii)
Instigating a fight
Rule 46
(ix)
Interfering or distracting opponent taking a
Rule 25
penalty shot
(x)
Knocking or shooting puck out of reach of an
Rule 39
official
(xi)
Leaving bench to speak to official
Rule 6
(xii)
Refusing to change non-regulation piece of
Rule 9
protective equipment (second violation)
152
(xiii)
Use of profane or abusive language
Rule 75
(xiv)
Verbal abuse of an official
Rule 39
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
Rule 53
TABLE 10
(Rule 23 – Game Misconduct Penalties)
SUMMARY OF GAME MISCONDUCT FOULS INCLUDED IN THE “GENERAL
CATEGORY”
Description
Rule
(i)
Charging
Rule 42
(ii)
Clipping
Rule 44
(iii)
Elbowing
Rule 45
(iv)
Fighting off the playing surface
Rule 46
(v)
Head-butting
Rule 47
(vi)
Inciting an opponent into incurring a penalty
Rule 75
(vii)
Intervening in an altercation
Rule 46
(viii)
Kneeing
Rule 50
(ix)
Not properly tied down during an altercation
Rule 46
(x)
Obscene language or gestures
Rule 75
(xi)
Persists in continuing an altercation
Rule 46
(xii)
Removing jersey prior to an altercation
Rule 46
(xiii)
Resisting a Linesman in the discharge of his duties
Rule 39
(xiv)
Secondary altercation
Rule 46
(xv)
Third major penalty in a game
Rule 20
(xvi)
Throwing stick outside the playing area
Rule 53
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
153
TABLE 11
(Rule 23 – Game Misconduct Penalties)
SUMMARY OF GAME MISCONDUCT FOULS INCLUDED IN THE “STICK-RELATED
CATEGORY”
Description
Rule
(i)
Butt-ending
Rule 58
(ii)
Cross-checking
Rule 59
(iii)
Hooking
Rule 55
(iv)
Slashing
Rule 61
(v)
Spearing
Rule 62
TABLE 12
(Rule 23 – Game Misconduct Penalties)
SUMMARY OF GAME MISCONDUCT PENALTIES
Description
154
Rule
(i)
Continues or attempts to continue a fight
Rule 46
(ii)
Fighting off the playing surface or with an opponent who is off
the playing surface
Rule 46
(iii)
First or second player (or goalkeeper) to leave the players’
bench during or to start an altercation
Rule 70
(iv)
First to intervene in an altercation (third man in)
(v)
Interferes with a game official in the performance of their duties
(vi)
Leaving the penalty bench during an altercation
(vii)
Obscene gestures
(viii)
Persists to challenge or dispute an official’s ruling
(ix)
Physically abuses an official
(x)
Player or goalkeeper who has been ordered to the dressing
room but returns to the bench or the ice
(xi)
Player or goalkeeper who deliberately attempts to injure a
Manager, Coach or other non-playing Club personnel in any
manner.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
Rule 46
Rule 39
Rule 70
Rule 75
Rule 39
Rule 40
Rule 70
Rule 75
TABLE 13
(Rule 25 – Penalty Shot)
SUMMARY OF PENALTY SHOTS
Description
Rule
(i)
Deliberate illegal substitution
Rule 68
(ii)
Intentionally dislodging the net from its moorings
Rule 63
during the course of a breakaway
(iii)
Intentionally dislodging the net from its moorings
Rule 63
when the penalty cannot be served in its entirety
within regulation time
(iv)
Falling on the puck in the goal crease
Rule 63
(v)
Picking up the puck with the hand in the goal
Rule 63
crease
(vi)
Player on a breakaway who is interfered with by an
Rule 53
Rule 56
object thrown or shot by a defending team player
or goalkeeper
(vii)
Player on a breakaway who is interfered with by a
Rule 70
player or goalkeeper who has illegally entered the
game
(viii)
Player or goalkeeper throws or shoots an object at
Rule 53
the puck in his defending zone
(ix)
Player on a breakaway who is fouled from behind.
Rule 25
Rule 57
Rule 54
Rule 61
Rule 55
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
155
TABLE 14
(Rule 26 – Awarded Goals)
SUMMARY OF AWARDED GOALS (WHEN GOALKEEPER HAS BEEN REMOVED FOR AN
EXTRA ATTACKER)
Description
Rule
(i)
Delaying the game
Rule 63
(ii)
Handling the puck
Rule 67
(iii)
Illegal substitution
Rule 68
(iv)
Interference
Rule 56
(v)
Leaving the players’ or penalty bench
Rule 70
(vi)
Throwing stick
Rule 53
(vii)
Tripping
Rule 57
TABLE 15
(Rule 27 – Goalkeeper’s Penalties)
SUMMARY OF GOALKEEPER PENALTIES
Description
Rule
(i)
Illegal stick
Rule 10
(ii)
Illegal equipment
Rule 9
(iii)
Leaving crease during an altercation
Rule 27
(iv)
Proceeding to players’ bench
Rule 27
(v)
Participates in the play beyond the center red line
Rule 27
(vi)
Playing puck in restricted area
Rule 1
(vii)
Proceeds to players’ bench to replace stick
Rule 10
(viii)
Deliberately shoots or bats puck out of play
Rule 63
(ix)
Deliberately falls on the puck inside or outside the
goal crease
Rule 63
(x)
Deliberately drops the puck in his pads or on the
goal net
Rule 67
(xi)
Piling snow or other obstacles
(xii)
Throwing the puck towards opponent’s goal
(xiii)
Using blocking glove to punch an opponent in the
head or face
Rule 27
156
Rule 67
Rule 67
Rule 51
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
Rule 12
Rule 63
TABLE 16
(Rule 16 – Minor Penalties)
GOALS SCORED AGAINST A SHORT-HANDED TEAM
Minor penalty expiration criteria:
a.
b.
c.
Is the team scored against, short-handed?
Are they serving a minor penalty on the clock?
If the answer is yes to a) and b), delete the minor penalty with the least amount of time on the clock,
except when coincidental penalties are being served.
Ex
Time
Team A
Team B
Answer
Remarks
One player with a double minor penalty:
A1
3:00
A15 – 2+2
No player returns
First penalty ends, the second
begins at 4:30.
4:30
Goal
A2
3:00
A15 – 2+2
A15 returns.
The first penalty has expired,
the second ends with the
5:30
Goal
scoring of the goal.
One player with a minor and a major penalty:
B1
3:00
A15 – 5+2
No penalty
The major penalty must be
terminates.
served first.
4:30
Goal
B2
3:00
A15 – 5+2
A15 returns.
The major penalty has expired,
the minor penalty ends with the
8:30
Goal
scoring of the goal.
Two players of the same team –
combination of minor and major penalties:
C1
3:00
A15 – 2
A15 returns.
C2
C3
4:00
A23 – 2
4:30
3:00
A15 – 2
4:00
A23 – 5
4:30
3:00
A15 – 5
4:00
A23 – 2
4:30
Goal
A15 returns.
Goal
A23 returns.
Goal
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
157
TABLE 16
(Rule 16 – Minor Penalties)
GOALS SCORED AGAINST A SHORT-HANDED TEAM
Ex
C4
C5
C6
C7
C8
C9
Time
3:00
Team A
A15 – 2+2
4:00
A23 – 2
4:30
Goal
5:30
Goal
3:00
A15 – 2
(S*)
A23 – 2+2
4:30
3:00
A15 – 5+2
4:00
A23 – 2
4:30
3:00
A15 – 5+2
7:30
A23 – 2
8:30
3:00
A15 – 5+2
6:00
A23 – 2
8:00
3:00
A15 – 5+2
8:00
A23 – 2
9:00
158
Team B
Answer
Remarks
No player returns.
The first minor to A15 ends.
A23 returns.
A23 returns because he has
the least amount of time to
serve in his minor penalty.
The signaled double-minor
penalty to A23 is assessed at
4:30.
A15 returns.
Goal
A23 returns.
* S = signaled
A15 must first serve his major
penalty. A23 returns as he is
serving a minor penalty.
Goal
A23 returns.
Least amount of time to serve.
Both A15 and A23
return.
The major penalty to A15 has
expired. His minor penalty
ends with the goal. A23’s minor
penalty has expired.
Captain’s choice.
The major penalty to A15 has
expired. Both minors terminate
at the same time.
Goal
Goal
Goal
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
TABLE 16
(Rule 16 – Minor Penalties)
GOALS SCORED AGAINST A SHORT-HANDED TEAM
Ex
Time
Team A
Team B
Answer
Three players of the same team –
Delayed (D) or Signaled (S) penalty (no stoppage of play):
D1
3:00
A15 – 2
D2
D3
3:30
A23 – 2
4:00
A6 – 2(D)
Remarks
4:30
Goal
A15 returns.
Delayed penalty to A6 begins
at 4:30
5:00
Goal
A23 returns.
The minor penalty to A15 is
completed. The minor penalty
to A6 begins.
5:30
Goal
A6 returns.
4:30
Goal
A15 returns and the
penalty to A6 starts.
5:00
Goal
3:00
A15 – 2
3:30
A23 – 2
(S)
A6 – 2
3:00
A15 – 5
3:30
A23 – 2
(S)
A6 – 2
4:30
Penalties to A15 and A23 are
completed. The minor to A6
ends with the scoring of the
goal.
A23 returns and A6
remains in the box.
A23 returns and the
penalty to A6 starts.
Goal
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
159
TABLE 16
(Rule 16 – Minor Penalties)
GOALS SCORED AGAINST A SHORT-HANDED TEAM
Ex
D4
Time
3:00
Team A
A15 – 5
7:30
A23 – 2
(S)
A6 – 2
Team B
Answer
A15 and A23 return
and the penalty to A6
starts.
Remarks
The major penalty to A15 is
completed. The minor penalty
to A23 ends on the scoring of
the goal.
8:00
Goal
One player from each team – combination of minors and majors:
E1
3:00
A15 - 2
E2
3:30
B12 – 2
4:30
Goal
5:00
3:00
Goal
3:30
B12 – 2
4:30
Goal
5:00
Goal
3:00
160
4:30
3:00
A15 returns.
His minor penalty has been
completed.
No player returns.
Teams are at equal strength.
No player returns.
The first minor to A15 is
competed but teams remain at
equal strength.
A15 returns.
The first minor penalty to A15
and that of B12 are complete.
The second minor penalty to
A15 ends with the scoring of
the goal.
Teams are at equal strength.
Goal
A15 – 5+2
3:30
E4
Teams are at equal strength.
A15 – 2+2
5:30
E3
No player returns.
No player returns.
B12 – 2
Goal
A15 – 5+2
No player returns.
7:30
B12 – 2
8:00
Goal
The major penalty to A15 is
complete but the teams remain
at equal strength.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
TABLE 16
(Rule 16 – Minor Penalties)
GOALS SCORED AGAINST A SHORT-HANDED TEAM
Ex
E5
Time
3:00
Team A
A15 – 5+2
6:00
E6
8:00
3:00
Answer
A15 returns.
B12 – 2
Goal
A15 – 2
3:30
(S)
Team B
No player returns.
B12 – 2
A23 – 2
4:10
Goal
Unequal number of players – combination of minors and majors:
F1
3:00
A15 – 2
A15 returns.
3:30
F2
B12 – 2
4:00
A23 – 2
4:30
3:00
A15 – 2
He had the least amount of
time to serve in his minor
penalty.
Goal
3:30
F3
Remarks
The major penalty to A15 and
the minor penalty to B12 have
expired. The minor penalty to
A15 ends on the scoring of the
goal.
The goal nullifies the signaled
penalty to A23 (Reason: Team
A was not short-handed).
A15 returns.
B12 – 2
4:00
A23 – 2
5:00
3:00
A15 – 2
3:30
A23 – 2
His minor penalty is completed.
Teams are at equal strength at
the time of the goal.
Goal
A15 returns.
4:00
B12 – 2
4:30
Goal
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
161
TABLE 16
(Rule 16 – Minor Penalties)
GOALS SCORED AGAINST A SHORT-HANDED TEAM
Ex
F4
F5
F6
Time
3:00
Team A
Team B
B12 – 2
Answer
Remarks
3:30
A15 – 2
4:00
A23 – 2
4:30
Goal
A15 returns.
Least amount of time to serve
in his minor penalty.
5:00
3:00
Goal
B12 – 2
A23 returns
A15 returns.
3:30
A15 – 2
4:00
A23 – 5
4:30
3:00
A15 – 2
Goal
3:30
F7
400
A23 – 2
4:30
3:00
A15 – 5
162
Least amount of time to serve
in his minor penalty.
A23 returns.
Least amount of time (and
Team A is short-handed by
reason of a minor penalty).
A1 returns.
Least amount of time (and
Team A is short-handed by
reason of a minor penalty).
B23 returns.
Short-handed by reason of a
minor penalty.
Goal
B12 – 5
4:00
A23 – 2
4:30
3:00
A15 – 2
Goal
3:30
F9
A15 returns.
B12 – 2
3:30
F8
Least amount of time to serve
in his minor penalty.
B12 – 5
4:00
A23 – 5
4:30
3:00
A15 – 5
3:30
A23 – 2
Goal
4:00
B12 – 2
4:30
Goal
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
TABLE 16
(Rule 16 – Minor Penalties)
GOALS SCORED AGAINST A SHORT-HANDED TEAM
Ex
F10
Time
3:00
Team A
A15 – 5
3:30
F11
F12
F13
4:00
A23 – 2
4:30
3:00
A15 – 2
3:30
A23 – 5
Remarks
Short-handed by reason of a
minor penalty.
Goal
4:00
B12 – 2
4:30
3:00
Goal
B12 – 5
3:30
A15 – 2
4:00
A23 – 2
4:30
3:00
A15 – 2+2
A15 returns.
Short-handed by reason of a
minor penalty.
A15 returns.
Least amount of time.
No player returns.
First minor penalty to A15
ends.
Goal
B12 – 2
4:00
A23 – 2
4:30
3:00
A15 – 2
3:15
A23 – 2
Goal
3:30
3:45
Answer
A23 returns.
B12 – 2
3:30
F14
Team B
B12 – 2
A6 – 2(D)
4:00
Goal
A15 returns.
The penalty to A6 begins at
4:00
4:30
Goal
A23 returns.
Least amount of time.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
163
TABLE 16
(Rule 16 – Minor Penalties)
GOALS SCORED AGAINST A SHORT-HANDED TEAM
Ex
F15
F16
Time
3:00
Team A
A15 – 2
3:15
A23 – 2
3:30
A6 – 2
5:10
3:00
A15 – 2
4:30
3:00
Remarks
Penalties to A6 and B3 are not
on the clock.
Signaled penalty to
B3 is not assessed.
The penalty to B12 does not
make Team B short-handed.
B3 – 2
B12 – 2
A23 – 2
(S)
F17
Answer
A23 returns.
Goal
3:30
4:00
Team B
B12 – 2
B3 - 2
Goal
A15 – 2
3:30
A15 returns and the
penalty to A6 starts.
B12 – 2
4:00
A23 – 2
(S)
A6 – 2
4:30
Goal
Coincidental penalties – equal number of players on each team:
G1
3:00
A15 – 5+2
B12 – 2+2
No player returns.
G2
4:30
3:00
A15 – 2+5
G3
4:30
3:00
A15 – 2
3:30
A23 – 2
B12 – 2
4:30
3:00
A15 – 2
Goal
B12 – 2
3:30
A23 – 2
G4
4:30
164
Goal
B12 – 5
Teams are at equal strength.
The substitute for
A15 returns.
Coincidental major penalties.
A15 returns.
Coincidental penalties are not
put on the clock.
Goal
A23 returns.
Goal
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
TABLE 16
(Rule 16 – Minor Penalties)
GOALS SCORED AGAINST A SHORT-HANDED TEAM
Ex
G5
G6
G7
G8
G9
G10
G11
G12
Time
3:00
Team A
A15 – 2
3:30
A23 – 5
4:30
3:00
A15 – 2
3:30
A23 – 5
Team B
B12 – 2
Answer
No player returns.
Remarks
Team A is short-handed,
however, it is with a major
penalty.
Goal
B12 – 5
A15 returns.
Team A is below the numerical
strength of it’s opponent. Minor
penalty to A15 expires on the
scoring of the goal.
4:30
3:00
A15 – 2
3:30
A23 – 2
4:30
3:00
A15 – 2
3:30
A23 – 5
4:30
3:00
A15 – 5
3:30
A23 – 2
4:30
3:00
A15 – 5
3:30
A23 – 2
B12 – 5
4:30
3:00
A15 – 2+2
Goal
B12 – 5
3:30
A23 – 2
4:30
3:00
A15 – 2
3:30
A23 – 5
(S)
A6 – 2
4:30
Goal
A15 returns.
Goal
A15 returns.
Penalties to A23 and B12 are
not on the clock.
No player returns.
A15 is serving a major penalty.
Penalties to A23 and B12 are
not on the clock.
A23 returns.
Short-handed by reason of a
minor penalty.
No player returns.
First minor penalty to A15 is
eliminated.
B12 – 5
Goal
B12 – 2
Goal
Goal
B12 – 2
The penalty to A6 is
not assessed (unless
it is a major or match
penalty).
Goal
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
165
TABLE 16
(Rule 16 – Minor Penalties)
GOALS SCORED AGAINST A SHORT-HANDED TEAM
Ex
G13
G14
G15
Time
3:00
Team A
A15 – 2
Team B
3:30
A23 – 2
B12 – 2
4:00
A6 – 2
Answer
4:30
Goal
A15 returns.
4:45
3:00
Goal
A6 returns.
A15 – 2
3:30
A23 – 2
(S)
A6 – 2
4:30
3:00
A15 – 2+2
3:30
A15 returns.
The minor penalty to A6 begins at 4:30. The
penalties to A23 and B12 are not on the
clock.
Minor penalty to A15 is eliminated.
Team A would have placed an additional
player in the penalty box to serve the extra
minor penalty to A15. NOTE: A15’s
additional minor penalty begins at 3:30 due
to the scoring of the goal by Team B, but
does not affect the on-ice strength.
B12 – 2
Goal
B12 – 2
Goal
Coincident penalties – unequal number of players on each team:
H1
3:00
A15 – 2
B12 – 2 Captain’s choice.
A23 – 2
H2
4:30
3:00
H3
4:30
3:00
H4
4:30
3:00
H5
4:30
3:00
H6
4:30
3:00
H7
4:30
3:00
4:30
166
A15 – 2
A23 – 5
A15 – 2
A23 – 2
A15 – 2
A23 – 5
A15 – 5
A23 – 2
A15 – 2+2
A23 – 2
A15 – 2
A23 – 2+2
Remarks
Penalties to A23 and B12 are not on the
clock.
This choice must be made at the time of
assessment of the penalties.
Goal
B12 – 2
No player returns.
The major penalty makes the team shorthanded. The penalties to A15 and B12 do
not go on the clock.
Goal
B12 – 5
Captain’s choice.
The minor penalties end at the same time.
Goal
B12 – 5
A15 returns.
Major penalties are coincidental and do not
go on the clock.
Goal
B12 – 2
No player returns.
Coincidental minor penalties. Team A is
short-handed by reason of the major penalty.
Penalties to A23 and B12 do not go on the
clock.
Depending on the choice made by Team A,
A23 may return or the first minor penalty to
A15 will end with the scoring of the goal.
Goal
B12 – 2
Goal
B12 – 2
Goal
Captain’s choice. The minor penalty
to B12 can cancel off with any one
of the minor penalties assessed to
the two players on Team A.
Captain’s choice. The minor penalty
to B12 can cancel off with any one
of the minor penalties assessed to
the two players on Team A.
Depending on the choice made by Team A,
A15 may return or the first minor penalty to
A23 will end with the scoring of the goal.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
TABLE 16
(Rule 16 – Minor Penalties)
GOALS SCORED AGAINST A SHORT-HANDED TEAM
Ex
H8
Time
3:00
Team A
A15 – 2
A23 – 2
A6 – 2
Team B
B12 – 2
Answer
Remarks
4:00
Goal
Captain’s choice.
B12 and one of the minor
penalties to Team A
(depending on choice) will not
go on the clock.
4:30
Goal
Remaining player
returns.
B12 – 2
Captain’s choice.
Goal
B12 – 2
According to the choice made
by Team A when the penalties
were assessed.
Coincidental penalty rule
applies to B12 and either A23
or A6 (and these penalties
would not go on the clock).
No player returns.
H9
3:00
H10
4:30
4:00
A15 – 2
4:30
A23 – 2+2
5:00
A15 – 5
A23 – 2
A6 – 2
A23’s first penalty terminates.
A23’s second penalty starts.
Goal
NOTE: Coincident penalties must always be served in their entirety.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
167
TABLE 17
(Rule 19 – Coincidental Penalties)
COINCIDENTAL PENALTIES
(all penalties assessed at the same stoppage)
Penalties
Example 1
Team
A
A3
Penalties
On-ice Strength
2
Team
B
B10
2+2
A3
2
B10
2+2
Team B will play one player short-handed for two minutes. Team B
must place an additional player to serve the extra minor penalty to B10.
Teams play at full strength.
Example 2
Example 3
A5
A3
2+2
2+2
B12
B10
2
2+2
Teams play at full strength.
Example 4
A5
A3
5
2+5
B12
B10
5
2
Teams play at full strength
Example 5
A3
2+5
B12
B10
5
2
A5
2
B12
5
Example 6
A3
2+2
B10
2+2
Example 7
A5
A3
5
2+2
B10
2
A5
2
A9
2
B2
2+2
A24
2
B18
2
Example 9
A3
5
B5
5
Team A Captain’s choice to play one player short-handed for four
minutes or two players short-handed for two minutes. Should he
choose the latter, an additional team A player must be placed on the
penalty bench to serve the minor penalty for A3.
Team B will be one player short-handed for two minutes. Team B
Captain’s choice of which player’s time will go on the penalty time
clock. If he chooses B2, then team B must place an additional player
on the penalty bench to serve B2’s minor penalty.
Teams play at full strength.
Example 10
A3
5
B5
5
Team B short-handed for five minutes (Captain’s choice).
Example 11
A3
5
B7
B5
5
5
Teams play at full strength.
Example 12
A4
A3
5
5+5
B7
B5
5
5
Example 13
A3
5+5
B5
5
Example 14
A3
5+5
B7
B7
5
5
Example 15
A4
A3
5
5+5
B5
5
Example 16
A4
A3
5
2+5
B7
B7
5
5
Example 17
A3
2+5
B7
2+5
Example 8
168
Team A will play one player short-handed for two minutes. Team A
Captain’s choice to determine which penalty would go on the penalty
time clock. Should A3 be chosen, then an additional team A player
must be placed on the penalty bench to serve the minor penalty for A3.
Team A one player short-handed for five minutes.
Team A short-handed for five minutes. Team A must place an
additional player on the penalty bench to serve the extra major penalty.
Teams play at full strength.
Team A has the choice to cancel one of the two major penalties
assessed to A3 or to simply cancel the one to A4. Should they choose
A3, they will require an additional player in the penalty box.
Team A will be short-handed for five minutes. Team choice to cancel
majors assessed. Should they choose A3, they will require an
additional player in the penalty box.
Team A must place another player in the penalty box to serve the
additional minor penalty to A3 immediately.
Teams play at full strength.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
TABLE 17
(Rule 19 – Coincidental Penalties)
COINCIDENTAL PENALTIES
(all penalties assessed at the same stoppage)
Penalties
Example 18
Team
A
A3
Penalties
On-ice Strength
2+5
Team
B
B5
5
A3
2
B7
B5
5
5
Example 20
A3
2+2
B5
5
Example 21
A3
2+5
B5
2+2+5
Example 22
A3
2+5
B5
5
Example 23
A4
A3
5
2+5
B7
B5
5
2+5
Example 24
A4
A3
2+2+5
2+5
B7
B5
5+5
2+2+5
Example 25
A4
A3
5
2+5
B7
B5
5+5
5
Example 26
A4
A3
5
2+5+5
B5
2+5
Team A short-handed for two minutes. Team B shorthanded for
five minutes (Captain’s choice). Team A must place another
player in the penalty box to serve the minor penalty.
In the last five minutes of the game or anytime in overtime, the
three minute differential will be posted on the penalty clock. Team
B will play short-handed for three minutes and it will be served in
the same manner as a major penalty.
In the last five minutes of the game or anytime in overtime, the
one minute differential will be posted on the penalty clock. Team B
will play short-handed for one minute and it will be served in the
same manner as a major penalty.
Team B will play short-handed for two minutes. Team B will
require an additional player in the penalty box to serve the minor
penalty.
Team A will play short-handed for two minutes. Team A will
require an additional player in the penalty box to serve the minor
penalty.
Team A will be short-handed either one player for four minutes, or
two players for two minutes (Captain’s choice). Team B will be
short-handed for five minutes (Captain’s choice).
Team B will be short-handed either one player for seven minutes
or two players, one for two minutes and one for five minutes
(Captain’s choice).
Team A will be short-handed, either one player for seven minutes,
or two player, one for two minutes and one for five minutes
(Captain’s choice).
Teams play at full strength.
Example 19
Example 27
A5
2
B7
B12
5
5+5
Teams play at full strength.
A6
5+5
B13
2
A7
A3
A3
A3
5
2+10
2+10
2
B14
B5
B5
B5
5
2
2+10
2
A4
10
B7
10
Example 28
Example 29
Example 30
Teams play four-on-four.
Teams play four-on-four.
Teams play four-on-four.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
169
TABLE 18
(Rule 69 – Interference on the Goalkeeper)
INTERFERENCE ON THE GOALKEEPER SITUATIONS
Situation
Result
1. THE GOALKEEPER IS IN THE GOAL CREASE.
A. An attacking player is standing in the goal crease
when the puck enters the crease then crosses the
goal line. In no way does he affect the
goalkeeper’s ability to defend his goal.
Goal is allowed. This is a good goal.
B. An attacking player makes incidental contact with Play continues, no whistle.
the goalkeeper, however, no goal is scored on the
play.
C. An attacking player makes incidental contact with
the goalkeeper at the same time a goal is scored.
Goal is disallowed. The official in his judgment may
call a Minor penalty on the attacking player. The
announcement should be, “No goal due to
interference with the goalkeeper.”
D. An attacking player makes other than incidental
contact with the goalkeeper, however, no goal is
scored on the play.
A Minor penalty, plus assessment of whatever other
penalties may be appropriate up to and including
Supplementary Discipline.
E. An attacking player makes other than incidental
contact with the goalkeeper at the time a goal is
scored.
Goal is disallowed, and a Minor and/or Major penalty,
plus assessment of whatever penalties may be
appropriate up to and including Supplementary
Discipline.
170
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
TABLE 18
(Rule 69 – Interference on the Goalkeeper)
INTERFERENCE ON THE GOALKEEPER SITUATIONS
Situation
Result
2. THE GOALKEEPER IS OUT OF THE GOAL CREASE.
A. An attacking player makes incidental contact with Play continues, no whistle.
the goalkeeper, however, no goal is scored on the
play.
B. An attacking player makes incidental contact with
the goalkeeper at the time a goal is scored.
Goal is allowed.
C. An attacking player makes other than incidental
contact with the goalkeeper, however, no goal is
scored on the play.
A Minor and/or Major penalty, plus assessment of
whatever other penalties may be appropriate up to
and including Supplementary Discipline.
D. An attacking player makes other than incidental
contact with the goalkeeper at the time a goal is
scored.
A Minor and/or Major penalty, plus assessment of
whatever other penalties may be appropriate up to
and including Supplementary Discipline and the goal
is disallowed.
3. A PLAYER PUSHES, SHOVES, OR FOULS ANOTHER PLAYER INTO THE GOALKEEPER, WHO IS IN
OR OUT OF THE CREASE.
A. The attacking player, after having made a
reasonable effort to avoid contact, makes contact
with the goalkeeper at the time a goal is scored.
Goal is allowed.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
171
TABLE 18
(Rule 69 – Interference on the Goalkeeper)
INTERFERENCE ON THE GOALKEEPER SITUATIONS
Situation
Result
B. The contact by the attacking player with the
goalkeeper is other than incidental and the
attacking player, in the judgment of the Referee,
did not make a reasonable effort to avoid such
contact. However, no goal is scored on the play.
A Minor and/or Major penalty, plus assessment of
whatever other penalties may be appropriate up to
and including Supplementary Discipline.
C. The contact by the attacking player with the
goalkeeper is other than incidental and the
attacking player, in the judgment of the Referee,
did not make a reasonable effort to avoid such
contact at the time a goal is scored.
A Minor and/or Major penalty may be called at the
discretion of the Referee plus assessment of whatever
other penalties may be appropriate up to and including
Supplementary Discipline and the goal is disallowed.
D. An attacking player, through his actions pushes,
shoves or fouls a defending player into the
goalkeeper at the time a goal is scored.
A penalty may be called at the discretion of the
Referee for the actions of the attacking player and the
goal is disallowed.
4. BATTLE FOR LOOSE PUCK WITH THE GOALKEEPER WHILE THE GOALKEEPER IS IN OR OUT OF
THE GOAL CREASE.
A. An attacking player makes incidental contact with Goal is allowed.
the goalkeeper while both are attempting to play a
loose puck at the time a goal is scored.
B. An attacking player makes other than incidental
contact with the goalkeeper while both are
attempting to play a loose puck at the time a goal
is scored.
172
A Minor and/or Major penalty, plus assessment of
whatever other penalties may be appropriate up to
and including Supplementary Discipline and the goal
is disallowed.
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
TABLE 18
(Rule 69 – Interference on the Goalkeeper)
INTERFERENCE ON THE GOALKEEPER SITUATIONS
Situation
Result
5. SCREENING SITUATIONS.
A. An attacking player skates in front of the goalkeeper at
the top of the goal crease, at the same time a goal is
being scored. The attacking player remains in motion and
does not maintain a significant position in the crease in
front of the goalkeeper.
Goal is allowed. This is a good goal.
B. An attacking player skates in front of the goalkeeper, well
inside the crease, at the same time a goal is being
scored. The attacking player remains in motion and, in the
judgment of the Referee, maintains a significant position
in the crease impairing the goalkeeper’s ability to defend
his goal.
Goal is disallowed. The announcement should be, “No
goal due to interference with the goalkeeper.”
C. An attacking player skates in front of the goalkeeper,
outside the crease, at the same time a goal is being
scored. The attacking player remains in motion and
impairs the goalkeeper’s ability to defend his goal.
Goal is allowed.
D. An attacking player plants himself within the goal crease,
as to obstruct the goalkeeper’s vision and impair his
ability to defend his goal, and a goal is scored.
Goal is disallowed. The announcement should be, “No
goal due to interference with the goalkeeper.”
E. An attacking player plants himself on the crease line or
outside the goal crease, as to obstruct the goalkeeper’s
vision and impair his ability to defend his goal, and a goal
is scored.
Goal is allowed.
6. CROWDING THE GOALKEEPER.
A. A goalkeeper initiates contact with an attacking player to
establish position in the crease and the attacking player
vacates the position immediately. No goal is scored on
the play.
Play continues, no whistle.
B. A goalkeeper initiates contact with an attacking player to
establish position in the crease and the attacking player
does not vacate the position, however, no goal is scored
on the play. A possible penalty depends on the Referee’s
judgment as to the degree of contact and degree of
resistance with the attacking player and whether the
goalkeeper was truly trying to establish a position.
Minor penalty. This player runs the risk of “bad things”
happening by being in the crease. In this example it is a
minor penalty.
C. A goalkeeper initiates contact with an attacking player in
the crease to establish position and the attacking player
vacates the position immediately at the time a goal is
scored. Even though the attacking player vacates his
position immediately, the contact impairs the goalkeeper’s
ability to defend his goal.
Goal is disallowed. The announcement should be, “No
goal due to interference with the goalkeeper.”
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
173
TABLE 18
(Rule 69 – Interference on the Goalkeeper)
INTERFERENCE ON THE GOALKEEPER SITUATIONS
Situation
Result
D. A goalkeeper initiates contact with an attacking player to
establish position in the crease and the attacking player
refuses to give ground at the time a goal is scored.
Goal is disallowed. A Minor penalty is not assessed
(loss of goal only). The announcement should be, “No
goal due to interference with the goalkeeper.”
E. A goalkeeper deliberately initiates contact with an
attacking player other than to establish position in the
crease, or otherwise acts to make unnecessary contact
with the attacking player.
Minor penalty to the goalkeeper (slashing, etc.).
F. A goalkeeper initiates contact with an attacking player to
establish position in the crease by using excessive force
or acting in a manner which would otherwise warrant a
penalty, and the attacking player refuses to give ground at
the time a goal is scored.
Coincidental Minors (goalkeeper/attacking player) [In
this situation, the Referee would emphatically display to
players and the fans that he was calling penalties
before the puck entered the net, and thus the play was
dead at the time the infractions occurred and thus
stated there is no goal.]
G. A goalkeeper initiates contact with an attacking player to
establish position in the crease by using excessive force
or acting in a manner which would otherwise warrant a
penalty, and the attacking player vacates the crease at
the time a goal is scored.
A Minor penalty to the goalkeeper and the goal is
disallowed. This is an example where the attacking
player has prevented the goalkeeper from doing his job
by being in the crease. The announcement should be,
“No goal due to interference with the goalkeeper (plus
the announcement of the goalkeeper’s penalty).”
H. A goalkeeper initiates contact with an attacking player to
establish position in the crease by using excessive force
or acting in a manner which would otherwise warrant a
penalty and the attacking player vacates the crease, but
no goal is scored.
Minor penalty to goalkeeper.
7. CONTACT WITH THE GOALKEEPER.
A. An attacking player initiates contact with the goalkeeper,
inside or outside the goal crease, in a fashion that would
otherwise warrant a penalty (e.g. “runs” the goalkeeper).
Appropriate penalty (Minor and/or Major and a Game
Misconduct) and subject to additional sanctions,
pursuant to Rule 33A – Supplementary Discipline.
B. An attacking player is in the crease and makes every
effort to vacate the crease and the goalkeeper initiates
contact to embellish and draw a penalty. No goal is
scored on the play.
This is a dive and a Minor penalty to the goalkeeper
(diving).
C. A defensive player directs the puck into his own net while
an attacking player initiates contact with the goalkeeper.
Goal is disallowed and a Minor and/or Major penalty,
plus assessment of whatever other penalties may be
appropriate up to and including Supplementary
Discipline to the attacking player.
D. A defensive player directs the puck into his own net while
Goal is allowed.
an attacking player is standing in the goal crease. The
attacking player does not affect the goalkeeper’s ability to
make the save.
174
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
TABLE 19
(Rule 84 – Overtime)
PENALTIES IN EFFECT PRIOR TO THE START OF OVERTIME –
REGULAR SEASON
Ex
Team A
Team B
Resolve
1
Time in 3rd
Period
19:10
A5 - 2
B17 – 2
2
19:10
A5 – 2
B17 – 2
19:50
A7 – 2
19:10
A5 – 2
The penalty times remain on the penalty time clock
and the teams begin overtime playing three (3) skaters
against three (3) skaters.
The teams would begin the overtime period playing
four (4) skaters against three (3) skaters. At the first
stoppage of play following the expiration of the
penalties to A5 and B17, the on-ice strength would be
adjusted from five (5) skaters against four (4) skaters
down to four (4) skaters against three (3) skaters.
Overtime will begin with the player strength of three (3)
skaters for team A and four (4) skaters for team B.
Through the normal expiration of penalty times, the
penalized players will return to the ice. With continuous
play, the potential of reaching an on-ice strength of five
(5) on five (5) is a possibility. However, the on-ice
strength would be adjusted accordingly at the next
stoppage of play.
Overtime will begin with the player strength of three (3)
skaters against three (3) skaters. Should there be a
stoppage of play following the expiration of A5 and
B17’s penalties, the on-ice strength shall be adjusted
to three (3) skaters against three (3) skaters. This
permits the remaining penalties to exit the penalty box
and return the teams to four (4) on four (4) status. With
continuous play, the potential of reaching an on-ice
strength of five (5) on five (5) is a possibility. However,
the on-ice strength would be adjusted accordingly at
the next stoppage of play.
Overtime on-ice strength will begin at three (3) on
three (3). Through the normal expiration of penalty
times, the penalized players will return to the ice. With
continuous play, the potential of reaching an on-ice
strength of five (5) on five (5) is a possibility. However,
the on-ice strength would be adjusted accordingly at
the next stoppage of play to either four (4) on three (3)
or four (4) on four (4), as the situation dictates at that
particular stoppage of play.
3
19:25
4
B17 – 2
19:40
A7 – 2
19:10
A5 – 2
19:30
A7 – 2
19:40
5
19:10
A36 – 2
A5 – 2
19:20
19:30
19:40
A17 – 2
B17 – 2
A7 – 2
B36 – 2
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
175
TABLE 20
(Rule 84 – Overtime)
PENALTIES ASSESSED IN OVERTIME – REGULAR SEASON
Time in OT
0:30
Team A
A23 – 2
1:00
1:30
A7 – 2
Team B
On-ice Strength
Team A – 3 skaters
Team B – 4 skaters
B17 – 2
Team A – 3 skaters
Team B – 3 skaters
Team A – 3 skaters
Team B – 4 skaters
Once team A has received their second minor penalty, each team must add one player to their on-ice
strength. Should the penalty to A23 expire bringing the on-ice strength back to four (4) on four (4) and there is
a subsequent stoppage of play, the on-ice strength must be adjusted down to three (3) on three (3) at this
point. However, if there is a stoppage of play once the penalty to B17 has expired (and before A7’s expires),
the on-ice strength would be adjusted to four (4) on three (3). If there is no stoppage in play until both teams
have returned to five skaters each, at the next stoppage of play the on-ice strength would be adjusted back
down to four (4) on four (4).
176
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
INDEX
A
Abstaining­from­playing­the­puck
Abusive­language­or­gestures
Abuse­of­officials
-­captain­or­alternate­coming­off­the­bench
-­game­misconduct­penalties
-­linesmen­reporting­to­referee
-­misconduct­penalties
-­referee­reports
-­unsportsmanlike­conduct
Action­scorer
Adjustment­to­clothing
Adjustment­to­equipment
After­the­game­–­fighting
After­the­period­–­fighting
After­the­original­altercation­–­fighting
Aggressor
Altercation
-Table­10,­Table­16
-­abuse­of­officials
-­aggressor
-­face-off­location
-­failure­to­proceed­to­penalty­bench
-­game­misconduct­penalties
-­goalkeeper­leaving­goal­crease
-­instigator
-­instigator­–­face­shield
-­jersey
-­leaving­the­bench
-­match­penalties
-­official­scorer
-­physical­abuse­of­officials
72,­81.2
39,­75,­Table­1,­Table­10
39,­Table­9,­Table­10
6.1
23.4
32.4
22.4
31.9
39
37.2
14.1,­63.2,­65.2
14.1,­63.2,­65.2
46.9
46.9
46.7
35.6,­46.2,­Table­6
46.3,­51.1,­ Table­6,­Table­8,
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
39
46.2
76.2
46.19
23.2
27.6,­31.9
46.11,­46.12
46.6,­75.2
46.13,­75.2
70
46.15
33.5
40
177
Altered­jersey
9.1
Alternate­captain
6.2
-­coming­off­bench­to­protest
39.2
-­correct­number­of­players­on­the­ice
63.3
-­delaying­the­game
63.3
-­fails­to­comply­with­Referee’s­direction
63.3
-­game­sheet
33.1
-­leaving­bench­to­protest
39.2
-­listed­on­game­sheet
33.1
-­official­report­of­match
33.1
-­requesting­stick­measurement
10.5
Appointment­of­officials
30
Area­of­a­fight­-­clearing
46.4
Arm­pads
11.3
Articles­thrown­on­ice­–­linesmen­reporting
32.4,­53.3,­75.2,­75.3,­Table­1,­Table­3
Assist
31.5,­33.2,­78.1,­78.3
Assists
-­crediting
33.2,­78.3
-­public­address
31.5,­33.2
Attacking­zone
1.6
-­calling­of­penalties­–­face-off­location
15.5
-­coming­from­the­bench­without­a­helmet­–­face-off­location
9.5
-­disallowed­goal­–­goalkeeper­interference­–­face-off­location
69.5
-­face-offs
76.2
-­goalkeeper­interference­–­face-off­location
69.5
-­hand­pass
79.3
-­injured­player­–­face-off­location
8.1
-­off-side
83
-­player’s­bench­extending­into
83.3
-­puck­out­of­bounds
85.1,­85.5
-­refusing­to­play­puck
72
Attainable­pass
81.5
Attempt­to­injure­a­manager,­coach
75.5,­Table­10
Attempt­to­injure­an­official
39.5,­40
178
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
Attempt­to­or­deliberate­injury
21
Attempting­to­continue­a­fight
46.5
Attire
31.1,­32.1
Automatic­game­misconduct
20.4,­23.6,­Table­6,­Table­7
-­aggressor
46.2
-­boarding
41.5
-­butt-ending
58.5
-­charging
42.5
-­checking­from­behind
43.5
-­clipping
44.5
-­cross-checking
59.5
-­elbowing
45.5
-­fighting­–­after­original­altercation
46.7
-­fighting­–­second­instigator­in­a­game
46.11
-­fighting­–­third­instigator­in­a­season
46.11
-­fighting­–­when­aggressor
46.2
-­head-butting
47.5
-­hooking
55.4
-­kneeing
50.5
-­instigator­–­final­five­minutes­of­regulation­time
46.12
-­instigator­–­second­in­a­game
46.11
-­instigator­–­third­in­a­season
46.11
-­second­fight,­same­stoppage
46.7
-­second­instigator­in­a­game
46.11
-­slashing
61.5
-­spearing
62.5
-­stick­measurement­–­third­violation­in­season
10.5
-­third­major­penalty­in­a­game
20.4
-­third­instigator­in­a­season
46.11
Automatic­suspension
-­abuse­of­officials­category
23.4
-­coach­or­non-playing­club­personnel­involved­in­altercation
46.8
-­fighting­other­than­during­the­periods­of­the­game
46.9
-­general­category
23.3
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
179
-­instigator,­aggressor­and­game­misconduct­list
35.6
-­instigator­in­final­five­minutes­of­regulation­time
46.22
-­physical­abuse­of­officials
40
-­stick­infractions,­boarding­and­checking­from­behind­category
23.5
-­stick­measurement­–­third­violation­in­season
10.5
Awarded­goal
26,­Table­15
-­covering­puck­in­crease
67.5
-­displacing­goal­post
63.6
-­during­penalty­shot
26.4
-­falling­on­puck­in­crease
67.5
-­fouling­from­behind
54.4,­55.6,­57.4,­61.7
-­gathering­puck­in­crease
67.5
-­goalkeeper­deliberately­removing­face­mask
9.5
-­handling­puck­in­crease
67.5
-­holding­puck­in­crease
67.5
-­illegal­substitution
68.4,­70.8
-­interference­from­bench
56.7
-­interference­by­player­illegally­entered­into­game
68.4,­70.8
-­interference­by­team­member­not­legally­on­the­ice
56.7
-­picking­up­puck­in­crease
67.5
-­piling­snow­or­other­objects
67.5
-­shoots­equipment
53.7
-­shoots­stick
53.7
-­throwing­equipment
53.7
-­throwing­stick
53.7
-­tripping
57.4
B
Back­of­net
Banging­boards­with­stick
Banging­glass­in­protest­of­ruling
Batting­puck
Before­the­game­–­fighting
Before­the­period­–­fighting
180
85.2,­85.5
39.2,­39.3,­Table­1,­Table­9,­Table­10
39.2,­39.4
38.4,­63.2,­67.1,­67.6,­78.5
46.9
46.9
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
Bench
-­bench­–­penalty­(see­Penalty­bench)
-­bench­-­players’­(see­Players’­bench)
Bench­minor­penalty
-­abuse­of­officials
-­delaying­the­game
-­designated­player­to­serve
-­distractions­during­penalty­shot
-­end­of­periods
-­face-off­violation
-­goalkeeper­in­regular­season­overtime
-­goalkeeper­proceeding­to­players’­bench
-­illegal­substitution
-­injured­player­leaving­the­ice­during­play
-­interference­from­the­bench
-­leaving­the­bench
-­line­changes
-­refusing­to­start­play
-­starting­line-up
-­start­of­game­and­periods
-­short-handed
-­slow­proceeding­to­face-off­location
-­throwing­equipment
-­too­many­men­on­the­ice
-­unsportsmanlike­conduct
-­unsustained­complaint­regarding­legality­of­a­glove
-­unsustained­request­for­stick­measurement
Biting
Blocking­glove
Blood
Boarding­
-­fines
-­game­misconduct­penalty
3
17
39.3
63.3
17.1
25.4
86.5
76.4,­76.6,­76.8
84.2
27.6
68.2
8.1
56.3
70.4,­70.5
82.2,­82.3
73.2,­73.3
7.2
86.2
16.2
76.6
53.3
74.2
39.3,­75.3
12.2
10.5
21,­75.2,­Table­8
11.6,­51.3,­Table­8,­Table­16
8.3
23.5,­29.1,­41,­Table­2,
Table­5,­Table­7,­Table­8
41.6
41.5
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
181
-­major­penalty
41.3
-­match­penalty
41.4
-­minor­penalty
41.2
-­suspensions
41.6
Boards
1.3
-­banging
39,­Table­1,­Table­9
-­boarding
41
-­charging
42.1
-­color
1.3
-­dimensions
1.3
-­frozen­against­–­puck
15.5
-­glass
1.3
-­markings
1.3
-­puck­coming­to­rest­on­top­of
85.1
-­puck­frozen­against
15.5
-­puck­out­of­bounds
85
-­restricted­area
27.8
-­safety­glass
1.3
Boot­channel
11.2
Boot­of­the­pad
11.2
Breakaway
25.8,­53.6,­56.6,­57.3,­63.5,­68.1,­Table­1,­Table­14
Breaking­stick­when­requested­for­measurement
10.5
Broken­stick
10.3,­10.4,­56.2,­Table­2
Butt-ending­
58,­Table­4,­Table­5,­Table­6,­Table­8,­Table­11
-­double-minor­penalty
15.3,­58.2
-­fines
58.6
-­game­misconduct­penalty
58.5
-­major­penalty
58.3
-­match­penalty
58.4
-­signal
29.2
-­suspensions
58.6
C
Calf­protectors
Calling­of­penalties
182
11.2
15,­Table­1
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
Calling­penalty­–­goal­scored
15.2,­15.3,­15.4
Captain
6.1,­Table­17,­Table­18
-­alternate­captains
6.2
-­coming­off­the­bench­to­protest
6.1,­39.2
-­delayed­penalties­–­penalties­expire­at­the­same­time
27.2
-­delaying­the­game
63.3
-­designated­player­–­bench­minor­penalty
17.1
-­designated­player­–­goalkeeper’s­penalties
27.1
-­designated­player­–­match­penalty
21.2
-­designated­player­–­misconduct­penalty­to­goalkeeper
22.2
-­designated­player­–­penalty­shot
25.3,­53.6
-­listed­on­game­sheet
33.1
-­official­report­of­match
33.1
-­penalties­to­two­players­expire­at­the­same­time
16.2,­27.2,­35.5
-­refusing­to­start­play
73.2
-­requesting­stick­measurement
10.5
Carrying­two­sticks
10.5
Catching­glove
11.5
Change­of­players
70.2,­81.4,­82
Change­of­possession
13.3
Charging
29.3,­41.1,­42,­Table­2,
Table­5,­Table­7,­Table­8,­Table­10
-­fines
42.6
-­game­misconduct­penalty
42.5
-­goalkeeper­in­crease
42.1
-­major­penalty
42.3
-­match­penalty
42.4
-­minor­penalty
42.2
-­suspensions
42.6
Checking­from­behind­
23.5,­29.4,­43,­Table­5,­Table­6,­Table­8
-­fines
43.6
-­game­misconduct­penalty
43.5
-­major­penalty
43.3
-­match­penalty
43.4
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
183
-­minor­penalty
43.2
-­suspensions
43.6
Chest­pad
11.3
Choice­of­ends
86.3
Circles­–­face-off
1.9,­76,­86.1,­86.8
Clearing­the­area­of­a­fight
46.4
Clearing­the­zone
83.3
Clipping
29.5,­44,­Table­2,­Table­5,­Table­6,­Table­8,­Table­10
-­fines
44.6
-­game­misconduct­penalty
44.5
-­major­penalty
44.3
-­match­penalty
44.4
-­minor­penalty
44.2
-­suspensions
44.6
Clock
4,­34,­35.5,­38.6,­77.2,­86.2,­86.8
Closing­hand­on­the­puck
67.2,­79.1
Clothing
14.1,­63.2,­65.2
Clothing­–­adjustment
14.1,­63.2,­65.2
Club­executive­coming­onto­ice
70.10
Coach
5.4
-­abuse­of­officials
39,­Table­10
-­abusive­language­or­gestures
39,­75,­Table­10
-­attempt­to­injure­a­coach
75.5,­Table­10
-­banging­boards
39,­Table­10
-­bench­minor­penalties
17.1
-­captain­and­alternate­captains
6.1,­6.2,­33.1
-­coming­onto­ice
70.5
-­deliberate­injury­of­a­coach
75.5,­Table­10
-­designated­player­for­bench­minor­penalties
17.1
-­designated­player­for­goalkeeper­penalties
27.1
-­designated­player­for­match­penalties
21.2,­27.5
-­distraction­during­a­penalty­shot
25.4
-­eligible­players
5.1,­33.1
-­goalkeeper’s­penalties
27
184
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
-­interference­from­bench
56.3,­Table­10
-­involved­in­altercation
46.8
-­leaving­bench
70.5,­Table­3
-­line­change­warning
76.6,­76.7,­82.2
-­line-up
33.3
-­match­penalties
21.2,­27.5
-­obscene­language­or­gestures
39,­75,­Table­10
-­penalties
Table­1
-­penalty­shot­–­distraction­during
25.4
-­physical­abuse­of­officials
40
-­profane­language­or­gestures
39,­75,­Table­10
-­refusing­to­start­play
73.2,­73.3
-­shootout­–­stick­measurement
10.7
-­starting­line-up
7,­33.3
-­stick­measurement­–­shootout
10.7
-­supplementary­discipline
28
-­throwing­objects
53.3,­75.3,­75.4,­Table­10
-­unable­to­continue­–­referee,­linesman
31.11,­32.6
-­warning­–­line­change
76.6,­76.7,­82.2
Coincidental­major­penalties
19.2,­Table­17
Coincidental­match­penalties
19.3
Coincidental­minor­penalties
19.1,­Table­17, Table­19
Coincidental­penalties
16.2,­19,­27.5,­Table­17,­Table­18,­Table­19
Coincidental­penalties­in­overtime
19.1
Coincidental­penalty­rule
19.5,­Table­17
Coming­from­bench­without­helmet­during­play
9.5
Coming­off­bench­to­protest
39.2
Coming­onto­ice­–­club­executive
70.10
Coming­onto­ice­–­coach
70.5
Commercial­time-out
87.1
-­light
4.1
Commissioner
-­abuse­of­officials
39.7
-­altercation­with­spectator
23.7
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
185
-­appointment­of­officials
-­attempt­to­injure­a­coach
-­awarded­goal­–­interference
-­boarding
-­butt-ending
-­charging
-­checking­from­behind
clipping
-­club­executive­coming­onto­the­ice
-­coach­coming­onto­the­ice
-­coach­involved­in­altercation
-­coming­onto­the­ice­–­club­executive
-­coming­onto­the­ice­–­coach
-­cross-checking
-­dangerous­equipment­–­opposing­team­objection
-­deliberate­injury­of­a­coach
-­elbowing
-­end­of­game­/­periods
-­fighting­other­than­during­periods­of­the­game
-­fighting­prior­to­drop­of­puck
-­forfeit­of­game
-­game­misconduct­penalties
-­goalkeeper­leaving­goal­crease
-­goalkeeper­substitution­–­delay
-­goalkeeper’s­equipment
-­goalkeepers’­sticks
-­head-butting
-­high-sticking
-­hooking
-­ineligible­player
-­interference­–­awarded­goal
-­interference­–­penalty­shot
-­kicking
-­kneeing
186
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
30.1
75.5
56.7
41.6
58.6
42.6
43.6
44.6
70.10
70.5
46.8
70.10
70.5
59.6
9.6
75.5
45.6
31.9,­86.5
46.20
46.10
66.1
23.2,­39.5
27.6
8.2
11.8
10.2
47.6
60.6
55.6
5.2
56.7
56.6
49.4
50.6
-­league­inspections
-­leaving­goal­crease
-­leaving­the­bench
-­line-up­policy
-­match­penalties
-­obscene­gestures­/­language
-­officials
-­participating­in­play­with­two­sticks
-­penalty­shot­–­interference
-­physical­abuse­of­officials
-­pre-game­warm-up
-­referee­reports
-­refusing­to­start­play
-­roughing
-­slashing
-­slew-footing
-­spearing
-­spectator
-­start­of­game­/­periods
-­supplementary­discipline
11.8,­12.5
27.6
70.10
33.3
21.3
39.7,­75.7
30.1
10.5
56.6
40
86.6
31.9
73.2,­73.3
51.4
61.7
52.3
62.6
23.7
31.10,­86.7
28,­41.6,­42.6,­43.6,­44.6,­45.6,­47.6,
49.4,­50.6,­51.4,­52.3,­53.8,­55.6,
58.6,­59.6,­60.6,­61.7,­62.6,­75.7
-­throwing­equipment
53.8
-­throwing­object­at­spectator
23.7
-­warm-up
86.6
Communication
33.4,­35.3,­36.2,­38.5
Confirmation­of­goal­at­one­end­prior­to­goal­at­other
38.6,­78.6
Contact­during­an­icing
81.1
Contact­inside­the­goal­crease
69.3
Contact­outside­the­goal­crease
69.4
Continuing­a­fight­(attempting­to­continue)
46.5
Control­of­the­puck
-­awarded­goals
26.1,­57.4
-­calling­of­penalties
15.1
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
187
-­injured­player
-­off-side
-­penalty­shot
Correct­number­of­players­on­the­ice
Covering­puck­in­goal­crease
Crease
-­charging­goalkeeper­in­crease
-­contact­inside
-­contact­outside
-­entering­referee’s­crease
-­falling­on­puck
-­freezing­puck
-­gathering­puck
-­goal­crease
-­goal­crease­during­fight
-­goalkeeper­in­crease­–­charging
-­handling­puck
-­holding­puck
-­icing
-­interference­on­the­goalkeeper
-­leaving­goal­crease
-­loose­pucks
-­penalty­shot
-­picking­up­puck
-­rebounds
-­referee’s­crease
-­referee’s­crease­–­entering
-­remain­in­goal­crease
-­stopping­play
Crediting­assists
Crediting­goals
Crossbar
Cross-checking
-­fines
188
8.1
83.1
25.8,­56.6,­57.3
63.3
67.4,­67.5
1.7
42.1
69.3
69.4
39.4,­Table­9
67.4,­67.5,­Table­14
63.2,­67.4,­67.5,­Table­16
67.4,­67.5,­Table­14
1.7
46.4
42.1
67.4,­67.5,­Table­14
67.4,­67.5,­Table­14
81.3
69,­Table­2,­Table­19
27.6,­31.9,­Table­16
69.6,­78.4
25.2
67.4,­67.5,­Table­14
69.6
1.7
39.4,­Table­9
46.4
63.2,­67.4,­67.5,­Table­16
33.1,­78.3
78.2
2.1,­25.2,­60.5,­78.5,­80.3
59,­Table­2,­Table­5,­Table­6,­Table­8,­Table­11
59.6
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
-­game­misconduct­penalty
-­major­penalty
-­match­penalty
-­minor­penalty
-­signal
-­suspensions
Curvature
59.5
59.3
59.4
59.2
29.6
59.6
10.1,­10.5
D
Dangerous­equipment
-­opposing­team­objection
Defending­zone
-­clearing­area­of­a­fight­–­fight­in­front­of­benches
-­delaying­the­game
-­face-offs
-­hand­pass
-­hand­pass­–­linesman­stopping­play
-­handling­puck
-­net­displaced
-­no­off-side
-­puck­off­official­directly­into­goal
-­puck­over­glass
-­puck­unplayable
-­shooting­puck­over­glass
-­throwing­equipment
Deflection
-­disallowed­goals
-­distinct­kicking­motion
-­during­delayed­calling­of­a­penalty
-­handling­puck
-­high-sticking­the­puck
-­icing
-­kicking­the­puck
9.6,­12.3
9.6
1.6
46.4
63.2
76.2
79.2
32.5
67.1
63.2
83.1,­83.2
76.2
63.2
85.2
63.2
53.2,­Table­1,­Table­14
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
78.5
49.2
78.5
67.6
80.3
81.1
49.2
189
-­off­an­official
-­off­body­into­goal
-­off-side
-­puck­out­of­bounds
-­rebound­in­the­crease
-­rebound­on­a­penalty­shot
Delayed­calling­of­a­penalty
-­no­goal
Delayed­calling­of­a­penalty­shot­and­goal­scored
Delayed­off-side
Delayed­penalty
Delaying­the­game
-­adjustment­of­equipment
-­awarded­goal
-­bench­minor­penalty
-­covering­puck
-­dangerous­equipment
-­displacing­goal­post
-­dropping­puck­on­netting
-­end­of­period
-­face-off­violation
-­falling­on­puck­in­crease
-­freezing­puck­unnecessarily
-­goalkeeper­deliberately­removing­face­mask
-­goalkeeper­playing­puck­in­restricted­area
-­improper­line­change
-­infractions
-­line­change
-­minor­penalty
-­objects­thrown­on­ice
-­penalty­shot
-­playing­puck­in­restricted­area
-­protective­equipment
-­puck­dropped­on­goal­netting
190
38.4,­76.2,­78.5,­81.1,­83.2,­85.4
78.5
83.2
85.4
69.6
25.2
78.5
78.5
15.4
29.9,­56.2,­83.3
19.1,­27,­29.8,­84.2,­Table­17
63,­Table­2,­Table­3,­Table­15
65.2
63.6
63.3
67.2,­67.3
9.6
63.2
85.6
86.5
76.6
63.5,­67.4,­67.5
67.3
9.5
27.8
82.2
63.7
82.3
63.2
63.4
63.5
27.8
9.5
85.6
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
-­puck­over­glass
-­refusing­to­start­play
-­restricted­area
-­signal
-­slow­proceeding­to­face-off­location
-­start­of­game
-­start­of­period
-­unnecessary­stoppage­of­play
-­unsustained­request­of­opponent’s­equipment
-­warm-up­during­time-out
Deliberate­illegal­substitution
Deliberate­injury
Deliberate­injury­of­a­manager,­coach
Deliberately­applying­physical­force­against­an­official
Deliberately­breaking­stick
Designated­player
-­bench­minor­penalty
-­goalkeeper­penalty
-­match­penalty
-­penalty­shot
Devices­–­signal­and­timing
Diagrams
-­Approved­Goal­Frame
-­catching­glove­–­goalkeeper’s
-­Detail­of­Goal­Crease
-­Dimensions­of­Rink­Surface
-­Face-off­Configuration
-­Goal­Crease
-­Goal­Frame
-­goalkeeper’s­catching­glove
-­goalkeeper’s­jersey
-­goalkeeper’s­stick
-­jersey­–­goalkeeper
-­jersey­–­player
63.2
73.2,­73.3
27.8
29.9
76.6
86.2
86.2
67.3
12.2
87.1
68.6,­74.4,­Table­3,­Table­14
21
75.5,­Table­12
39.5,­40
10.5,­Table­9
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
17.1
27
21.2,­27.5
25.3
4,­34.4,­35.5,­38.6
page­vi
11.5
page­v
page­iv
page­v
page­v
page­vi
11.5
9.4
10.2
9.4
9.3
191
-­Official­Dimensions­of­Rink­Surface
-­player’s­jersey
-­player’s­stick
-­Restricted­Area
-­Rink­Dimensions
-­stick­–­goalkeeper’s
-­stick­–­players’
-­tape­measure
Dimensions
Disallowed­goals
-­batting­puck
-­confirmation­of­goal­at­one­end­prior­to­goal­at­other
-­deflected­off­official
-­delayed­calling­of­a­penalty
-­delayed­off-side
-­distinct­kicking­motion
-­goalkeeper­pushed­into­net­together­with­puck
-­high-sticking­the­puck
-­illegal­substitution
-­interference­on­the­goalkeeper
-­kicking
-­leaving­the­penalty­bench
-­linesman­reporting­foul­that­occurred­prior­to­goal
-­net­dislodged
-­off-side
-­play­was­stopped
-­public­address
-­through­goal­netting
-­under­goal­frame
-­whistle­had­blown
Discarded­stick­or­other­equipment
Discipline­–­supplementary
-­abuse­of­officials
-­attempt­to­injure­a­team­official
192
page­iv
9.3
10.1
page­iv
page­iv
10.2
10.1
11.5
1.2,­3,­10.1,­10.2,­11,­13.1
78.5
38.4,­67.6,­78.5
38.6,­78.6
38.4,­76.2,­78.5,­85.4
78.5
83.4
38.4,­49.2,­78.5
69.6,­78.5
78.5,­80.3
68.5,­78.5
69,­78.5
38.4,­49.2,­78.5
68.5,­70.4,­78.5
32.4,­78.5
63.2,­78.5
83.4
31.2,­78.5,­83.4
31.5,­38.2,­78.5
38.4
38.4
31.2,­78.5,­83.4
53.2
28,­Table­19
39.6,­39.7
75.5
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
-­boarding
-­butt-ending
-­charging
-­checking­from­behind
-­clipping
-­cross-checking
-­diving
-­elbowing
-­embellishment
-­fighting
-­game­misconduct­penalties
-­head-butting
-­high-sticking
-­hooking
-­interference­from­the­bench
-­interference­on­the­goalkeeper
-­kicking
-­kneeing
-­leaving­the­bench
-­match­penalties
-­physical­abuse­of­officials
-­roughing
-­slashing
-­slew-footing
-­spearing
-­throwing­equipment
-­unsportsmanlike­conduct
Displacing­goal­post
Disputes
-­clock
-­the­rulings­of­an­official
-­expiration­of­penalties
-­final­decision
-­referee
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
41.6
58.6
42.6
43.6
44.6
59.6
64.3
45.6
64.3
46.10,­46.20
23.2
47.6
60.6
55.6
56.2
69.7
49.4
50.6
70.2
21.2
40.6
51.4
61.7
52.3
62.6
53.8
75.5,­75.6,­75.7
63.2,­63.5,­63.6
31.2,­34.7,­38.6
39.1,­Table­10
31.2,­35.1
31.2
31
193
-­penalties
-­time
-­unsportsmanlike­conduct
Distinct­kicking­motion
Distracting­goalkeeper­during­penalty­shot
Distracting­player­during­penalty­shot
Diving
-­fines
-­minor­penalty
-­suspensions
Division­of­ice­surface
Double-minor­penalty
-­butt-ending
-­disallowed­goals
-­foul­resulting­in­a­penalty­shot
-­goal­scored
-­head-butting
-­high-sticking
-­last­five­minutes­and­overtime
-­linesman­reporting­high-stick­causing­injury
-­spearing
Drop­of­puck­–­fighting­prior­to
31.2,­35.1
31.2,­34.7,­38.6
39.1,­Table­10
38.4,­49.2,­78.5
25.4
25.4
64
64.3
64.2
64.3
1.6
18,­Table­4,­Table­17
58.2
78.5
25.6
15.3
47.2
60.3
19.4
32.4,­78.5
62.2
46.10
E
Elbow­pads
Elbowing
-­fines
-­game­misconduct­penalty
-­major­penalty
-­match­penalty
-­minor­penalty
-­suspensions
Eligibility­for­shootout
Eligible­player
194
9.5,­12.3
29.10,­45,­Table­2­Table­5,­Table­7,­Table­8,­Table­10
45.6
45.5
45.3
45.4
45.2
45.6
84.4
5.1,­10.7,­33.1
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
Embellishment
64
Emergency­recall­–­goalkeeper
5.3,­11.8
Encroachment
32.5,­76.5,­76.6
End­of­game
31.10,­86.5
-­fighting
46.9
End­of­period
4,­86.5,­Table­3
-­fighting
46.9
Ends­–­choice­of
86.3
Entering­referee’s­crease
39.4,­Table­9
Equipment
65,­Section­3,­Table­2,­Table­9,­Table­16
-­adjustment­of­equipment
14.1,­63.2,­65.2
-­blood­stained
8.3
-­dangerous­equipment
9.6,­12.3
-­goalkeeper’s­equipment
11
-­goalkeeper’s­equipment­repairs
27.6
-­goalkeeper’s­jersey
9.4
-­illegal­equipment
12.1
-­jersey
9
-­kicking­equipment
49.2
-­linesmen­equipment
32.1
-­minor­penalty
65.2
-­numbers­
9.2
-­penalty­timekeeper­equipment
35.2
-­player’s­jersey
9.3
-­preventing­opponent­from­retrieving­equipment
56.2
-­protective­equipment
9.5
-­puck
13
-­referees’­equipment
31.1
-­retrieving­equipment­after­a­fight
46.19
-­sticks
10
-­throwing­equipment
53
-­throwing­equipment­at­an­official
40.4
-­throwing­equipment­out­of­playing­area
39.4,­75.2,­75.4,­75.5
-­uniform
9.1
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
195
Event­summary
Exhibition­games
Expiration­of­penalties
Extra­attacker
-­awarded­goals
-­goalkeeper­in­regular­season­overtime
-­goalkeeper­on­an­icing
-­line­change­on­icing
-­illegal­substitution
-­overtime­–­regular­season
-­premature­substitution
Eye­gouging
37.3
28.2
31.2,­35.1
Table­15
26.3
74.5,­84.2
81.4
82.1
74
74.5,­84.2
71.1
21,­Table­8
F
Face­masks
Face­protection
Face-off
-­abstaining­from­playing­puck
-­calling­of­penalties
-­circles
-­false
-­fighting­prior­to
-­five­second­limit
-­goalkeeper­losing­mask
-­hand­pass
-­high-sticking­opponent­during­face-off
-­high-sticking­the­puck
-­icing
-­injured­players
-­interference­with­goalkeeper
-­linesmen
-­off-side
-­objects­thrown­on­ice
-­penalty­shot
196
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
11.7
46.6,­75.2
76,­Table­2
72.1
15.5,­76.2
1,­76,­86.1
34.7,­38.6
46.10,­70.2
76.3
9.5
79.3
60.1
80.2
81.2
8.1,­76.2
69.5
32.2
83.5
63.4
25.5
-­player­losing­helmet
-­premature­substitution
-­procedure
-­puck­out­of­bounds
-­puck­unplayable
-­puck­out­of­sight
-­puck­striking­official
-­referees
-­refusing­to­play­puck
-­responsibility
-­spots
9.5
71.1
76.3
63.2,­85.1
85.2
85.3
85.4
31.3
72
31.3,­32.2,­76.1
1.9,­8.1,­9.5,­25.2,­29.18,­69.5
71.1,­72,­76,­80.2,­81.2,­83.5,­85.5
-­start­of­game
86.1
-­start­of­periods
86.1
- verification­of­time
38.6
-­violations
76.6,­82.1,­87.1,­Table­2
Facial­injury­protection
9.6
Fake­an­injury
64.1
Failure­to­comply­with­referee’s­direction
63.3
Failure­to­place­player­on­penalty­bench­–­major­penalty
20.3
Failure­to­proceed­directly­to­penalty­bench
46.19
Fair­play
12.4
Falling­on­puck­in­crease
67.4,­67.5,­Table­14
Fans­throwing­objects­on­ice
63.4
Feign­an­injury
64.1
Fighting
46,­86.6,­Table­5,­Table­6
Table­9,­Table­10
-­aggressor
46.2,­46.17
-­after­the­original­altercation
46.7
-­altercation
46.3
-­clearing­the­area
46.4,­46.18
-­continuing­a­fight­(attempting­to­continue)
46.5
-­face­protection
46.6
-­failure­to­proceed­to­penalty­bench
46.19
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
197
-­fines
46.17,­46.18,­46.19,­46.20,­46.21,­46.22
-­inciting­an­opponent
75.4
-­instigator
46.11,­46.12,­46.21,­46.22
-­jerseys
46.13
-­major­penalty
46.14
-­match­penalty
46.15
-­off­the­playing­surface
46.8
-­other­than­during­the­periods­of­the­game
46.9,­46.20
-­prior­to­the­drop­of­the­puck
46.10
-­second­instigator­in­game
46.11
-­suspensions
46.17,­46.18,­46.19,­46.20,­46.21,­46.22
-­third­instigator­in­season
46.11
-­third­man­in
46.16
Final­decision
31.2
Final­five­minutes­–­instigator
46.12
Fines–­aggressor
46.17
-­boarding
41.6
-­butt-ending
58.6
-­charging
42.6
-­checking­from­behind
43.6
-­clearing­the­area­of­a­fight
46.18
-­clipping
44.6
-­cross-checking
59.6
-­diving
64.3
-­elbowing
45.6
-­embellishment
64.3
-­failure­to­proceed­directly­to­penalty­bench
46.19
-­fighting­other­than­during­the­periods­of­the­game
46.20
-­goalkeeper’s­equipment
11.8
-­head-butting
47.6
-­high-sticking
60.6
-­hooking
55.6
-­illegal­stick
10.5,­10.7
-­instigator
46.21
198
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
-­instigator­in­final­five­minutes
-­interference­on­the­goalkeeper
-­kicking
-­kneeing
-­leaving­the­bench
-­major­penalties
-­misconduct­penalties
-­game­misconduct­penalties
-­refusing­to­start­play
-­roughing
-­slashing
-­slew-footing
-­spearing
-­start­of­game
-­supplementary­discipline
-­throwing­equipment
-­unsustained­request­for­stick­measurement
Flexible­pegs
Flooding­the­ice
Forfeit­of­game
Foul­resulting­in­penalty­shot
Fouling­from­behind
Freezing­the­puck­(frozen­puck)
-­back­of­net
-­between­opposing­players
-­delaying­the­game
-­face-off­location­–­calling­of­penalties
-­puck­unplayable
-­unnecessarily
46.22
69.7
49.4
50.6
70.10
20.5
22.5
23.3,­22.4,­22.5,­27.2,­27.3,­27.4,­27.6
73.2,­73.3
51.4
61.7
52.3
62.6
86.7
28
53.8
10.5
2.1,­63.6,­78.5
1.1
66,­73.2,­73.3
25.8
25.8,­57.3
Table­15
85.2
85.2
63.2
15.5,­76.2
85.2
67.3
G
Game
-­end­of
31.10
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
199
-­forfeit­of
-­start­of
Game­Flow
Game­misconduct­–­automatic
59.5,­Table­6,­Table­7
Game­misconduct­penalty
-­abuse­of­officials
-­attempt­to­injure­a­team­official
-­boarding
-­butt-ending
-­captain­coming­off­the­bench
-­charging
-­checking­from­behind
-­clipping
-­cross-checking
-­elbowing
-­fighting
-­general­category
-­goalkeeper
-­head-butting
-­hooking
-­interference
-­interfering­with­a­spectator
-­kneeing
-­leaving­the­bench
-­penalty­timekeeper
-­physical­abuse­of­officials
-­post-game­verbal­abuse
-­protective­equipment
-­racial­taunts­or­slurs
-­refusing­to­start­play
-­request­for­review­/­rescind
-­slashing
-­spearing
200
66,­73.2,­73.3
31.10,­86.1
Section­10
20.4,­23.6,­46.7,­46.11
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
23,­Table­10
23.4,­39.5
75.5
41.5
58.5
6.1
42.5
43.5
44.5
59.5
45.5
46
23.3,­Table­10
27.4
47.5
55.4
56.5
23.7
50.5
70.6
35.1,­35.6
40.1
23.7
9.5
23.7
73.2
23.2
61.5
62.5
-­spitting
-­stick-related­category
-­striking­a­spectator
-­throwing­equipment
-­unsportsmanlike­conduct
-­verbal­abuse
Game­sheet
Game­summary
Game­time­clock
Game­timekeeper
-­delays
-­game­timing
-­interfering­with
-­intermission­timing
-­official­scorer­–­time­of­goals
-­overtime
-­pre-game­warm-up
-­public­address­–­one­minute­remaining
-­referee­duties
-­signal­devices
-­start­of­game
-­start­of­periods
-­television
-­time-outs
- verification­of­time
-­warm-up
Game­timing
Games­–­exhibition
Gathering­puck­in­crease
General­category
General­duties
-­game­timekeeper
-­goal­judge
-­linesmen
23.7
23.5,­Table­11
23.7
53.4
75.5
23.7
33.1
37.3
4
34
77.3,­86.4
77.1
39.3
34.2,­77.2
33.2
34.3,­84.1,­84.5
86.6
34.1
31.6
34.4
86.6
34.5,­77.2,­86.1
34.6
87.1
38.6
86.6
77.1
28.2
67.4,­67.5,­Table­13,­Table­15
23.3,­Table­10
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
34.1
36.1
32.3
201
-­official­scorer
-­penalty­timekeeper
-­real­time­scorers
-­referees
Glass
-­banging­glass
-­broken­glass­–­face-off­location
-­delay­of­game
-­dimensions
-­face-off­location­–­broken­glass
-­face-off­location­–­off-side
-­height
-­off-side­–­face-off­location
-­penalty­bench
-­players’­benches
-­puck­out­of­bounds
Glove
-­batting­into­net
-­blocking
-­catching
-­deflection­into­net
-­disallowed­goal
-­equipment
-­illegal­equipment
-­instigator­criteria
-­kicking­glove
-­match­penalty
-­palm­removed­or­cut
-­protective­equipment
-­puck­out­of­bounds
-­roughing
Goal
-­awarded
-­awarded­–­falling­on­puck
202
33.1
35.1
37.1
31.4
39.2,­39.4
85.1
63.2
1.3
85.1
83.5
1.3
83.5
3.2
3.1
85.1
12.2,­Table­8,­Table­16
67.6
11.6,­51.3,­Table­8,­Table­16
11.5
67.6
49.2,­67.6
65.2
12.1
46.11
49.2
51.3
12.2
9.5
85.1
51.1
78
26,­Table­15
67.5
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
-­awarded­–­fouled­from­behind
-­awarded­–­gathering­puck
-­awarded­–­goal­displaced
-­awarded­–­holding­puck
-­awarded­–­illegal­player
-­awarded­–­interference­from­bench
-­awarded­–­picking­up­puck
-­awarded­–­piling­snow
-­awarded­–­throwing­equipment
-­crediting
-­disputed
-­disallowed
-­disallowed­–­batting­puck
-­disallowed­-­high-sticking
-­disallowed­–­illegal­player
-­disallowed­–­ineligible­player
-­disallowed­–­kicking
-­disallowed­–­leaving­bench
-­disallowed­–­off­an­official
-­disallowed­–­off-side
-­light
-­official­scorer
- public­address
-­referee
-­scored­–­double-minor­penalty
-­scored­–­minor­penalty
-­scored­–­minor­and­misconduct­penalty
-­scored­–­overtime
-­scored­–­short-handed­team
-­scored­–­signal
-­throwing­equipment
Goal­crease­(see­Crease)
Goal­frame
Goal­judge
54.4,­55.6,­57.4,­61.7
67.5
63.6
67.5
56.7,­68.4,­70.8
56.7
67.5
67.5
53.7
78.2
38.1
78.5
67.6
60.5,­80.3
5.2,­68.5,­70.9
5.2
49.2
68.5,­70.9
78.5
83.4
4.1
33.1
31.5,­33.2
31.5
15.3
15.2
22.3
84.1
15.4
29.11
53.7
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
1.7,­2.2
36
203
Goal­pegs
Goal­posts
-­awarded­goal
-­displacing
-­goal­crease
-­goal­frame
-­goal­judge
-­penalty­shot
-­rebound­off­post­on­penalty­shot
-­scoring­a­goal
Goals­scored­against­a­short-handed­team
Goalkeeper
-­back-up­(see­also­substitute)
-­charging­in­crease
-­deliberately­removing­face­mask
-­during­the­course­of­a­penalty­shot
-­equipment
-­handling­puck
-­icing
-­incapacitated
-­injured
-­interference
-­jersey
-­leaving­goal­crease
-­losing­helmet­and/or­mask
-­overtime­–­regular­season
-­penalties
-­player­using­goalkeeper’s­stick
-­player’s­stick­–­goalkeeper­using
-­playing­puck­over­center­red­line
-­premature­substitution
-­proceeding­to­players’­bench
-­pushed­into­net­together­with­puck
-­restricted­area
204
2.1,­63.6,­78.5
2
63.6
63.2,­63.5,­63.6
1.7
1.7,­2.2
36.1
63.5
25.2
78.4
Table­17
11.8
42.1
9.5
25.2,­25.4
5.3,­11,­14.1,­27.6,­63.2,­65
67.3
81.3
5.3
8.2
69
9.4
27.6,­31.9
9.5
74.5,­84.1,­84.2
27,­35.3,­Table­16
10.3
10.4
27.7
71.1
27.6
69.6,­78.5
1.8,­27.8,­Table­16
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
-­resuming­position
-­shootout
-­stick
-­substitute
-­substitution
-­third
-­uniform
-­warm-up
Gouging­–­eye
Grabbing­face­mask
8.2
84.4
10.2,­11.1,­49.2
5.3,­25.2
8.2,­33.1
5.3
9.4,­9.5
5.3,­8.2,­86.8,­87
21.1,­Table­8
75.2,­Table­8
H
Hair­pulling
Hand­pass
-­abstains­from­playing­the­puck
-­advantage­gained
-­linesman­stopping­play
-­refusing­to­play­puck
-­signal
Handling­puck
-­awarded­goal
-­delaying­the­game
-­disallowed­goal
-­hand­pass
-­in­crease
-­minor­penalty­–­goalkeeper
-­minor­penalty­–­player
-­penalty­shot
Hash­marks­(restraining­lines)
Head-butting
-­double-minor­penalty
-­fines
-­game­misconduct­penalty
75.2,­Table­8
67.1,­79
72.2
67.1,­79.1
32.5
72.2
29.12
67
67.5
63.2
67.6
79
67,­Table­14
67.3
67.2
67.4
1.9,­76.5
15.3,­29.2,­47,­Table­4,­Table­5,
Table­6,­Table­8,­Table­10
47.2
47.6
47.5
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
205
-­major­penalty
-­match­penalty
-­suspensions
Helmet
Heel­of­the­stick
High-sticking
-­abstaining­from­playing­puck
-­contact­off­a­face-off
-­cradling­the­puck­(like­lacrosse)
-­disallowed­goal
-­double-minor­penalty
-­double-minor­penalty­–­goal­scored
-­double-minor­penalty­–­linesman­reporting
-­fines
-­goals
-­match­penalty
-­minor­penalty
-­puck
-­refusing­to­play­puck
-­signal
-­suspensions
Holding
-­awarded­goal
-­interference
-­minor­penalty
-­penalty­shot
-­restrain
-­signal
-­stick
-­stick­–­signal
Holding­puck­in­crease
Hooking
-­awarded­goal
-­fines
206
47.3
47.4
47.6
9.5
10.1
60,­80,­Table­2,­Table­4,­Table­8
72.3
60.1
25.2,­80.1
38.4,­60.5,­78.5,­80.3
60.3
15.3
32.4
60.6
60.5
60.4
60.2
32.5,­80
72.3
29.14
60.6
54,­Table­2
54.4
56.1
54.2
54.3
56.1
29.15
54.2,­Table­2
29.16
67.4,­67.5,­Table­13
55,­Table­2,­Table­5,­Table­6,­Table­11
55.6
55.7
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
-­game­misconduct­penalty
-­interference
-­major­penalty
-­minor­penalty
-­penalty­shot
-­restrain
-­signal
-­suspensions
Human­factor
55.4
56.1
55.3
55.2
55.5
56.1
29.17
55.7
31.2
I
Ice­surface
-­division­of
-­injured­player
-­leaving­the­penalty­bench
-­proceeding­to­dressing­room
-­stick­measurement
-­too­many­men­on­the­ice
Icing
-­abstaining­from­playing­puck
-­attainable­pass
-­back­of­net
-­contact
-­deflections­in­the­neutral­zone
-­directly­off­the­face-off
-­dislodging­puck­from­back­of­net
-­error­–­face-off­location
-­face-off­location
-­goalkeeper
-­line­change
-­linesman­stopping­play
-­no­icing
-­numerical­strength
-­penalty­–­non-offending­team­–­face-off­location
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
1.1
1.6
8.1
70.4
70.3
10.5
74.1
81
72.4,­81.2
81.5
81.5
81.1
81.5
81.5
81.5
81.2
81.2
81.3
81.4,­82.1
32.5
81.5
81.6
15.5
207
-­puck­striking­official
-­rebound­of­defending­player
-­receivable­pass
-­refusing­to­play­puck
-­short-handed
-­signal
-­unnecessary­contact
Illegal­check­to­the­head
-­fines
-­game­misconduct­penalty
-­major­penalty
-­match­penalty
-­suspensions
Illegal­equipment
Illegal­puck
Illegal­stick­–­remain­at­penalty­bench
Illegal­substitution
-­awarded­goal
-­bench­minor­penalty
-­deliberate
-­disallowed­goal
-­failure­to­put­substitute­in­for­major­penalty
-­goalkeeper­in­regular­season­overtime
-­leaving­the­penalty­bench
-­leaving­the­players’­bench
-­major­penalty
-­overtime­–­regular­season­–­goalkeeper
-­penalty­shot
-­regular­season­overtime­–­goalkeeper
-­too­many­men­on­the­ice
Impede
Improper­line­change
Improper­starting­line-up
Incapacitated­goalkeeper
208
81.1,­85.4
81.5
81.5
72.4,­81.2
81.6
29.18
41.1
48
48.6
48.4
48.3
48.5
48.6
11.8,­12,­Table­2,­Table­16
13.3,­56.2
10.5
68,­Table­3,­Table­14
68.4,­70.8
68.2
68.6,­74.4
68.5,­70.9,­78.5
20.2,­68.2
74.5
68.5,­70.4,­74.3
68.5,­70.3
20.3,­68.2
74.5
68.3,­70.7
74.5
74
54.1,­55.2,­56.1,­56.2
82.2
7.2
5.3
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
Inciting­an­opponent
Ineligible­player
Infractions
-­abuse­of­officials
-­awarded­goals
-­bench­minor­penalties
-­calling­of­penalties
-­delaying­the­game
-­double-minor­penalties
-­game­misconduct­penalties
-­goalkeepers
-­icing
-­interference­on­the­goalkeeper
-­major­penalties
-­match­penalties
-­minor­penalties
-­misconduct­penalties
-­off-side
-­penalty­shot
-­referee­general­duties
-­unique­to­goalkeepers
Injured­goalkeeper
Injured­player
-­attending­to
-­dangerous­equipment
-­face-off­location
-­leaving­the­ice
-­icing
-­major­penalty­-­serving
-­penalized­player
-­serious­injury
-­stopping­play
-­substitute­for
Injury
75.4,­Table­9,­Table­10
5.2,­32.5,­70.4,­74.3,­78.5,­84.2
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
39
26,­Table­15
17,­Table­3
15
63
18,­Table­4
23,­Table­10
27,­Table­16
81
69,­Table­19
20,­Table­5
21,­Table­8
16,­Table­2
22,­Table­9
83
25,­Table­14
31.4
27,­Table­16
8.2
8.1
70.5
9.6
8.1,­76.2
8.1
81.4,­82.1
68.2
8.1,­68.1
8.1
8.1
8.1
8,­Table­7,­Table­8
209
-­aggressor
-­attempt­to­injure
-­attempt­to­injure­a­Manager,­Coach
-­attempt­to­injure­an­official
-­biting
-­blocking­glove
-­blood
-­boarding
-­boards
-­butt-ending
-­charging
-­checking­from­behind
-­clipping
-­cross-checking
-­dangerous­equipment
-­delays­due­to
-­deliberate­injury
-­deliberate­injury­of­a­Manager,­Coach
-­designated­player­for­penalty­shot­–­injury­to
-­deliberately­applies­physical­force­against­an­official
-­elbowing
-­face­–­injury­to
-­facial­injury­protection
-­feigns­an­injury
-­goalkeeper­proceeding­to­players’­bench
-­goalkeeper­resuming­position
-­grabbing­of­the­face­mask
-­hair­pulling
-­head-butting
-­head­–­injury­to
-­high-sticking
-­hooking
-­icing­–­line­change
-­injured­goalkeeper
210
46.2
21.1,­Table­8
75.5
39.5,­40
21.1,­Table­8
51.3,­Table­8
8.3
41.4,­41.5,­Table­7,­Table­8
1.3
58.4,­Table­8
42.4,­42.5,­Table­7,­Table­8
43.4,­Table­8
44.3,­44.4,­Table­8
59.4,­Table­8
9.6
33.1
21.1,­Table­8
75.5
25.3
39.5,­40
45.4,­45.5,­Table­7,­Table­8
20.4,­Table­7
9.6
64.1
27.6
8.2
21.1,­Table­8
21.1,­Table­8
47.4,­Table­8
20.4
60.3,­60.4,­Table­8
55.3,­55.4
81.4,­82.1
8.2
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
-­injured­players
-­intent­to­injure­an­official
-­kicking
-­kneeing
-­leaving­the­ice­during­play
-­line­change­–­icing
-­linesmen
-­major­penalties
-­match­penalties
-­penalized­player
-­penalty­shot­–­injury­to­designated­player
-­punch­causing­injury
-­referees
-­slashing
-­spearing
-­stopping­play
-­striking­an­official
-­substitution­for­injured­player
-­tape­on­hands
-­threaten­to­injure­an­official
-­throwing­stick­/­equipment
-­warm-up­for­substitute­goalkeeper
-­wearing­tape­on­hands
Inner­knee­padding
Inner­risers
Inspections
Instigator
-­face­shield
-­final­five­minutes­of­regulation­or­in­overtime
-­instigator,­aggressor­and­game­misconduct­list
-­leaving­penalty­bench
-­referee­reports
-­second­in­game
-­third­in­season
8.1
40
49.3,­Table­8
50.4,­Table­8
8.1,­74.1
81.4,­82.1
32.5,­32.6
20.3
21.1,­Table­8
8.1
25.3
46.15,­51.3,­Table­8
31.11
61.3,­61.4,­Table­8
62.4,­Table­8
8.1,­8.2
40
8.1
46.15,­Table­8
40.4
53.5,­Table­8
8.2
46.15,­Table­8
11.2
11.2
11.8,­12.5
46.11,­Table­2,­Table­6
75.2
46.12
35.6
70.4
31.9
46.11
46.11
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
211
-­visor
-­wearing­a­face­shield
Instigator,­aggressor­and­game­misconduct­list
Intent­to­injure­an­official
Intentional­off-side
Interference
-­awarded­goal
-­bench­minor­penalty
-­breakaway
-­body­position
-­broken­stick
-­discarded­stick­or­other­equipment
-­free­hand
-­from­players’­bench
-­game­misconduct­penalty
-­goalkeeper­–­on­the
-­illegally­entered­the­game
-­major­penalty
-­minor­penalty
-­official­–­with­an
-­penalty­shot
-­pick
-­play­in­progress
-­possession­of­the­puck
-­restrain
-­signal
-­spectators­–­by/with
-­stick­(use­of)
Interference­on­the­goalkeeper
-­contact­inside­the­crease
-­contact­outside­the­crease
-­face-off­location
-­fines
-­loose­pucks
212
75.2
46,­75.2
35.6
40
76.2,­83.6
56
56.7,­Table­1
56.3
56.6,­56.7,­Table­1
56.1
53.2,­56.2
53.2,­56.2
56.1
56.2,­56.3,­74,­Table­3
56.5
69,­78.5,­Table­2,­Table­19
68.3,­68.4,­70
56.4
56.2
39.3,­Table­1
56.6,­Table­1
56.1
56.2,­Table­1
56.1
56.1
29.19
23.7,­32.5,­53.6
56.1
69
69.3
69.4
69.5
69.7
69.6
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
-­penalty
-­rebounds
-­suspensions
Interference­on­the­goalkeeper­situations
Interfering­or­distracting­from­bench­on­penalty­shot
Interfering­with­an­official
Interfering­with­game­timekeeper
Intermission
-­timing
Intervening­in­an­altercation­(fight)
69.2
69.6
69.7
Table­18
25.4
39.3,­Table­1
39.3
31.10,­34.2,­77.2,­84.5,­86.1
34.2,­77.2
46.16,­Table­12
J
Jersey
-­altered
-­during­fight
-­goalkeeper
-­modified
-­player
-­removing
-­torn
Table­10
9.1,­9.3,­9.4
46.13,­Table­10
9.4
46.13,­75.2
9.3
46.13,­75.2
9.5
K
Kicking
-­deflections
-­disallowed­goals
-­distinct­kicking­motion
-­equipment
-­fines
-­glove
-­goals
-­match­penalty
-­puck
-­suspensions
-­video­goal­judge
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
49
49.2
78.5
38.4,­49.2
49.2
49.4
49.2
49.2
21.1,­49.3,­Table­8
49.2
49.4
38.4
213
Kick­plate
Kneeing
1.3
29.21,­50,­Table­2,­Table­5,
Table­6,­Table­8,­Table­10
50.6
50.4
50.3
50.4
50.2
50.6
11.2
-­fines
-­game­misconduct­penalty
-­major­penalty
-­match­penalty
-­minor­penalty
-­suspensions
Knee­strap­pad
L
Lacrosse-like­move
Last­five­minutes­and­overtime
League­inspections
Leaving­before­time­expires
Leaving­the­bench
-­awarded­goal
-­bench­minor­penalty
-­disallowed­goal
-­during­stoppages­of­play
-­fines
-­game­misconduct­penalty
-­legal­line­change
-­penalty­bench
-­players’­bench
-­penalty­shot
-­protest
-­suspensions
-­without­helmet­during­play
Leaving­the­goal­crease
Leaving­the­ice­during­the­play
Leg­guards
Legal­line­change
214
25.2,­80.1
19.4,­Table­18
11.8,­12.5
35.1
70,­Table­1,­Table­3,­Table­15
70.8
70.5
68.5,­70.9,­78.5
70.3
70.10
70.6
70.2
35.1,­39.5,­68.1,­68.5,­70.4,­Table­10
70.3
70.7
6.1,­39.2,­Table­9
70.10
9.5
27.6,­31.9,­Table­14
8.1,­74.1
9.5,­11.2,­65.2
70.2
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
Light
-­commercial
-­end­of­period
-­goal
Line­change
-­delaying­the­game
-­face-off­procedure
-­icing
-­legal­line­change
-­procedure
-­start­of­periods
-­warning
Lines
Linesmen
-­abuse­of­officials
-­appointment­of­linesmen
-­articles­thrown­on­ice
-­attire­and­equipment
-­equipment
-­face-off­responsibility
-­goals
-­hand­pass
-­high-stick­causing­injury
-­high-sticking­the­puck
-­icing
-­ineligible­player
-­injury­–­stopping­play
-­interference­by/with­spectators
-­jersey­during­fight
-­leaving­the­bench
-­line­changes
-­off-side
-­penalty­shot­–­throwing­equipment
-­physical­abuse­of­officials
4.1
4.1
4.1
82
63.3
76.3
81.4,­82.1
70.2
82.2
86.8
76.6,­82.2
1.5,­27.7
32
39
30.1
32.4,­53.3,­75.2,­75.3,­Table­1,­Table­3
32.1
32.1
31.3,­32.2,­76.1
32.5,­78.5
32.5,­79
32.4,­60.3,­78.5
32.5,­80.1
32.3,­81
5.2,­32.5,­70.4,­74.2,­78.5,­84.4
8.1
23.7,­32.5
46.13,­Table­10
70.4
82.2
32.3,­83
32.5,­53.6
40
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
215
-­premature­substitution­of­the­goalkeeper
-­puck­out­of­bounds
-­referee­performing­duties­of­linesman
-­reporting­foul­that­occurred­prior­to­goal
-­reporting­to­the­referee
-­resisting­a­linesman
-­signals
-­stopping­play
-­stopping­play­for­injury
-­tie­down­(jersey)
-­throwing­equipment­–­penalty­shot
-­too­many­men­on­the­ice
-­unable­to­continue
Line-up
-­line­change
-­numbers
-­start­of­periods
-­starting
Listed­on­game­sheet
Littering­the­ice
Logos­–­on-ice
Loose­pucks
Low­hit
32.5,­71.1,­74.1
32.5,­85.1
31.4
32.4,­78.5
32.4
39.5,­40,­46.5,­Table­10
29.9,­29.11,­29.12,­29.14,­29.18,­29.33
32.5
8.1
46.13,­Table­10
32.5,­53.6
74.2
32.6
82.1
9.2
86.8
7,­33.1,­86.8,­Table­3
33.1
63.4
1.1
69.6,­78.4,­83.3,­Table­19
44.1
M
Major­penalty
Table­10,­Table­16,­Table­18,­Table­19
-­boarding
-­butt-ending
-­charging
-­checking­from­behind
-­clipping
216
20,­Table­5,­Table­6,­Table­7,
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
41.3
58.3
42.3
43.3
44.3
-­coincidental­major­penalties
19.2
-­cross-checking
59.3
-­disallowed­goal
78.5
-­elbowing
45.3
-­fighting
46.14
-­goalkeeper­penalties
27.2
-­head-butting
47.3
-­hooking
55.3
-­interference
56.4
-­kneeing
50.3
-­linesmen­reporting
32.4
-­penalty­timekeeper
35.1
-­roughing
51.1
-­slashing
61.3
-­spearing
62.3
-­substitute
20.3
-­when­player­(or­team)­assessed­major­plus­minor­penalty
27.3
-­when­player­assessed­major­plus­misconduct­penalties
22.3
-­when­replacement­player­not­placed­on­penalty­bench­–­no­icing
81.6
-­when­replacement­player­does­not­return­to­ice­from­penalty­bench
68.2
Markings
1.1
Mask
9.5,­11.7,­75.2,­Table­8
Match­penalty
21,­Table­8,­Table­17
-­boarding
41.4
-­butt-ending
58.4
-­charging
42.4
-­checking­from­behind
43.4
-­clipping
44.4
-­coincidental­match­penalties
19.3
-­cross-checking
59.4
-­designated­shooter­for­penalty­shot
25.3
-­disallowed­goal
78.5
-­elbowing
45.4
-­fighting
46.15
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
217
-­goalkeeper­during­the­course­of­a­penalty­shot
-­goalkeeper’s­penalties
-­head-butting
-­high-sticking
-­kicking
-­kneeing
-­linesmen
-­penalty­timekeeper
-­reports
-­roughing
-­shootout­eligibility
-­slashing
-­slew-footing
-­spearing
-­tape­on­hands
-­throwing­equipment
Measurements
-­arm­pads
-­blocking­glove
-­catching­glove
-­chest­pad
-­curvature
-­deliberately­breaking­stick
-­goalkeeper’s­equipment
-­illegal­stick­–­remain­at­penalty­bench
-­league­inspections
-­leg­guards
-­pants
-­refusing­to­surrender­stick
-­stick
-­stick­gauge
-­stick­-­prior­to­penalty­shot
-­stick­-­prior­to­shootout­attempt
-­tape
218
25.4
27.5
47.4
60.4
49.3
50.4
32.4
35.6
31.9
51.3
84.4
61.4
52.2
62.4
46.15
53.5
11.3
11.6
11.5
11.3
10.1,­10.5
10.5,­Table­9
11
10.5
11.8
11.2
11.4
10.5,­Table­9
10.5,­10.6
35.2
10.6
10.7,­84.4
10.5,­11.5,­31.1,­32.1,­35.2
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
-­unsustained­request­for­measurement
10.5,­Table­3
Measuring­tape
10.5,­11.5,­31.1,­32.1,­35.2
Medial­rolls
11.2
Minor­league­goalkeeper
5.3,­11.8
Minor­penalty
16,­Table­2,­Table­17,­Table­18,­Table­19,­Table­21
-­abuse­of­officials
39.2
-­adjustment­to­clothing­or­equipment
14.1,­63.2,­65.2
-­boarding
41.2
-­broken­stick
10.3,­10.4
-­captain­coming­off­bench
6.1
-­charging
42.2
-­checking­from­behind
43.2
-­clipping
44.2
-­closing­hand­on­the­puck
67.2,­67.3,­79.1
-­coincidental­minor­penalties
19.1,­Table­17,­Table­19
-­cross-checking
59.2
-­dangerous­equipment
9.6
-­delayed­calling­of­a­penalty­–­no­goal
78.5
-­delayed­penalties
27.1
-­delay­of­game­–­dropping­puck­on­netting
85.6
-­delay­of­game­–­face-off­violation
76.6
-­delay­of­game­–­slow­proceeding­to­face-off­location
76.6
-­delaying­the­game
63.2
-­diving
64.2
-­elbowing
45.2
-­embellishment
64.2
-­expiration­criteria
16.2
-­face-off­violation
76.6
-­goal­scored
15.2
-­goalkeeper­leaving­the­crease
27.6
-­goalkeeper­playing­puck­in­restricted­area
27.8
-­goalkeeper­playing­puck­over­center­red­line
27.7
-­goalkeeper’s­penalties
27
-­handling­puck
67.2,­79.1
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
219
-­high-sticking
-­holding
-­hooking
-­illegal­equipment
-­illegal­stick
-­improper­starting­line-up
-­instigator
-­instigator­with­face­protection
-­interference
-­interference­on­the­goalkeeper
-­kneeing
-­leaving­the­bench
-­leaving­the­crease
-­major­plus­minor­assessed­to­same­player­at­same­time
-­misconduct­plus­minor­player­substitute
-­penalty­timekeeper
-­playing­puck­in­restricted­area
-­playing­puck­over­center­red­line
-­premature­substitution
-­protective­equipment
-­restricted­area
-­roughing
-­slashing
-­starting­line-up
-­throwing­equipment
-­too­many­men­on­the­ice­
-­tripping
-­unsportsmanlike­conduct
-­unsustained­request­for­measurement
Mirrored­image­benches
Misconduct­penalty
-­abuse­of­officials
-­breaking­stick­when­asked­for­measurement
-­captain­coming­off­bench
220
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
60.2
54.2
55.2
12.1
10.5
7.2
46.11
46.6
56.2
69.2
50.2
70.4
27.6
20.1
22.3
35.1
27.8
27.7
71.1,­74.1
9.5,­65.2
27.8
51.2
61.2
7.2
53.2
71.1,­74.1
57.2
39.2,­75.2
10.5,­12.2
3.1
22,­Table­9
39.4
10.5
6.1
-­coincidental­minor­penalties­when­misconducts­assessed
-­goalkeeper’s­penalties
-­inciting­an­opponent
-­interfering­or­distracting­from­bench­on­penalty­shot
-­linesmen­reporting
-­penalty­timekeeper
-­protective­equipment
-­reports­by­referee
-­signal
-­substitute
-­unsportsmanlike­conduct
Modified­jersey
Modified­stick
19.1
27.3
75.4,­Table­9,­Table­10
25.4
32.4
35.1
9.5
31.9
29.23
22.3
75.4
46.13,­75.2
9.5
N
Net­dislodged
Nets
Netting
Neutral­zone
-­face-offs
-­face-off­location­–­calling­of­penalties
-­face-off­location­–­interference­on­the­goalkeeper
-­face-off­location­–­puck­out­of­play
-­hand­pass
-­high-sticking­the­puck
-­icing­–­error
-­off-side
-­penalty­bench
-­premature­substitution
-­puck­on­back­of­net
-­puck­out­of­bounds
-­puck­striking­official
No­icing
No­off-side
63.2,­63.5,­63.6,­78.4,­78.5
1.4,­1.7,­2
1.4,­85.1
1.6
76.2
15.5
69.5
85.5
79.3
80.2
81.2
83.5
3.2
71.1
85.5
85.1
85.4
29.33,­81.5
83.2
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
221
Non-playing­Club­personnel
-­abuse­of­officials
-­altercation­with­a­spectator
-­attempt­to­injure­non-playing­Club­personnel
-­awarded­goal
-­banging­boards­with­stick
-­deliberate­injury­of­non-playing­Club­personnel
-­distracting­player­or­goalkeeper­during­penalty­shot
-­fighting
-­interference­with­opponent­on­breakaway
-­interference­while­play­in­progress
-­interfering­with­an­official
-­obscene­language­or­gestures
-­penalty­shot
-­physical­abuse­of­an­official
-­refusing­to­start­play
-­spectator­–­altercation­with
-­stepping­onto­the­ice
-­supplementary­discipline
-­throwing­stick­or­any­object­onto­ice
Non-uniformed­players
Number
Numerical­advantage
39.3,­39.5,­39.6,­Table­10
31.9
75.5,­Table­10
53.7,­56.7,­Table­1
39.3,­Table­1
75.5,­Table­10
25.4
46.8
56.6,­56.7,­,­Table­1
56.3,­Table­1
39.3,­Table­1
39.3,­75.3,­Table­1,­Table­10
25.4,­53.6,­Table­1
40,­Table­1,­Table­10
73.3,­Table­1
31.9
70.5,­Table­1
28,­39.7
39.3,­53.3,­Table­1
5.1,­5.4
5.1,­7.2,­9.2,­31.5,­33.5
80.4,­81.6
O
Objects­thrown­on­ice
-­public­address
Obscene­language­or­gestures
Off­the­playing­surface­-­fighting
Off-ice­officials
-­action­scorer
-­appointment­of
-­commercial­coordinator
-­control­of­game­officials
-­game­timekeeper
222
63.4
63.4
39,­75,­Table­1,­Table­10
46.8
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
37.2
30
4.1
31
34
-­goal­judge
36
-­leaving­the­penalty­bench
70.4
-­official­scorer
33
-­penalty­scorer
37.2
-­penalty­timekeeper
35,­70.4
-­puck­supply
13
-­real­time­scorers
37
-­real­time­scoring­manager
37.3
-­shot­scorer
37.2
-­spotter
37.2
-­time­on­ice­scorer­–­home
37.2
-­time­on­ice­scorer­–­visitor
37.2
Off-ice­officials­report­of­game­misconduct/match­penalties
35.6
Official­report­of­match
33.1
Official­Scorer
33
-­abuse­of­officials
39.4
-­captain­and­alternate­captains
6.1,­33.1
-­eligible­players
5.1,­33.1
-­goalkeeper’s­penalties
35.3
-­goals­and­assists
31.5,­33.1,­33.2,­34.7,­38.6,­78.1
-­ineligible­player
5.2
-­non-uniformed­player
5.4
-­official­report­of­match
33.1
-­penalties
31.7,­33.5
-­starting­line-up
7.1,­33.3
Officials
6,­Section­5,­30,­39,­40
-­abuse
6.1,­22.4,­23.4,­23.7,­31.9,­32.4,­39,­Table­9
-­appointment
30
-­linesmen
32.4
-­physical­abuse
32.4,­40
-­referees
31.9
Officiating­Staff
iii
Off-side
83
-­delayed
56.2,­83.3
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
223
-­delaying­the­game
-­deflections
-­disallowed­goal
-­face-off­–­players­in­an­off-side­position
-­forced­off-side
-­intentional
-­linesmen
-­puck­striking­official
-­rebounds
-­referee
-­signal
-­unnecessary­contact
Original­altercation­–­fighting­after­the
Other­fouls
Other­than­during­the­periods­of­the­game­-­fighting
Out­of­bounds
Out­of­sight
Outer­knee­strap­pad
Overtime
-­coincidental­penalties
-­deliberate­illegal­substitution
-­displacing­the­goal
-­extra­attacker­–­regular­season
-­line­changes
-­face-offs­–­five­second­time­limit
-­game­timekeeper
-­instigator
-­penalties­–­major­and­minor­(or­double­minor)
-­period­length
-­playoffs
-­regular­season
-­regular­season­–­penalties
-­rest­period
-­shootout
224
63.7
83.2
83.4
76.6
56.2
76,­83
32.5
85.4
83.2
31.4
29.7
41.1
46.7
Section­9
46.9
85.1
85.3
11.2
84
19.1
74.4
63.5
84.2
82.2
76.3
34.3
46.12
19.4,­Table­18
34.3
84.5
84.1
84.3,­Table­20,­Table­21
34.3
84.4
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
-­start­of­periods
-­stick­measurements
86.8
10.5,­10.7
P
Pad­risers
11.2
Pads
-­arm
11.3
-­chest
11.3
-­elbow
9.5,­12.3
Paint­code
1.5,­1.7,­1.8
Palm­removed­or­cut
12.2
Pants
9.1,­11.4,­46.13
Participating­beyond­the­center­red­line
27.7,­Table­2,­Table­16
Participating­in­play­with­two­sticks
10.5
Participating­in­play­without­helmet
9.5
Pegs
2.1,­63.6,­78.5
Penalties
-­assessed­in­overtime­–­regular­season
Table­21
-­calling­of
15,­Table­1
-­coincidental­(see­Coincidental­penalties)
-­in­effect­prior­to­the­start­of­overtime­–­regular­season
Table­20
-­face-off­location
76.2
-­major­and­minor­(or­double­minor)
19.4,­Table­18
-­public­address
31.7,­35.1
Penalty­–­delayed
19.1,­27,­29.8,­84.2,­Table­17
Penalty­bench
3.2
-­articles­thrown­on­ice­–­linesman­reporting
32.4,­53.3,­75.2,­75.3,­Table­1,­Table­3
-­commercial­time-out­light
4.1
-­failure­to­proceed­directly
46.19
-­goalkeeper’s­penalties
27,­Table­16
-­helmet
9.5
-­illegal­stick
10.5
-­illegal­substitution
68,­Table­3
-­injured­player­–­penalty
8.1,­68.1
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
225
-­interference­from­bench
56.3,­Table­3
-­leaving­before­time­expires
35.1
-­leaving­the­bench
70.4,­Table­1,­Table­3,­Table­10,­Table­15
-­light­–­commercial­time-out
4.1
-­linesman­reporting­–­articles­thrown­on­ice
32.4,­53.3,­75.2,­75.3,­Table­1,­Table­3
-­major­penalty­–­substitute
20.3
-­proceed­directly­–­failure­to
46.19
-­protective­glass
1.3,­3.2
-­puck­supply
13.2
-­stick­–­illegal
10.5
-­stick­–­thrown
10.3,­53.3,­75.3
-­substitute­for­major­penalty
20.3
-­substitution­–­illegal
68,­Table­3
-­supply­of­pucks
13.2
-­thrown­stick
10.3,­53.3,­75.3
-­time-out­light
4.1
-­too­many­men­on­the­ice
74.3
Penalty­expiration
16.2,­27.2,­35.1,­Table­17
Penalty­record­form
35.6
Penalty­scorer
37.2
Penalty­shot
25,­Table­14
-­awarded­goal­during­penalty­shot
26.4
-­cradling­the­puck­(like­lacrosse)
25.2,­80.1
-­delay­of­game­–­displacing­goal­post
63.5
-­delay­of­game­–­falling­on­puck­in­crease
63.5,­67.4
-­delayed­calling­of­a­penalty­shot­and­goal­scored
15.4
-­deliberate­illegal­substitution
68.6,­74.4
-­designated­player
25.3
-­distraction­during
25.4
-­fouled­from­behind
54.3,­55.5,­57.3,­61.6
-­goalkeeper­deliberately­removing­face­mask
9.5
-­goal­scored­–­short-handed
16.2
-­handling­puck
67.4
-­holding
54.3
226
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
-­hooking
55.5
-­interference
56.6,­Table­1
-­interference­–­illegally­entered­the­game
68.3,­70.7
-­injury­to­designated­player
25.3
-­lacrosse-like­move
25.2,­80.1
-­linesman­authority­–­throwing­equipment
32.5
-­penalty­timekeeper
35.4
-­procedure
25.2
-­public­address
25.2
-­shootout
84.4
-­short-handed­–­goal­scored­on­penalty­shot
16.2
-­signal
29.24
-­slashing
61.6
-­spin-o-rama­move
25.2
-­stick­measurement­prior­to­penalty­shot
10.6
-­third­goalkeeper­–­no­warm-up­prior­to­penalty­shot
5.3
-­throwing­equipment
32.4,­53.3,­53.7,­56.6,­Table­1
-­throwing­stick
53.3,­53.7,­56.6,­Table­1
-­time-outs
87.1
-­timing
25.7
-­tripping
57.3
-­violations­during­the­shot
25.4
Penalty­time­clock
4.2,­35.5
-­coincidental­penalties
19.1,­Table­18
-­double-minor­penalties
18.2
-­game­timekeeper
34.7
-­official­scorer
33.2
-­penalty­timekeeper
35.1,­35.5
-­timing­device
4.2
-­verification­of­time
33.2,­34.7,­35.8,­38.6,­76.8,­85.7
Penalty­timekeeper
35
-­disallowed­goal
68.5
-­goalkeeper’s­penalties
35.3
-­illegal­substitution
68.5
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
227
-­interfering­with­penalty­timekeeper
39.3,­39.4
-­leaving­penalty­bench­early
35.1,­68.5,­70.4
-­major­and­minor­penalty­assessed­to­same­team
27.3
-­penalty­bench
3.2
-­penalty­expiration
27.2,­35.1,­35.5
-­penalty­shot
35.4
-­penalty­time­clock
35.5 ....
-­referee’s­crease
1.7
-­reports
35.6
-­stick­gauge
35.2
-­stick­measurement­result
10.5,­35.7
-­team’s­choice­–­penalty­expiration
16.2,­27.2
-­verification­of­time
33.2,­34.7,­35.8,­76.8,­85.7
Period­–­end­of
86.5,­Table­3
Period­length
34.1,­77.1,­84.1
Permitted­to­occupy­players’­bench
5.4
Physical­abuse­of­officials
32.4,­40,­Table­1,­Table­12
Physical­fouls
Section­6
Picking­up­puck­in­crease
67.4,­67.5,­Table­14
Piling­snow­or­other­objects
67.5
Play­was­stopped
31.2,­78.5,­83.4
Player
-­eligible
5.1,­10.7,­33.1,­84.4
-­ineligible
5.2,­10.7,­32.5,­74.5,­78.5,­84.4
-­injured
8,­9.6,­68.2,­70.5,­76.2,­81.4,­82.1
-­losing­helmet
9.5
-­substitution
68.1,­71.1,­74,­81.4,­82.1
-­uniform
9.1,­31.8
Player’s­jersey
9.3
Players’­bench
3.1
-­articles­thrown­on­ice­–­linesman­reporting
32.4,­53.3,­75.2,­75.3,­Table­1,­Table­3
-­attacking­zone­–­extending­into
83.3
-­broken­stick
10.3
-­choice­of­ends
86.3
228
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
-­clearing­area­of­fight
-­coaches­and­team­personnel
-­dimensions
-­end­of­periods
-­extending­into­attacking­zone
-­fight­–­clearing­area
-­helmet
-­illegal­substitution
-­injured­player­leaving­ice
-­interference­from­bench
-­leaving­the­bench
-­leaving­to­protest
-­linesman­reporting­–­articles­thrown­on­ice
-­measurement­–­stick
-­non-uniformed­players
-­penalty­shot
-­permitted­to­occupy
-­premature­substitution
-­protective­glass
-­puck­striking­glove
-­receiving­stick
-­replacement­stick
-­start­of­game
-­start­of­periods
-­stick­–­broken
-­stick­–­measurement
-­stick­–­receiving
-­stick­–­replacement
-­stick­–­thrown
-­substitute­goalkeeper
-­substitution­–­illegal
-­substitution­–­premature
-­thrown­stick
-­time-outs
46.4
5.4
3.1
86.5,­Table­3
83.3
46.4
9.5
68.1,­Table­3
8.1
56.2,­Table­3
70.3,­Table­1,­Table­3,­Table­15
6.1,­39.2,­Table­9
32.4,­53.3,­75.2,­75.3,­Table­1,­Table­3
10.5
5.4
25.2
5.4
71.1
3.1
85.1
10.3
10.4
86.3
86.2,­86.8
10.3
10.5
10.3
10.4
10.3,­10.4,­53.3,­75.3,­Table­1,­Table­3
5.3,­71.1
68,­Table­3
71.1
10.3,­10.4,­53.3,­75.3,­Table­1,­Table­3
87
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
229
-­too­many­men­on­the­ice
Player’s­stick
-­face-off­procedure
-­face-off­violation
-­icing­–­determination
-­icing­–­rebound
-­prior­to­penalty­shot
Playing­area
Playing­puck­in­restricted­area
Playing­puck­over­center­red­line
Playing­surface­–­fighting­off­the
Playoffs
Police­protection
Possession­of­the­puck
-­awarded­goals
-­calling­of­penalties
-­displacing­goal­post
-­fouling­from­behind
-­goalkeeper­losing­helmet­and/or­mask
-­goalkeeper­–­premature­substitution
-­high-sticking­the­puck
-­holding
-­icing
-­interference
-­leaving­the­bench
-­leaving­penalty­bench­early
-­illegal­puck
-­illegal­substitution
-­injured­players
-­off-side
-­participating­in­play­without­helmet
-­penalty­shot
-­premature­substitution
Post-game­–­fighting
230
74
10.1
76.4
76.6
82.1
81.5
10.6,­25.4
Section­1
27.8
27.7
46.8
84.5
40.8
56.1
26.1
15.1
63.2
25.8,­57.3
9.5
71.1
80.1
54.1
81.1
56.1
70.7
70.4
13.3
68.3,­70.7
8.1
83.1
9.5
25.8,­57.3,­63.5,­68.3,­70.7
71.1
46.9
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
Post-game­verbal­abuse
Posts­(see­Goal­posts)
Power-play
-­high-sticking­the­puck
-­icing
-­numerical­advantage
-­penalty­expiration
Pre-game­warm-up
Premature­substitution­(of­goalkeeper)
-­face-off­location
-­linesman­stopping­play
-­public­address
-­too­many­men­on­the­ice
Pre-season­games
-­goalkeeper­warm-up
-­supplemental­discipline
Preventing­opponent­from­retrieving­equipment
Prior­to­drop­of­puck­–­fighting
Prior­to­game­–­fighting
Prior­to­period­–­fighting
Procedure­–­penalty­shot
Proceed­directly­to­penalty­bench­–­failure­to
Profane­language­or­gestures
Protection­–­face
Protective­equipment
Protective­glass
Public­address
-­assists
-­disallowed­goals
-­game­timekeeper
-­goal­review
-­goals
-­official­scorer
-­objects­thrown­on­ice
23.7
80.4
81.6
80.4,­81.6
27.2
86.6
71
76.2
32.5
71.2
74.1
8.2
28.2
56.2
46.10
46.9
46.9
25.2
46.19
39,­75,­Table­1,­Table­10
46.6
9.5,­11,­12.1,­65.2,­Table­9
1.3,­3
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
31.5,­33.2
31.5,­38.2,­78.5
34.1
38.2
31.5,­33.2,­38.2
33.2
63.4
231
-­one­minute­remaining
-­penalties
-­penalty­shot
-­premature­substitution
Puck
-­coming­to­rest­on­top­of­boards
-­deflecting­off­official­directly­into­goal
-­dropped­on­goal­netting
-­frozen­along­the­boards
-­frozen­by­the­goalkeeper
-­illegal
-­leaving­surface­through­open­bench­door
-­on­back­of­net
-­out­of­bounds
- out­of­bounds­off­crossbar,­post­or­goal­frame
-­out­of­bounds­off­face-off
-­out­of­sight
-­over­glass
-­striking­glove
-­striking­official
-­supply
-­through­net
-­under­net
-­unplayable
Puck­foils
Punch­causing­injury
34.1
31.7,­35.1
25.2
71.2
13
85.1
76.2
85.6
15.5,­85.2,­85.5
15.5
13.3,­56.2
85.1
85.2,­85.5
32.5,­85
85.1,­85.5
63.2,­85.1
85.3
63.2
85.1
81.1,­85.4
13.2
38.4,­85.2
38.4,­85.2
63.2,­85.2
11.2
46.15,­51.3,­Table­8
R
Racial­taunts­or­slurs
Raised­seam­ridges
Real­time­scorers
Rebound­in­the­crease
Rebound­off­post­on­penalty­shot
Rebounds
232
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
23.8
11.2,­11.3,­11.6
35.3,­37
69.6
25.2
-­icing
-­in­crease
-­penalty­shot
Receivable­pass
Receiving­stick
Referee­crease
Referees
-­abuse­of­officials
-­appointment­of­officials
-­attire­and­equipment
-­calling­of­penalties
-­coincidental­penalty­rule
-­disputes
-­end­of­game­and­periods
-­entering­referee’s­crease
-­equipment
-­face-offs
-­goal­judge
-­goals
-­leaving­the­penalty­bench­early
-­linesmen­reporting­to­referee
-­line-ups
-­off-ice­officials
-­penalties
-­physical­abuse­of­officials
-­player­or­goalkeeper’s­uniform
-­player’s­uniforms
-­reports
-­signals
-­start­of­game­and­periods
-­team­uniform
-­unable­to­continue
-­verification­of­time
Refusing­to­play­the­puck
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
81.5
69.6
25.2
81.5
10.3,­10.4
1.7,­39.4,­Table­9
31
39
30
31.1
15.1
19.5
31.2
31.10
1.7,­39.4,­Table­9
31.1
31.3
36.1,­36.2
31.5
35.1,­70.4
32.4
33.3
31.6
31.7,­35.1
40
9.1
9.1,­31.8
31.9
29
31.10,­34.5
9.1,­31.8
31.11
34.7,­38.6
72
233
-­hand­pass
-­high­stick
-­icing
-­penalty
Refusing­to­start­play
Refusing­to­surrender­stick­for­measurement
Remain­in­goal­crease
Removing­jersey
Replacement­stick
Reporting­to­referee
Reports
-­abuse­of­officials­–­misconduct­penalties
-­altercation­with­a­spectator
-­event­summary
-­fighting­off­the­playing­surface
-­fighting­prior­to­the­drop­of­the­puck
-­game­misconduct­penalties
-­game­summary
-­goalkeeper­leaving­crease
-­instigator­penalties
-­instigator,­aggressor­and­game­misconduct­list
-­leaving­the­bench
-­match­penalties
-­misconduct­penalties­–­abuse­of­officials
-­off-ice­officials­report­of­game­misconduct/match­penalties
-­penalty­record­form
-­penalty­timekeeper
-­real­time­scorers
-­spectator­–­altercation­with
-­thrown­stick­or­object­outside­playing­area
-­unusual­occurrence
Request­for­review­/­rescind­–­game­misconduct
Requesting­stick­measurement
Rescind­–­game­misconduct
234
72.2
72.3
72.4
72.5
73,­Table­1,­Table­3
10.5,­Table­9
46.4
46.13,­75.2
10.3,­10.4
32.4
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
22.4,­31.9,­39.7
31.9
37.3
46.8
46.10
23.2,­31.9
37.3
31.9
31.9,­46.11,­46.12
35.6
70.10
21.3,­31.9
22.4,­31.9,­39.7
35.6
35.1
35.6
37.3
31.9
31.9
31.9
23.2
10.5
23.2
Resisting­a­linesman
Rest­period
Restrain
Restraining­fouls
Restraining­lines­(hash­marks)
Restricted­area
Retrieving­equipment­after­a­fight
Rink
Rink­Dimensions
Roughing
-­fines
-­match­penalty
-­minor­penalty
-­suspensions
46.5,­Table­10
34.3
54.1,­55.1,­56.1,­56.2
Section­7
1.9,­76.5
1.8,­27.8,­Table­16
46.19
1,­3,­4,­85.1,­86.1
1
29.25,­51,­Table­2
51.4
51.3
51.2
51.4
S
Safety­glass
Scorer­(see­Official­Scorer)
Scoring­a­goal
Second­fight­same­stoppage
Second­instigator­in­a­game
Security
Serious­injury
Shooting­equipment
Shooting­puck­over­glass
Shootout
-­cradling­the­puck­(like­lacrosse)
-­eligibility
-­goalkeeper­deliberately­removing­face­mask
-­stick­measurement
Short-handed
-­bench­minor­penalties
-­calling­a­penalty­–­goal­scored
-­coincidental­penalties
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
1.3
78.4
46.7
46.11
11.8,­12.5,­40.8
8,­32.5,­39.2,­39.3
53.2,­53.6,­53.7
63.2
10.7,­78.1,­84.4
80.1
84.4
9.5
10.7
17.2
15.2
19,­Table­17
235
-­double-minor­penalties
-­goal­scored­on­penalty­shot
-­high-sticking­the­puck
-­icing
-­intentional­off-side
-­major­penalties
-­match­penalties
-­minor­penalties
-­misconduct­penalties
-­off-side­–­intentional
-­puck­striking­official
Shot­scorer
Shoulder­cap­protectors
Shoulder­clavicle­protectors
Signal­device
Signals
Siren
Situations­subject­to­video­review
Slashing
-­awarded­goal
-­fines
-­game­misconduct­penalty
-­major­penalty
-­match­penalty
-­minor­penalty
-­penalty­shot
-­signal
-­suspensions
Slew-footing
-­fines
-­match­penalty
-­suspensions
Sliding­stick
Slow­proceeding­to­face-off­location
236
18.2
16.2
80.4
81.6
83.6
20.2
21.2
16.2,­Table­17
22.3
83.6
85.4
37.2
11.3
11.3
4.1,­34.4
29
4.1
38.4
61,­Table­2,­Table­5,­Table­6,­Table­8,­Table­11­
61.7
61.8
61.5
61.3
61.4
61.2
61.6
29.26
61.8
52,­Table­8
52.3
52.2
52.3
10.4
76.6
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
Spearing
62,­Table­4,­Table­5,­Table­6,­Table­8,­Table­11
-­double-minor­penalty
15.3,­62.2
-­fines
62.6
-­game­misconduct­penalty
62.5
-­major­penalty
62.3
-­match­penalty
62.4
-­signal
29.27
-­suspensions
62.6
Spectator­–­altercation­with
23.7,­31.9,­32.5,­53.4
Spectator­netting
1.4,­85.1
Spin-o-rama­move
25.2
Spitting
23.7,­40.3,­40.4
Spots­–­face-off­(see­Face-off)
Spotter
37.2
Start­of­game
86
Start­of­game­–­fighting
46.9
Start­of­period
34.5,­77.1,­86
Starting­line-up
7,­33.1,­33.3,­86.2,­86.8
Stepping­onto­the­ice
70.5,­Table­1
Stick
10
-­blade­width
10.1
-­broken
10.3,­10.4,­56.2,­Table­2
-­curvature
10.1,­10.5
-­fouls
Section­8
-­gauge
31.1,­32.1,­35.2
-­goalkeeper
10.2,­11.1,­49.2
-­illegal
10.5
-­infractions
23.5,­Section­8
-­length
10.1
-­length­exception
10.1
-­measurement
10.5,­35.7,­84.4
-­measurement­prior­to­penalty­shot
10.6
-­measurement­prior­to­shootout­attempt
10.7,­84.4
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
237
-­measurement­result
-­modified
-­player
-­receiving
-­replacement
-­sliding
-­thrown
10.5,­35.7
9.6
10.1
10.3,­10.4
10.3,­10.4
10.4
10.3,­10.4,­53.2,­53.6,­53.7 ....
75.2,­75.3,­75.4,­Table­1,­Table­3
Stick­infractions,­boarding­and­checking­from­behind­category
23.5
Stopping­play
32.5,­63.2,­63.4,­67.1,­Table­16
Stopping­play­for­injury
8.1
Striking­an­official
40
Striking­official­–­puck
78.5,­81.1,­85.4
Substitute­goalkeeper
5.3,­71
Substitution
-­bench­minor­penalties
17.1
-­coincidental­penalties
19
-­delaying­the­game
63.3
-­deliberate­illegal
68.6,­74.4,­Table­3,­Table­14
-­face-offs
76.7
-­goalkeeper
8.2,­25.2,­33.1,­63.3
-­illegal
20.3,­68,­74.4,­Table­3,­Table­14
-­injured­goalkeeper
8.2
-­injured­player
8.1
-­leaving­the­bench
70.1
-­line­change
82.1
-­line­change­on­icing
81.4,­82.1
-­major­penalties
20.3
-­premature
32.5,­71,­74.1,­76.2
Summary­of­awarded­goals
Table­15
Summary­of­bench­minor­penalties
Table­3
Summary­of­double­minor­penalties
Table­4
Summary­of­game­misconduct­fouls­-­“general­category”
Table­10
Summary­of­game­misconduct­fouls­–­“stick-related­category”
Table­11
238
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
Summary­of­game­misconduct­penalties
Table­10
Summary­of­goalkeeper­penalties
Table­16
Summary­of­major­penalties
Table­5
Summary­of­major­penalties­that­result­in­automatic­game­misconduct
Table­6
Summary­of­major­penalties­that­result­in­automatic­game­misconduct
when­there­is­injury­to­face­or­head
Table­7
Summary­of­match­penalties
Table­8
Summary­of­minor­penalties
Table­2
Summary­of­misconduct­penalties
Table­9
Summary­of­penalties­to­coaches­and­non-playing­club­personnel
Table­1
Summary­of­penalty­shots
Table­14
Supplementary­discipline­(see­Discipline­–­supplementary)
Supply­of­pucks
13.2
Suspensions
-­automatic
23.2,­23.3,­23.4,­23.5,­35.6,­40
41.6,­43.6,­46.9,­46.20,­46.22
-­abuse­of­officials­category
23.4
-­aggressor
46.17
-­boarding
23.5,­41.6
-­butt-ending
58.6
-­charging
42.6
-­checking­from­behind
23.5,­43.6
-­clearing­the­area­of­a­fight
46.18
-­clipping
44.6
-­cross-checking
59.6
-­diving
64.3
-­elbowing
45.6
-­embellishment
64.3
-­failure­to­proceed­directly­to­penalty­bench
46.19
-­fighting­other­than­during­the­periods­of­the­game
46.20
-­game­misconduct­penalties
23.3,­23.4,­23.5
-­general­category
23.3
-­general­category­–­playoffs
23.3
-­goalkeeper’s­equipment
11.8
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
239
-­head-butting
-­high-sticking
-­hooking
-­instigator
-­instigator­in­final­five­minutes
-­interference­on­the­goalkeeper
-­kicking
-­kneeing
-­leaving­the­bench
-­playoffs­–­general­category
-­playoffs­–­stick­infractions,­boarding,­
checking­from­behind­category
-­roughing
-­slashing
-­slew-footing
-­spearing
-­stick­infractions,­boarding,­checking­from­behind­category
-­stick­infractions,­boarding,­
checking­from­behind­category­-­playoffs
-­stick­measurements
-­supplementary­discipline
-­throwing­equipment
Sweater­(jersey)
-­goalkeeper
-­player
47.6
60.6
55.6
46.21
46.22
69.7
49.4
50.6
70.10
23.3
23.5
51.4
61.7
52.3
62.6
23.5
23.5
10.5
28
53.8
9,­46.13,­75.2,­Table­10
9.4
9.3
T
Tag­up
Tape­measure
Tape­on­hands
Tape­on­stick
Team
Team­personnel
240
83.3
10.5,­11.5,­31.1,­32.1,­35.2
46.15,­Table­8
10.1
Section­2
5.4,­32.4,­75.3,­75.5,­75.6
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
Team­uniform
9.1,­31.8
Team’s­choice­–­penalty­expiration
16.2,­27.2
Television
33.1,­34.6,­46.20,­70.10
Thigh­pads
11.4
Third­goalkeeper­–­no­warm-up­prior­to­penalty­shot
5.3
Third­instigator­in­season
46.11,­46.21
Third­major­penalty­in­a­game
20.4
Third­man­in
46.15,­Table­10
Threaten­to­injure­an­official
40.4
Throwing­equipment
32.5,­53,­56.6,­Table­1,­Table­8,­Table­14
-­at­an­official
40.4
-­awarded­goal
53.7
-­bench­minor­penalty
53.3
-­fines
53.8
-­game­misconduct­penalty
53.4
-­match­penalty
53.5
-­minor­penalty
53.2
-­misconduct­penalty
53.4
-­out­of­playing­area
39.4,­75.4
-­penalty­shot
53.6
-­stick
10.3,­10.4,­53,­75.1,­75.2,­75.4,­Table­1,­Table­3
-­suspensions
53.8
Throwing­objects
39.3,­53,­75.1,­75.2,­75.4,­Table­1,­Table­10
-­at­spectator
23.7
-­objects­onto­the­ice
53,­75.1,­75.2
-­objects­outside­playing­surface
31,­75.4
Tie­down­(jersey)
46.12,­Table­10
Tied­games­(see­Overtime)
Time­clock
4.2,­34.1,­35.1
Timekeeper­(see­Game­timekeeper)
Time­on­ice­–­home
37.2
Time­on­ice­–­visitor
37.2
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
241
Time-out
Timing­device
Too­many­men­on­the­ice
-­bench­minor­penalty
-­deliberate­illegal­substitution
-­goalkeeper
-­illegal­substitution
-­leaving­the­bench
-­line­change­procedure
-­linesmen­reporting­to­referee
-­no­icing
-­overtime­–­regular­season
-­penalty­bench
-­premature­substitution
Torn­jersey
Torso
Trapezoid
Tripping
-­awarded­goal
-­minor­penalty
-­penalty­shot
-­signal
Two­players­penalties­expire­at­the­same­time­–­team­choice
Two­sticks­–­participating­in­the­play­with
Types­of­penalties
4.1,­29.29,­33.1,­87
4,­34.1,­35.1,­38.6
71.1,­74,­Table­3
74.2
74.4
74.5
68,­Table­3
70
82.2
32.4
81.5
74.5
74.3
71
9.5
46.12
1.8
57,­61.6,­Table­2,­Table­15
54.4,­55.6,­57.4,­61,7
57.2
53.6,­54.3,­55.5,­57.3,­61.6
29.31
16.2
10.5
Section­4
U
Unable­to­continue­–­referee,­linesman
Uniform
Unique­to­goalkeepers­–­penalties
Unnecessary­stoppage­of­play
Unsportsmanlike­conduct
-­abuse­of­officials
242
31.11,­32.6
5.1,­6,­8.3,­9,­12.1,­31.8,­65.1
27.9,­Table­15
67.3
39,­75,­Table­2,­Table­3,­Table­9
39
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
-­after­original­penalty
-­banging­boards­with­stick
-­banging­glass­in­protest­of­ruling
-­bench­minor­penalty
-­biting
-­captain­or­alternate­captain­coming­off­bench­to­protest
-­face­protection­–­instigator
-­game­misconduct­penalty
-­grabbing­face­mask
-­hair­pulling
-­instigator­wearing­a­face­shield
-­jersey­–­removing
-­linesmen­reporting­to­referee
-­minor­penalty
-­misconduct­penalty
-­obscene,­profane­or­abusive­language­or­gestures
-­removing­jersey
-­reports
-­signal
-­throwing­objects­onto­the­ice
-­throwing­objects­outside­playing­surface
-­wearing­a­face­shield­–­instigator
Unsustained­complaint­regarding­legality­of­a­glove
Unsustained­request­for­measurement
Unusual­occurrence
39.2
39.2
39.2
39.3,­75.3
75.2
6.1
46.6,­75.2
39.5,­75.5
75.2
75.2
46.6,­75.2
46.13,­75.2
32.4
39.2,­75.2
39.4,­75.4
39,­75
46.13,­75.2
39.7,­75.7
29.31
53.3,­75.2,­75.3
39.4,­75.4
46.6,­75.2
12.2
10.5,­12.2,­Table­3
31.9
V
Verification­of­time
Violations­during­penalty­shot
Violation­–­starting­line-up
31.2,­33.2,­34.7,­35.8,­38.6,­76.8,­85.7
25.4
7.2
W
Wall­(see­Boards)
Warm-up
5.3,­8.2,­33.3,­86.6,­87
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
243
-­during­stoppages­of­play
-­during­time-out
-­for­substitute­goalkeeper
-­start­of­period
Warning­–­line­change
Wash­out­
Wearing­a­face­shield­–­instigator
Wearing­tape­on­hands
When­replacement­player­does­not­return­to­ice­from­penalty­bench
When­replacement­player­not­placed­on­penalty­bench­–­no­icing
Whistle­had­blown
Z
Zone
-attacking­(see­Attacking­zone)
-­defending­(see­Defending­zone)
-­neutral­(see­Neutral­zone)
244
­SPHL­Official­Rule­Book­2010-2011
70.3
87
8.2
86.8
76.6,­82.2
29.33
46.6,­75.2
46.15,­Table­8
68.1
81.6
31.2,­78.5,­83.4